Explosion Proof. Explosion Proof

Transcription

1 Explosion Proof Explosion Proof

2 Table of Contents Lighting Fixtures...I Panels....II Sockets and Plugs.....III Motor Starters.....IV Fittings V Junction Box... VI

3 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP PPLICTION The CMP range of IEC Ex & TEX certified hazardous area cable glands offers solutions which are highly cost effective in their design and installation process. The CMP philosophy of delivering client and end user specific requirements can be seen from a number of significant developments in this range. Given the level of experience gained in this field CMP is able to provide a high degree of technical support and advice on the selection and use of cable glands in hazardous area applications. TESTING CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS CMP Products offers hazardous area cable glands that are tested and certified to the latest international technical standards and through its programme of continuous product development always strives to maintain its certification in line with the very latest technical knowledge or state of the art, bringing global products to a world that can expect only the best from CMP in terms of compliance with up to date specifications and standards. PRODUCTS Triple Certified cable gland options for all types of cable with Ex d IIC, Ex e II and Ex nr II forms of protection, SPECIFICTIONS & PPROVLS Derived from the BS6121 standard which was the original flameproof standard for cable glands CMP hazardous area cable glands comply with a number of international standards including the European Normatives (EN series), IEC (IEC series) UL & CS (UL 514B, UL 2225). Multiple certification including TEX, IEC Ex, GOST R, GOST K, CS, UL, and INMETRO enables the possibility of selecting fewer standard products for more global situations. Some solutions in the standard CMP hazardous area range offer Bi-code approvals allowing their deployment under both IEC & NEC installation codes of practice. 112

4 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS 113 T3CDS GLND Triton CDS (T3CDS) Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland CMP Triton CDS Type T3CDS Triple Certified Flameproof (Type 'd'), Increased Safety (Type 'e') and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with all types of armoured cable providing a Flameproof seal on the cable inner bedding and an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. This product utilises a unique Compensating Displacement Seal (CDS) system which provides full compatibility with Restricted Breathing equipment. The cable gland provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. reversible armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc., and re-connected with the same consummate ease. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. Separate tightening actions for the inner Compensating Displacement Seal (CDS) system and the armour termination affords maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner bedding. The CMP Triton CDS Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L L TECHNICL DT Type T3CDS Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999, UL 514B TEX Certification SIR06TEX1283X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2/3 GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2006, EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2005, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex nr II / Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2006, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 CS Certification Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC Ex e II, Class I, II, III, Class II Div 2 Groups EFG, Enclosure Type 3, 4 and 4X, Class I Div 2 Groups BCD, Class III Compliance Standards CS C22.2 No. 174-M1984, CS C22.2 No , CN/CS-C22.2 No , CN/CS- C22.2 No. 94-M91, CN/CS-E , IEC , CN/CS-E UL Listing File Number UBWE.E200163, CYMJ.E256366, FDJR.E Code of Protection Category Ordinary & Wet Locations, Class I, Zone 1, Ex e II, Class I, Zone 2, Ex e II Compliance Standards UL 514B, NSI / UL , NSI / UL GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCTP , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document ITS D Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W), Pliable Wire rmour Type (PW), Steel Tape rmour (ST), Wire Braid rmour, luminium Strip rmour (S), Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY), rmored & Jacketed rmour Clamping Reversible rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique CMP Inner CDS System & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Inner Bedding & Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer Gland Size LLU Note: Versions with dedicated armour cones, Type T3CDSW for SW cables only, and Type T3CDSX for all other approved cable types also available. Gland Selection Table vailable Entry Threads C Overall rmour Range cross cross Minimum Bedding Flats Corners Standard Option Thread Diameter Diameter B Grooved Cone Stepped Cone D D Length E Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16T3CDS1R S M20 1/2 3/ ST3CDS1R M20 1/2 3/ T3CDS1R S M25 3/ ST3CDS1R M25 3/ T3CDS1R M / T3CDS1R M40 1-1/4 1-1/ T3CDS1R S M50 1-1/ ST3CDS1R M / T3CDS1R S M / ST3CDS1R M63 2-1/ T3CDS1R S M75 2-1/ ST3CDS1R M / T3CDS1R M / T3CDS1R M / T3CDS1R M / T3CDS1R M T3CDS1R ll dimensions in millimetres Note: lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. LLU05 C B D Note: Stepped Cone is suitable for SW cables, Grooved Cone is suitable for all other approved armoured cables E F Gland Weight (Kgs)

5 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP T3CDS/PB GLND Triton CDS (T3CDSPB) Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland CMP Triton CDS Type T3CDS Triple Certified Flameproof (Type 'd'), Increased Safety (Type 'e') and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with all types of lead sheathed / lead covered and armoured cable providing a flameproof seal on the cable inner lead sheath and an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. This product utilises a unique Compensating Displacement Seal (CDS) system and its gas tight seal provides full compatibility with restricted breathing equipment. The cable gland being suitable for use with amoured cables, provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination and earth bonding of the lead sheath. reversible armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc, and re-connected with the same consummate ease. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. Separate tightening actions for the inner Compensating Displacement Seal (CDS) system and the armour termination affords maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner lead sheath. The CMP Triton CDS Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L L TECHNICL DT Type T3CDSPB Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999, UL 514B TEX Certification SIR06TEX1283X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2/3 GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2006, EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2005, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex nr II / Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2006, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 CS Certification Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC Ex e II, Class I, II, III, Class II Div 2 Groups EFG, Enclosure Type 3, 4 and 4X, Class I Div 2 Groups BCD, Class III Compliance Standards CS C22.2 No. 174-M1984, CS C22.2 No , CN/CS-C22.2 No , CN/CSC22.2 No. 94-M91, CN/CS-E , IEC , CN/CS-E UL Listing File Number UBWE.E200163, CYMJ.E256366, FDJR.E Code of Protection Category Ordinary & Wet Locations, Class I, Zone 1, Ex e II, Class I, Zone 2, Ex e II Compliance Standards UL 514B, NSI / UL , NSI / UL GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection category ExdIICU/ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document ITS Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Lead Sheathed & Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W), Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Steel Tape rmour (ST), Wire Braid rmour, luminium Strip rmour (S). rmour Clamping Reversible rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique CMP Inner CDS System & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Inner Bedding & Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer Gland Selection Table LLU vailable Entry Threads C Overall rmour Range Minimum cross cross Ordering Bedding Gland Thread Flats D Corners Nominal Standard Option Diameter Diameter B Grooved Cone Stepped Cone Reference Gland D Protrusion Size Length E (Brass Metric) Weight Length F Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max # (Kgs)* 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16T3CDSPB1R S M20 1/2 3/ ST3CDSPB1R M20 1/2 3/ T3CDSPB1R S M25 3/ ST3CDSPB1R M25 3/ T3CDSPB1R M / T3CDSPB1R M40 1-1/4 1-1/ T3CDSPB1R S M50 1-1/ ST3CDSPB1R M / T3CDSPB1R S M / ST3CDSPB1R M63 2-1/ T3CDSPB1R S M75 2-1/ ST3CDSPB1R M / T3CDSPB1R M / T3CDSPB1R M / T3CDSPB1R M / T3CDSPB1R M T3CDSPB1R ll dimensions in millimetres Note: lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. C B D LLU05 Note: Stepped Cone is suitable for SW cables, Grooved Cone is suitable for all other approved armoured cables E F CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS 114

6 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS 2F CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type 2F Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X CMP Type 2F Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type 'd'), Increased Safety (Type 'e') and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 hazardous areas with un-armoured and braided cable providing a combined flameproof seal and environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. This product provides full compatibility with restricted breathing equipment. The CMP 2F Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L L Code of Protection Category TEX II 2/3 GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC, TEX IM2, Ex d I, Ex e I Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2003, EN :2004 EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, Ex d I, Ex e I Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 CS pproval Certificate Number CS Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Enclosure Type 4X, Class II Div 2 Groups EFG CS Compliance Standards CS C22.2 No. 174-M1984, CN/CS E , CN/CS-C22.2 No. 0-M1991, CN/CS E INMETRO pproval Number MC, EX-7619-X Code of Protection Category BR Ex d IIC / BR Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /01, IEC /2001, NBR/IEC 60529/2005 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continuous Operating Temperature -60 to +130 Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Unarmoured & Braided Sealing Technique CMP Displacement Seal Sealing rea(s) Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer LLU Type 2F Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland C D E F Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Overall Diameter cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S162F1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ S2F1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ F1R PVC M25 3/ F1R PVC M / F1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ F1R PVC S M50 1-1/ S2F1R PVC M / F1R PVC S M / S2F1R PVC M63 2-1/ F1R PVC S M75 2-1/ S2F1R PVC M / F1R PVC M / F1R PVC M F1R 150/50HST M F1R 180/60HST M F1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. LLU05 Gland Weight (Kgs)

7 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP TECHNICL DT Type SS2K CBLE GLND SS2K Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X CMP Type SS2K Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type 'd'), Increased Safety (Type 'e') and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 hazardous areas with un-armoured cables. This cable gland provides a flameproof seal on the cable inner sheath (or outer sheath of single sheathed cable) and a secondary environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. This cable gland can also be used with braided cables where the sealing is made on the cable overall diameter, when this arrangement is permitted by the prevailing installation code of practice, and the metallic braid is earthed inside the equipment. This product provides full compatibility with restricted breathing equipment and affords extra stability and superior resistance to cable pull out. The CMP SS2K Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L L Code of Protection Category TEX II 2 GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC, TEX IM2, Ex d I, Ex e I Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, Ex d I, Ex e I Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 Ingress Protection Document 5046 C549K Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document 5046 C549K-D Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Unarmoured & Braided Sealing Technique CMP Displacement Seal Sealing rea(s) Inner Bedding and Outer Sheath, or Double Seal on Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer LLU Type SS2K Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland C B D E F CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Overall Diameter Overall Diameter B cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16SS2K1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SSS2K1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ SS2K1R PVC M25 3/ SS2K1R PVC M / SS2K1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ SS2K1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SSS2K1R PVC M / SS2K1R PVC S M / SSS2K1R PVC M63 2-1/ SS2K1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SSS2K1R PVC M / SS2K1R PVC M / SS2K1R PVC M SS2K1R 150/50HST M SS2K1R 180/60HST M SS2K1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. LLU05 Gland Weight (Kgs) 116

8 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS SS2KPB CBLE GLND Type SS2KPB Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland CMP Type SS2KPB Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type 'd'), Increased Safety (Type 'e') and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 hazardous areas with lead sheathed or lead covered un-armoured cables. This cable gland provides a flameproof seal on the cable inner lead sheath and a secondary environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. Suitable for use Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 hazardous areas, this cable gland design affords extra stability and superior resistance to cable pull out. This product provides full compatibility with restricted breathing equipment and affords extra stability and superior resistance to cable pull out. The CMP SS2KPB Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L L TECHNICL DT Type SS2KPB Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2 GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, Ex di, Ex ei Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continuous Operating Temperature -60 to +130 Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 Ingress Protection Document 5046 C549K Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document 5046 C549K-D Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Lead Sheathed or Lead Covered & Unarmoured Sealing Technique CMP Displacement Seal Sealing rea(s) Inner Lead Sheath or Lead Covering and Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer LLU C B D E F Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Diameter Over Lead Sheath Overall Diameter B cross Flats D ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16SS2KPB1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SSS2KPB1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ SS2KPB1R PVC M25 3/ SS2KPB1R PVC M / SS2KPB1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ SS2KPB1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SSS2KPB1R PVC M / SS2KPB1R PVC S M / SSS2KPB1R PVC M63 2-1/ SS2KPB1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SSS2KPB1R PVC M / SS2KPB1R PVC M / SS2KPB1R PVC M SS2KPB1R 150/50HST M SS2KPB1R 180/60HST M SS2KPB1R 180/60HST LLU05 Gland Weight (Kgs)

9 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP SS2KT CBLE GLND Type SS2KT Increased Safety Ex e Gland CMP Type SS2KT Increased Safety (Type 'e') indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 hazardous areas with Steel Tape rmour cables. This cable gland provides a flameproof seal on the cable inner lead sheath and a secondary environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. Suitable for use Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 hazardous areas, this cable gland design affords extra stability and superior resistance to cable pull out. The CMP SS2KT Gland is suitable for use with Increased safety Type e and Flameproof Type d enclosures that are equipped with a secondary Increased Safety Type e terminal enclosure (i.e. Ex de) provided always that no source of ignition prevails and the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L TECHNICL DT Type SS2KT Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2 GD Ex e II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex e II, Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2001, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continuous Operating Temperature -60 to +130 Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 Ingress Protection Document 5046 C549K Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document 5046 C549K-D Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Steel Tape rmour Sealing Technique CMP Displacement Seal Sealing rea(s) Steel Tape rmour and Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer LLU C B D E F CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Diameter Over Tape rmour Overall Diameter B cross Flats D Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16SS2KT1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SSS2KT1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ SS2KT1R PVC M25 3/ SS2KT1R PVC M / SS2KT1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ SS2KT1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SSS2KT1R PVC M / SS2KT1R PVC S M / SSS2KT1R PVC M63 2-1/ SS2KT1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SSS2KT1R PVC M / SS2KT1R PVC M / SS2KT1R PVC M SS2KT1R 150/50HST M SS2KT1R 180/60HST M SS2KT1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres LLU05 Gland Weight (Kgs) 118

10 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS TECHNICL DT Type 2FRC CBLE GLND 2FRC Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Cetification SIR06TEX1097X CMP Type 2FRC Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type 'd'), Increased Safety (Type 'e') and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor conduit connection cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 hazardous areas with un-armoured cable housed in rigid or flexible conduit systems. The cable gland provides a combined flameproof seal and environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. This product provides full compatibility with restricted breathing equipment. The CMP 2FRC Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L L Code of Protection Category TEX II 2 GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 INMETRO pproval Certificate Number MC, EX-7619-X Code of Protection Category BR Ex d IIC / BR Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /01, IEC /2001, NBR/IEC 60529/2005 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Unarmoured & Braided Sealing Technique CMP Displacement Seal Sealing rea(s) Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer LLU Type 2FRC Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland for Conduit Connection C G D E F Gland Selection Table LLU05 Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Standard Female Connection Thread G Overall Diameter cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) Metric Mx NPT # Metric NPT NPT Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ / S162FRC1R S M20 1/2 3/ / S2FRC1R M20 1/2 3/ / FRC1R M25 3/ / FRC1R M / FRC1R M40 1-1/4 1-1/ / FRC1R S M50 1-1/ / S2FRC1R M / FRC1R S M / S2FRC1R M63 2-1/ / FRC1R S M75 2-1/ / S2FRC1R M / FRC1R M / FRC1R ll dimensions in millimetres Note: Please specify male and female connection threads required when ordering. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. Gland Weight (Kgs)

11 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP TECHNICL DT Type C2K CBLE GLND C2K CMP Type C2K Increased Safety (Type 'e') cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with all types of armoured cable providing an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The cable gland being suitable for use with amoured cables provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. reversible armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. The CMP C2K Gland is suitable for use with Increased Safety Type e and Flameproof Type d enclosures that are equipped with a secondary Increased Safety Type e terminal enclosure (i.e. Ex de) provided always that no source of ignition prevails and the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2 GD Ex e II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex e II, Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2001, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 INMETRO pproval Certificate Number MC, EX-7620-X Code of Protection Category BR Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /2001, NBR/IEC 60529/2005 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W), Pliable Wire Type rmour (PW), Steel Tape rmour (ST), Wire Braid rmour, luminium Strip rmour (S), Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY), rmored & Jacketed rmour Clamping Reversible rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer LLU Type C2K Increased Safety Ex e Gland C B E D F CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range Grooved Cone Stepped Cone cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference * Metric NPT NPT Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16C2K1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ C2K1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ C2K1R PVC S M25 3/ SC2K1R PVC M25 3/ C2K1R PVC M / C2K1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ C2K1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SC2K1R PVC M / C2K1R PVC S M / SC2K1R PVC M63 2-1/ C2K1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SC2K1R PVC M / C2K1R PVC M / C2K1R PVC M C2K1R 150/50HST M C2K1R 180/60HST M C2K1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. LLU05 Gland Weight (Kgs) 120

12 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS CMP Type CWe Increased Safety (Type 'e') cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with Single Wire rmour (SW) cable providing an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The cable gland being suitable for armoured cables, provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. detachable armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc., and re-connected with the same consummate ease. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. The CMP CWe Gland is suitable for use with Increased Safety Type e and Flameproof Type d enclosures that are equipped with a secondary Increased Safety Type e terminal enclosure (i.e. Ex de) provided always that no source of ignition prevails and the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L TECHNICL DT Type CWe Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2 GD Ex e II, Ex td 21 IP66, Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex e II, Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2001, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 INMETRO pproval Certificate Number MC, EX-7618-X Code of Protection Category BR Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /2001, NBR/IEC 60529/2005 Code of Protection Category ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CWe CBLE GLND Type rmour Clamping Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories LLU CWe Increased Safety Ex e Gland CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Single Wire rmour (SW) Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Outer Sheath Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer C B D E F Gland Selection Table LLU05 Gland Size Standard Metric Entry Threads C Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range cross Flats D Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products cross Corners D Max Min Max Min Max Max Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) PVC Shroud Reference* Gland Weight (Kgs) 20S/16 M S16CWe1R PVC S M SCWe1R PVC M CWe1R PVC S M SCWe1R PVC M CWe1R PVC M CWe1R PVC M CWe1R PVC S M SCWe1R PVC M CWe1R PVC S M SCWe1R PVC M CWe1R PVC S M SCWe1R PVC M CWe1R PVC M CWe1R PVC M CWe1R 150/50HST M CWe1R 180/60HST M CWe1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres

13 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP CXe CBLE GLND CMP Type CXe Increased Safety (Type 'e') cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with Braided, Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Strip rmour and Steel Tape rmour (ST) cable providing an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The cable gland being suitable for armoured cables, provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. detachable armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc., and re-connected with the same consummate ease. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. The CMP CXe Gland is suitable for use with Increased Safety Type e and Flameproof Type d enclosures that are equipped with a secondary Increased Safety Type e terminal enclosure (i.e. Ex de) provided always that no source of ignition prevails and the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L TECHNICL DT Type CXe Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2 GD Ex e II, Ex td 21 IP66, Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex e II / Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2001, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 INMETRO pproval Certificate Number MC, EX-7618-X Code of Protection Category BR Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /2001, NBR/IEC 60529/2005 Code of Protection Category ExeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00172 DNV pproval Number E-6157 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Wire Braid rmour, Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY), Strip rmour, Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Steel Tape rmour (ST) rmour Clamping Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seal, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer LLU CXe Increased Safety Ex e Gland C B D F E CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS Gland Selection Table Gland Size Standard Metric Entry Threads C Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) PVC Shroud Reference* Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M S16CXe1R PVC S M SCXe1R PVC M CXe1R PVC S M SCXe1R PVC M CXe1R PVC M CXe1R PVC M CXe1R PVC S M SCXe1R PVC M CXe1R PVC S M SCXe1R PVC M CXe1R PVC S M SCXe1R PVC M CXe1R PVC M CXe1R PVC M CXe1R 150/50HST M CXe1R 180/60HST M CXe1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres LLU05 Gland Weight Kgs Note: lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products

14 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS CMP Type E1FU Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type d ), Increased Safety (Type e ) and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with all types of armoured cable. This cable gland provides a Flameproof seal on the cable inner bedding and in addition the gas tight seal has been tested to prove compatibility with Restricted Breathing equipment. The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and earth continuity via the cable armour termination. Separate tightening actions for the inner Displacement Seal and the rmour Termination afford maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable bedding, and also allows the effectiveness of the gas tight seal to be tested. reversible armour cone and nyway clamping ring arrangement facilitates remote make off and enables the cable to be disconnected from the equipment. n environmental / load retention seal is provided on the cable outer sheath. The CMP E1FU Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L L TECHNICL DT Type E1FU Tri-Star Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II2GD/3GDExdIIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN : 2004, EN :2004, EN : 2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, Ex d I, Ex e I Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.BO1912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU Gost Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 as standard, IP67 / IP68 available on request. Deluge Proof when fitted with optional CMP O-ring in the cable gland body joint Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W), Steel Tape rmour Type (ST), Wire Braid rmour, luminium Strip rmour (S), Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY), rmoured & Jacketed rmour Clamping Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories Gland Size E1FU CBLE GLND Entry Threads C Reversible rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Inner Bedding & Outer Sheath Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seaing Washer, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer Note: Ingress Protection and Deluge Protection are essentially different and should not be confused with each other. Gland Selection Table Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E LLU Bedding Diameter E1FU Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland Overall Diameter B rmour Range Grooved Cone Stepped Cone cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT 2 Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E1FU1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE1FU1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E1FU1R PVC S M25 3/ SE1FU1R PVC M25 3/ E1FU1R PVC M / E1FU1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E1FU1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE1FU1R PVC M / E1FU1R PVC S M / SE1FU1R PVC M63 2-1/ E1FU1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE1FU1R PVC M / E1FU1R PVC M90 3-1/ E1FU1R PVC M E1FU1R 150/50HST M E1FU1R 180/60HST M E1FU1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. Note 1: Note 2: C B D LLU05 Deluge Proof Option Deluge Proof version available, ferrule colour coded natural for ease of identification. Stepped Cone is suitable for SW cables, Grooved Cone is suitable for all other approved armoured cables E F Gland Weight (Kgs)

15 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP L L L TECHNICL DT Type E2FU Tri-Star Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II2GD/3GDExdIIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN : 2004, EN :2004, EN :2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, Ex d I, Ex e I Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2003, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.BO1912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU Gost Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number INMETRO / UC pproval MC, EX-7618-X Code of Protection Category BR-Ex d IIC / BR-Ex e II Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /01, IEC /01, NBR IEC 60529/05 Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 as standard, IP67 / IP68 available on request. Deluge Proof when fitted with optional CMP O-ring in the cable gland body joint Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Lead Sheathed and Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W), Type Steel Tape rmour (ST), Wire Braid rmour, luminium Strip rmour (S), Pliable Wire rmour (PW) rmour Clamping Reversible rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Inner Lead Covering & Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Seaing Washer, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer Gland Size E2FU CBLE GLND Note: Ingress Protection and Deluge Protection are essentially different and should not be confused with each other. Gland Selection Table Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E LLU Lead Sheath Diameter E2FU Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland CMP Type E2FU Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type d ), Increased Safety (Type e ) and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with all types of Lead Covered or Lead Sheathed and armoured cable. This cable gland provides a Flameproof seal on the cable inner lead covering and in addition the gas tight seal has been tested to prove compatibility with Restricted Breathing equipment. The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and earth continuity via the cable armour termination, and also earth bonding of the inner Lead Covering or Lead Sheath. Separate tightening actions for the inner Displacement Seal and the rmour Termination afford maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner lead covering, and also allows the effectiveness of the gas tight seal to be tested. detachable universal armour cone and nyway clamping ring arrangement facilitates remote make off and enables the cable to be disconnected from the equipment. n environmental / load retention seal is provided on the cable outer sheath. The CMP E2FU Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC Overall Diameter B rmour Range Grooved Cone Stepped Cone cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT 2 Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E2FU1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE2FU1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E2FU1R PVC S M25 3/ SE2FU1R PVC M25 3/ E2FU1R PVC M / E2FU1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E2FU1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE2FU1R PVC M / E2FU1R PVC S M / SE2FU1R PVC M63 2-1/ E2FU1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE2FU1R PVC M / E2FU1R PVC M90 3-1/ E2FU1R PVC M E2FU1R 150/50HST M E2FU1R 180/60HST M E2FU1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. Note 1: Note 2: C D B LLU05 Deluge Proof Option Deluge Proof version available, ferrule colour coded natural for ease of identification. Stepped Cone is suitable for SW cables, Grooved Cone is suitable for all other approved armoured cables E F Gland Weight Kgs CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS 124

16 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS TECHNICL DT CMP Type E1FW Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type d ), Increased Safety (Type e ) and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with Single Wire rmour (SW) cable. This cable gland provides a Flameproof seal on the cable inner bedding and in addition the gas tight seal has been tested to prove compatibility with Restricted Breathing equipment. The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and earth continuity via the cable armour termination. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination afford maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable bedding, and also allows the effectiveness of the gas tight seal to be tested. detachable armour cone and nyway clamping ring arrangement facilitates remote make off and enables the cable to be disconnected from the equipment. n environmental / load retention seal is provided on the cable outer sheath. The CMP E1FW Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC L L L Type E1FW Tri-Star Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X TEX II 2GD / 3GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Code of Protection Category Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC, TEX IM2 Exd I / Exe I Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2004, EN : 2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, Ex d I, Ex e I Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU GOST Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number INMETRO / UC pproval MC, EX-7618-X Code of Protection Category BR-Ex d IIC / BR-Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /01, IEC /01, & NBR IEC 60529/05 Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 as standard, IP67 / IP68 available on request. Deluge Proof when fitted with optional CMP O-ring in the cable gland body joint Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Single Wire rmour (SW) rmour Clamping Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Inner Bedding & Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Sealing Washer, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer Gland Size E1FW CBLE GLND Note: Ingress Protection and Deluge Protection are essentially different and should not be confused with each other. Gland Selection Table vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E LLU Bedding Diameter E1FW Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland Overall Diameter B rmour Range cross Flats D cross Corners D Metric NPT NPT 2 Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E1FW1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE1FW1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E1FW1R PVC S M25 3/ SE1FW1R PVC M25 3/ E1FW1R PVC M / E1FW1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E1FW1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE1FW1R PVC M / E1FW1R PVC S M / SE1FW1R PVC M63 2-1/ E1FW1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE1FW1R PVC M / E1FW1R PVC M90 3-1/ E1FW1R PVC M E1FW1R 150/50HST M E1FW1R 180/60HST M E1FW1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. C B D LLU05 E F Deluge Proof Option Note: Deluge Proof version available, ferrule colour coded natural for ease of identification Gland Weight (Kgs)

17 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP TECHNICL DT CMP Type E2FW Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type d ), Increased Safety (Type e ) and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with lead covered or lead sheathed and single wire armour (SW) cable. This cable gland provides a flameproof seal on the cable inner lead covering and in addition the gas tight seal has been tested to prove compatibility with Restricted Breathing equipment that relies upon flammable gases being excluded from the main enclosure. The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and earth continuity via the cable armour termination, and also earth bonding of the inner lead covering or lead sheath. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination afford maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner lead covering, and also allows the effectiveness of the gas tight seal to be tested. detachable armour cone and nyway clamping ring arrangement facilitates remote make off and enables the cable to be disconnected from the equipment. n environmental / load retention seal is provided on the cable outer sheath. The CMP E2FW Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC C L L L Type E2FW Tri-Star Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II2GD/3GDExdIIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN : 2004, EN :2004, EN : 2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex nr II / Ex td 21 IP66, Ex di/exei Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/ExeIIU GOST Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number INMETRO / UC pproval MC, EX-7618-X Code of Protection Category BR-Ex d IIC / BR-Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /01, IEC /01, & NBR IEC 60529/05 Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 as standard, IP67 / IP68 available on request. Deluge Proof when fitted with optional CMP O-ring in the cable gland body joint Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Lead Sheathed and Single Wire rmour (SW) rmour Clamping Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Inner Lead Covering & Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Sealing Washer, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer Note: Ingress Protection and Deluge Protection are essentially different and should not be confused with each other. Gland Size E2FW CBLE GLND Gland Selection Table vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option LLU Minimum Thread Length E E2FW Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland Lead Sheath Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range cross Flats D cross Corners D Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E2FW1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE2FW1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E2FW1R PVC S M25 3/ SE2FW1R PVC M25 3/ E2FW1R PVC M / E2FW1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E2FW1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE2FW1R PVC M / E2FW1R PVC S M / SE2FW1R PVC M63 2-1/ E2FW1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE2FW1R PVC M / E2FW1R PVC M90 3-1/ E2FW1R PVC M E2FW1R 150/50HST M E2FW1R 180/60HST M E2FW1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available B D E F LLU05 Deluge Proof Option Note: Deluge Proof version available, ferrule colour coded natural for ease of identification Gland Weight (Kgs) CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS 126

18 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS TECHNICL DT L L L Type E1FX Tri-Star Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2GD / 3GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC, IM2, Ex di/exei Compliance Standards EN : 2004, EN :2004, EN : 2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, Ex d I, Ex e I Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/EXeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number INMETRO / UC pproval MC, EX-7618-X Code of Protection Category BR-Ex d IIC / BR-Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /01, IEC /01, & NBR IEC 60529/05 Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 as standard, IP67 / IP68 available on request. Deluge Proof when fitted with optional CMP O-ring in the cable gland body joint Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Wire Braid rmour, Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY), Pliable Wire rmour Type PW,), Steel Tape rmour (ST), luminium Strip rmour (S), rmored & Jacketed. rmour Clamping Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Inner Bedding & Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Sealing Washer, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer Note: Ingress Protection and Deluge Protection are essentially different and should not be confused with each other. Gland Size E1FX CBLE GLND Gland Selection Table vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter LLU E1FX Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland CMP Type E1FX Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type d ), Increased Safety (Type e ) and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) indoor and outdoor cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with Braided, Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Strip rmour and Steel Tape rmour (ST) cable. This cable gland provides a Flameproof seal on the cable inner bedding and in addition the gas tight seal has been tested to prove compatibility with Restricted Breathing equipment. The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and earth continuity via the cable armour termination. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination afford maximum control over the pressure applied to cable bedding, and also allows the effectiveness of the gas tight seal to be tested. detachable armour cone and nyway clamping ring arrangement facilitates remote make off and enables the cable to be disconnected from the equipment. n environmental / load retention seal is provided on the cable outer sheath. The CMP E1FX Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC Overall Diameter B rmour Range cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E1FX1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE1FX1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E1FX1R PVC S M25 3/ SE1FX1R PVC M25 3/ E1FX1R PVC M / E1FX1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E1FX1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE1FX1R PVC M / E1FX1R PVC S M / SE1FX1R PVC M63 2-1/ E1FX1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE1FX1R PVC M / E1FX1R PVC M90 3-1/ E1FX1R PVC M E1FX1R 150/50HST M E1FX1R 180/60HST M E1FX1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available C B D LLU05 Deluge Proof Option Note: Deluge Proof version available, ferrule colour coded natural for ease of identification E F Gland Weight (Kgs)

19 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP L L L TECHNICL DT Type E2FX Tri-Star Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification SIR06TEX1097X Code of Protection Category TEX II 2GD / 3GD Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66, - Equipment Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC Compliance Standards EN :2004, EN :2004, EN : 2003, EN :2003, EN :2004, EN :2004 IECEx pproval Number IECEx SIR X Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC, Ex e II, Ex nr II, Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards IEC :2004, IEC :2003, IEC :2001, IEC :2005, IEC :2004, IEC :2004 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 Code of Protection Category ExdIICU/EXeIIU Compliance Standards OCT P , OCT P , OCT P GGTN Permit Number PPC GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number INMETRO / UC pproval MC, EX-7618-X Code of Protection Category BR-Ex d IIC / BR-Ex e II / IP66W Compliance Standards IEC /00, IEC /01, IEC /01, & NBR IEC 60529/05 Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +130 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66 as standard, IP67 / IP68 available on request. Deluge Proof when fitted with optional CMP O-ring in the cable gland body joint Gland Material Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium Seal Material CMP SOLO LSF Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Lead Sheathed and Wire Braid rmour, Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Steel Tape rmour (ST), luminium Strip rmour (S) rmour Clamping Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Sealing Technique CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Sealing rea(s) Inner Lead Sheath & Outer Sheath Optional ccessories Locknut, Shroud, Entry Thread Sealing Washer, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, daptor/reducer Note: Ingress Protection and Deluge Protection are essentially different and should not be confused with each other. Gland Size E2FX CBLE GLND Gland Selection Table vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E LLU Lead Sheath Diameter E2FX Tri-Star Flameproof Ex d, Increased Safety Ex e and Restricted Breathing Ex nr Gland CMP Type E2FX Tri-Star Triple Certified Flameproof (Type d ), Increased Safety (Type e ) and Restricted Breathing (Type nr ) cable gland for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22 Hazardous reas with Lead Covered or Lead Sheathed and Braided, Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Strip rmour, or Steel Tape rmour (ST) cable. This cable gland provides a Flameproof seal on the cable inner lead covering and in addition the gas tight seal has been tested to prove compatibility with restricted breathing equipment. The cable gland allows mechanical cable retention and earth continuity via the cable armour termination, and also earth bonding of the inner lead covering or lead sheath. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination afford maximum control over the pressure applied to cable inner lead covering, and also allows the effectiveness of the gas tight seal to be tested. detachable armour cone and nyway clamping ring arrangement facilitates remote make off and enables the cable to be disconnected from the equipment. n environmental / load retention seal is provided on the cable outer sheath. The CMP E2FX Tri-Star Gland is suitable for use with all forms of equipment protection permitted in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 & Zone 22 provided always that the prevailing code of practice for selection and installation is observed, e.g. IEC Overall Diameter B rmour Range Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT 2 Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E2FX1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE2FX1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E2FX1R PVC S M25 3/ SE2FX1R PVC M25 3/ E2FX1R PVC M / E2FX1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E2FX1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE2FX1R PVC M / E2FX1R PVC S M / SE2FX1R PVC M63 2-1/ E2FX1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE2FX1R PVC M / E2FX1R PVC M90 3-1/ E2FX1R PVC M E2FX1R 150/50HST M E2FX1R 180/60HST M E2FX1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres C B D LLU05 Deluge Proof Option Note: Deluge Proof version available, ferrule colour coded natural for ease of identification E F Gland Weight (Kgs) CMP HZRDOUS RE PRODUCTS 128

20 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS HZRDOUS RE CBLE GLND 2Pe TECHNICL DT CMP V-TEC EX, EX L& EX M Gland (2Pe) Code of protection EEx e II Type Designation V-TEC EX, EX L& EXM(2Pe) Classification,Hazardous rea II 2G EEx e II Compliance Code EN50014 & EN50019 CENELEC Certification PTB 99 TEX 3112X & TEX 3113X UL Listing E Gland Material P Polyamide, (Colour Black) Seal Material Chloroprene / Nitrile Rubber Flame Retardancy Specification VDE 0471/IEC 695 Part 2-1 Withstand Temperature tested +750ºC Certified Continuous -20ºC to +70ºC Operating Temperature Range Ingress Protection IP68 (at 5 bar) to VDE 0619 / IEC529 Type Unarmoured Sealing rea Outer Sheath Sealing Technique Controlled Seal with Strain Relief Optional ccessories Locknut, daptor / Reducer The CMP V-TEC Type EX, EX L& MRange (2Pe) of Increased Safety (Type e ) Non-Metallic Glands for Unarmoured and Screened Flexible s, is endorsed by an EC design type approval certificate in accordance with the requirements of EN50014 : 1997 & EN50019 : 1994 and the TEX Directive 94/9/EC, concerning safety of Electrical Equipment, Products and Protection Systems for use in potentially explosive atmospheres (Hazardous reas). These Gland products provide an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath and have been introduced as a cost effective solution for all indoor and outdoor cable installations in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Hazardous reas, where Ex e or EEx e Code of Protection has been permitted. This cable gland is also suitable for use in conjunction with Ex de or EEx de equipment and apparatus which has an increased safety terminal chamber. EC design type approval certificate number : PTB 99 TEX 3112X and 3113X. Design Features & Benefits Wide Sealing range, and additional strain relief for twist protection and high sealing demands Seal Material - chloroprene/nitrile rubber. Flame retardant to VDE 0471/IEC 695 Part 21. Proven sealing technique ensuring a highly effective and reliable high integrity solution. Metric Entry Threads to IEC 423, also available with Pg connecting thread to DIN Tested to VDE 0619, protection IP 68 at 5 bar. Test temperature 750ºC D V CMP V-TEC EX M Glands (2Pe) - Code of protection EEx e II Size Ref. Thread Thread cceptance Range C Overall Length D cross cross Weight Pack Size Length B Min Max Min Max Flats Corners (KG/100) QTY. 2XMP1 M XMP2 M XMP3 M XMP4 M XMP5 M CMP V-TEC EX & EX L Glands (2Pe) - Code of protection EEx e II Size Ref. Thread Thread Length B cceptance Range C Overall Length D cross cross Weight Pack Size EX EX L Min Max Min Max Flats Corners (KG/100) QTY. 2XP1 / 2XLP1 Pg XP2 / 2XLP2 Pg XP3 / 2XLP3 Pg XP4 / 2XLP4 Pg XP5 / 2XLP5 Pg XP6 / 2XLP6 Pg XP7 / 2XLP7 Pg XP9 / 2XLP9 Pg XP10 / 2XLP10 Pg

21 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP PPLICTION The CMP Products range of industrial cable glands embraces products used in a wide and diverse variety of market sectors, in conjunction with virtually every kind of industrial cable installation. With a wealth of experience in terminating all types of armoured and unarmoured cables CMP has discovered that when it comes to such critical installations, quality and reliability really do count. INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS PRODUCTS CMP cable gland options for all types of cables are available in a wide range of sizes and are supplied in a variety of thread forms. glands are available in various materials including Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, luminium and Stainless Steel. Significantly the brass grade used in the production of all CMP brass cable glands is CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN12168, which is a highly desirable feature but quite often overlooked. SPECIFICTIONS & PPROVLS CMP Products designs and manufactures cable glands and accessories conforming to the prevailing industry standards including EN50262:1999 and the more onerous BS6121:Part 1:1989. CMP Products holds a host of internationally recognised approvals, and its product range is manufactured under a 3rd Party approved Quality Managements System conforming to ISO 9001 :

22 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS BW CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT BW Industrial Gland CMP BW type brass indoor cable gland for use with all types of Single Wire rmour (SW) cable providing mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. The CMP BW range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS6121:2005, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN12168 C Type BW Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 2005 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU GOST K Certificate Number KZ E RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 F BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Standard Gland Material Brass lternative Gland Material Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium Type Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W) rmour Clamping Two Part rmour Lock Optional ccessories Gland Kits vailable daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud Gland Kit for use with all types of SW cable, including 2 Brass Glands, 2 Steel Locknuts, 2 Brass Earth Tags and 2 PVC Shrouds for sizes up to and including 32mm. For sizes 40mm and above each kit includes 1 of each component. B D Gland Selection Table Gland Size Entry Thread C Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range Max Max Min Max cross Flats D Max cross Corners D Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) PVC Shroud Reference* Gland Weight (Kgs) 77 20S M SBW1 PVC M BW1 PVC M BW1 PVC M BW1 PVC M BW1 PVC S M SBW1 PVC M BW1 PVC S M SBW1 PVC M BW1 PVC S M SBW1 PVC M BW1 PVC ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request.

23 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP BWL CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT BWL Heavy Duty Industrial Gland CMP BWL type brass indoor cable gland for use with all types of Single Wire rmour (SW) cable providing mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. The heavy duty BWL design offers the benefit of a longer body to protect the armour wires from impact. The CMP BWL range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS6121:2005, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN12168 C INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS Type BWL Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:2005 GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU E GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number F Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 BS pproval Number 01-LD PD Standard Gland Material Brass lternative Gland Material Type Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W) B D rmour Clamping Detachable rmour Cone and nyway Universal Clamping Ring Optional ccessories daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud Gland Selection Table Gland Size Entry Thread C Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range Max Max Min Max cross Flats D Max cross Corners D Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) PVC Shroud Reference* Gland Weight (Kgs) 20S/16 M S16BWL1R PVC S M SBWL1R PVC M BWL1R PVC M BWL1R PVC M BWL1R PVC M BWL1R PVC S M SBWL1R PVC M BWL1R PVC S M SBWL1R PVC M BWL1R PVC S M SBWL1R PVC M BWL1R PVC M BWL1R PVC ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. 78

24 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS C2KGP CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type C2KGP Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 C2KGP Industrial Gland CMP C2KGP type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Single Wire rmour (SW), Wire Braid rmour, Strip rmour, Pliable Wire rmour & Steel Tape rmour (ST) cable, providing environmental seal on the cable outer sheath and additional deluge seal meeting the test requirements of DTS01:91. The cable gland also provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour termination. reversible armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. The CMP C2KGP range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN12168 C EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Continuous Operating Temperature -60 C to +150 C Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 LLU E Ingress Protection Document 5046/C549H Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document 5046/C549H-D F Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type rmour Clamping Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W), Steel Tape rmour (ST), luminium Strip rmour (S), Wire Braid rmour, Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY) Reversible rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Outer Sheath daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud B D Gland Selection Table 79 Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range Grooved Cone Stepped Cone Metric Max Min Max Min Max Min Max cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* 20S/16 M S16C2KGP1R PVC S M SC2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R PVC S M SC2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R PVC S M SC2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R PVC S M SC2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R PVC S M SC2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R PVC M C2KGP1R 150/50HST M C2KGP1R 180/60HST M C2KGP1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. Max Max Gland Weight (Kgs)

25 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP CW CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 CW CW Industrial Gland CMP CW type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Single Wire rmour (SW) cable, providing environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The cable gland also provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. detachable armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. The CMP CW range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN Other materials including luminium are also available in this standard design. C INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU GOST K Certificate Number RoK Permit for Use Number KZ E BS pproval Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type rmour Clamping 01-LD PD -60 C to +150 C IP66 Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Single Wire rmour (SW) Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring F Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories Gland Kits vailable Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Outer Sheath Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud, daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal Gland kit for use with all types of SW cable including 2 brass glands, 2 steel locknuts, 2 brass earth tags and 2 PVC shrouds for sizes up to and including 32mm. For sizes 40mm and above each kit includes 1 of each component. B D Gland Selection Table Gland Size Entry Thread C Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range Stepped Cone Max Min Max Min Max cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Max Max 20S/16 M S16CW1R PVC S M SCW1R PVC M CW1R PVC S M SCW1R PVC M CW1R PVC M CW1R PVC M CW1R PVC S M SCW1R PVC M CW1R PVC S M SCW1R PVC M CW1R PVC S M SCW1R PVC M CW1R PVC M CW1R PVC M CW1R 150/50HST M CW1R 180/60HST M CW1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. Gland Weight (Kgs) 80

26 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS CX CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT CX Industrial Gland CMP CX type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Wire Braid rmour, Strip rmour, Pliable Wire rmour & Steel Tape rmour (ST) cable, providing environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The cable gland also provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. detachable armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. The CMP CX range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN Other materials including luminium are also available in this standard design. C Type CX Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 GOST K Certificate Number KZ LLU E RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 BS pproval Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material 01-LD PD -60 C to +150 C IP66 Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium F Seal Material Type rmour Clamping Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Wire Braid rmour, Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY), Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Steel Tape rmour (ST) Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Outer Sheath daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud B D Gland Selection Table 81 Gland Size Entry Thread C Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B Max Min Max rmour Range Grooved cross Flats D cross Corners D Min Max Max Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) PVC Shroud Reference* 20S/16 M S16CX1R PVC S M SCX1R PVC M CX1R PVC S M SCX1R PVC M CX1R PVC M CX1R PVC M CX1R PVC S M SCX1R PVC M CX1R PVC S M SCX1R PVC M CX1R PVC S M SCX1R PVC M CX1R PVC M CX1R PVC M CX1R 150/50HST M CX1R 180/60HST M CX1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. Gland Weight (Kgs)

27 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP TECHNICL DT 2 CBLE GLND 2 Industrial Gland CMP 2 type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Unarmoured cable, providing mechanical cable retention and an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The CMP 2 range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN Other materials including luminium are also available in this standard design. C INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS Type 2 Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU GOST K Certificate Number RoK Permit for Use Number KZ E Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 BS pproval Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Ingress Protection Document 01-LD PD -60 C to +150 C IP66, IP67, IP C549D F Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories 5046 C549-D Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Unarmoured CMP Displacement Seal Outer Sheath daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud D Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Gland Weight (Kgs) Metric NPT NPT Min Min Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S1621R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ S21R PVC M20 1/2 3/ R PVC M25 3/ R PVC M / R PVC M40 1 1/4 1 1/ R PVC S M50 1 1/ S21R PVC M / R PVC S M / S21R PVC M63 2 1/ R PVC S M75 2 1/ S21R PVC M / R PVC M / R PVC M R 150/50HST M R 180/60HST M R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. 82

28 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS CXT CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT CXT Industrial Gland CMP CXT type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of screened flexible wire braid (e.g. CY/SY), or wire braid armour cable. The cable gland provides an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The cable gland also provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via internal pig-tail termination of the flexible wire braid. The CMP CXT range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN Other materials including luminium are also available in this standard design. C Type CXT Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating -60 C to +150 C IP66 E Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium F Seal Material CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Type Screened and Flexible Wire Braid (e.g CY / SY), Wire Braid rmour, rmored & Jacketed. Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) CMP Displacement Seal Outer Sheath D Optional ccessories daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud Gland Selection Table 83 Gland Size Entry Thread C Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Min Max cross Flats D Max cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) PVC Shroud Reference* Gland Weight (Kgs) 20S/16 M S16CXT1R PVC S M SCXT1R PVC M CXT1R PVC M CXT1R PVC M CXT1R PVC M CXT1R PVC S M SCXT1R PVC M CXT1R PVC S M SCXT1R PVC M CXT1R PVC S M SCXT1R PVC M CXT1R PVC M CXT1R PVC M CXT1R 150/50HST M CXT1R 180/60HST M CXT1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. Max

29 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP SS2KGP CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT SS2KGP Industrial Gland CMP SS2KGP type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Unarmoured cable, providing mechanical cable retention and an environmental seal on the cables inner and outer sheath or a double seal on the cable outer sheath. Suitable for applications where superior cable pull out resistance is required. The CMP SS2KGP range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN C INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS Type SS2K/GP Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU E GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Ingress Protection Document -60 C to +150 C IP66, IP67, IP C549K F Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories 5046 C549K Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Unarmoured CMP Displacement Seal Inner Bedding and Outer Sheath daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud B D Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Diameter /B cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Gland Weight (Kgs) Metric NPT NPT Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16SS2KGP1 PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SSS2KGP1 PVC M20 1/2 3/ SSS2KGP1 PVC M25 3/ SS2KGP1 PVC M / SS2KGP1 PVC M40 1 1/4 1 1/ SS2KGP1 PVC S M50 1 1/ SSS2KGP1 PVC M / SS2KGP1 PVC S M / SSS2KGP1 PVC M63 2 1/ SS2KGP1 PVC S M75 2 1/ SSS2KGP1 PVC M / SS2KGP1S PVC M / SS2KGP1 PVC M SS2KGP1 150/50HST M SS2KGP1 180/60HST M SS2KGP1 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. 84

30 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS SS2KGP-PB CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type SS2K GPPB SS2KGP-PB Industrial Gland CMP SS2KGP-PB type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Lead Sheathed Unarmoured, providing mechanical cable retention and environmental seal on the cable inner lead sheath and cable outer sheath. The cable gland also provides earth bonding of the inner lead covering or lead sheath. The CMP SS2KGP-PB range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN C Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. E GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Continuous Operating Temperature -60 to +150 Ingress Protection Rating IP66, IP67, IP68 F Ingress Protection Document 5046 C549K Deluge Protection Compliance DTS01 : 91 Deluge Protection Document Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories 5046 C549K-D Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Unarmoured Lead Sheathed CMP Displacement Seal Inner Lead Sheath and Outer Sheath daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud B D Gland Selection Table 85 Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Lead Sheath/Overall Diameter /B cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Gland Weight (Kgs) Metric NPT NPT Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16SS2KGPPB1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SSS2KGPPB1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ SSS2KGPPB1R PVC M25 3/ SS2KGPPB1R PVC M / SS2KGPPB1R PVC M40 1 1/4 1 1/ SS2KGPPB1R PVC S M50 1 1/ SSS2KGPPB1R PVC M / SS2KGPPB1R PVC S M / SSS2KGPPB1R PVC M63 2 1/ SS2KGPPB1R PVC S M75 2 1/ SSS2KGPPB1R PVC M / SS2KGPPB1R PVC M / SS2KGPPB1R PVC M SS2KGPPB1R 150/50HST M SS2KGPPB1R 180/60HST M SS2KGPPB1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available.

31 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP 2RC CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type 2RC 2RC Industrial Gland With Conduit Connection Facility CMP 2RC type brass indoor and outdoor conduit connection cable gland for use with all types of Unarmoured cables housed in rigid or flexible conduit systems. The cable gland is equipped with a rotating male or female connection which is available in a variety of thread forms for ease of conduit installation, including NPT and Metric. Customers are requested to kindly specify the male and female thread form and sizes required when ordering. The CMP 2RC range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN C INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. E GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material -60 C to +150 C IP66 Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer F Type Unarmoured Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories CMP Displacement Seal Outer Sheath daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud D Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Standard Female NPT Thread Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Metric Mx NPT F) # Metric NPT NPT Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/4 1/ S162RC1R S M20 1/2 3/4 1/ S2RC1R M20 1/2 3/4 1/ RC1R M25 3/4 1 3/ RC1R M / RC1R M40 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/ RC1R S M50 1 1/ / S2RC1R M / RC1R S M / S2RC1R M63 2 1/ / RC1R S M75 2 1/ / S2RC1R M / RC1R M / RC1R ll dimensions in millimetres Gland Weight (Kgs) Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. 86

32 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS TECHNICL DT Type E1U CBLE GLND E1U Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 E1U Universal Industrial Gland CMP E1U type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of armoured cables providing an environmental seal on the cable inner bedding and on the cable outer sheath. The cable gland provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via the armour termination. reversible armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination affords maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner bedding. The CMP E1U range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN C Deluge Proof Option EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU E GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 BS pproval Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material 01-LD PD -60 C to +150 C IP66 (IP67/IP68 also available) Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium F Seal Material Type rmour Clamping Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Single Wire rmour (SW), luminium Wire rmour (W), Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Steel Tape rmour (ST), Wire Braid rmour, luminium Strip rmour (S), Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY), rmored & Jacketed Reversible rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Inner Bedding & Outer Sheath B D 87 Optional ccessories Gland Selection Table Gland Size daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud vailable Entry Threads C Minimum Overall rmour Range Bedding Thread Diameter Diameter Grooved Stepped Standard Option Length B Cone Cone Metric NPT NPT E Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max cross Flats D cross Corners D Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E1U1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE1U1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E1U1R PVC S M25 3/ SE1U1R PVC M25 3/ E1U1R PVC M / E1U1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E1U1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE1U1R PVC M / E1U1R PVC S M / SE1U1R PVC M63 2-1/ E1U1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE1U1R PVC M / E1U1R PVC M / E1U1R PVC M E1U1R 150/50HST M E1U1R 180/60HST M E1U1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. Max Max Note: Deluge proof version available Gland Weight (Kgs)

33 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP TECHNICL DT Type E2U CBLE GLND E2U Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 E2U Universal Industrial Gland CMP E2U type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Lead Sheathed and rmoured cables providing an environmental seal on inner lead sheath and the cable outer sheath. The cable gland provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via the armour termination and also earth bonding of the inner lead covering or lead sheath. reversible armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination affords maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner lead covering. The CMP E2U range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN C Deluge Proof Option INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU E GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 BS pproval Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type rmour Clamping 01-LD PD -60 C to +150 C IP66 (IP67/IP68 also available) Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Lead Sheathed & Single Wire rmour (LC/SW), Lead Sheathed & Wire Braid rmour, Lead Sheathed & Steel Tape rmour (LC/ST) Reversible rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring F Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Inner Lead Sheath & Outer Sheath daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud D B Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Lead Sheath Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range Grooved Cone Stepped Cone Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max cross Flats D Max cross Corners D Note: Deluge proof version available Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E2U1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE2U1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E2U1R PVC S M25 3/ SE2U1R PVC M25 3/ E2U1R PVC M / E2U1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E2U1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE2U1R PVC M / E2U1R PVC S M / SE2U1R PVC M63 2-1/ E2U1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE2U1R PVC M / E2U1R PVC M / E2U1R PVC M E2U1R 150/50HST M E2U1R 180/60HST M E2U1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. Max Gland Weight (Kgs) 88

34 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS E1W CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type E1W Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 E1W Industrial Gland CMP E1W type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with Single Wire rmour (SW) cable providing an environmental seal on the cable inner sheath and the cable outer sheath. The cable gland provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour wire termination. detachable armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination affords maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner bedding. The CMP E1W range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN Other materials including luminium are also available in this standard design. C Deluge Proof Option EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. E GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 BS pproval Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type rmour Clamping 01-LD PD -60 C to +150 C IP66 (IP67/IP68 also available) Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Single Wire rmour (SW) Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring F Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Inner Bedding & Outer Sheath B D Optional ccessories daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud 89 Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E1W1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE1W1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E1W1R PVC S M25 3/ SE1W1R PVC M25 3/ E1W1R PVC M / E1W1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E1W1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE1W1R PVC M / E1W1R PVC S M / SE1W1R PVC M63 2-1/ E1W1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE1W1R PVC M / E1W1R PVC M / E1W1R PVC M E1W1R 150/50HST M E1W1R 180/60HST M E1W1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. cross Flats D cross Corners D Note: Deluge proof version available Gland Weight (Kgs)

35 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP E2W CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT E2W Industrial Gland CMP E2W type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Lead Sheathed and Single Wire rmour (SW) cable providing an environmental seal on the cable inner lead sheath and cable outer sheath. The cable gland provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via the armour termination and also earth bonding of the inner lead covering or lead sheath. detachable armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination affords maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner lead covering. The CMP E2W range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN Other materials including luminium are also available in this standard design. C INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS Type E2W Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU Deluge Proof Option E GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Lloyds pproval Number 01/00171 BS pproval Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type rmour Clamping 01-LD PD -60 C to +150 C IP66 (IP67/IP68 also available) Brass luminium, Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Lead Sheathed & Single Wire rmour (LC/SW) Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring F Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) Optional ccessories CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Inner & Outer Sheath daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud B D Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Lead Sheath Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E2W1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE2W1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E2W1R PVC S M25 3/ SE2W1R PVC M25 3/ E2W1R PVC M / E2W1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E2W1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE2W1R PVC M / E2W1R PVC S M / SE2W1R PVC M63 2-1/ E2W1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE2W1R PVC M / E2W1R PVC M / E2W1R PVC M E2W1R 150/50HST M E2W1R 180/60HST M E2W1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. lternative armour clamping range available for non-standard armour sizes. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. cross Flats D Max cross Corners D Max Note: Deluge proof version available Gland Weight (Kgs) 90

36 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS E1X CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type E1X Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 E1X Industrial Gland CMP E1X type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Wire Braid rmour, Strip rmour, Pliable Wire rmour & Steel Tape rmour (ST) cable providing an environmental seal on the cable inner bedding and cable outer sheath. The cable gland provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via armour termination. detachable armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination affords maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner bedding. The CMP E1X range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN Other materials including luminium are also available in this standard design. C Deluge Proof Option EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. E GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type rmour Clamping -60 C to +150 C IP66 (IP67/IP68 also available) Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Wire Braid rmour, Screened Flexible Wire Braid (e.g. CY / SY), Pliable Wire rmour (PW), Steel Tape rmour (ST) Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring F Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Inner Bedding & Outer Sheath B D Optional ccessories daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud 91 Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Bedding Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range cross Flats D cross Corners D Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E1X1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE1X1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E1X1R PVC S M25 3/ SE1X1R PVC M25 3/ E1X1R PVC M / E1X1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E1X1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE1X1R PVC M / E1X1R PVC S M / SE1X1R PVC M63 2-1/ E1X1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE1X1R PVC M / E1X1R PVC M / E1X1R PVC M E1X1R 150/50HST M E1X1R 180/60HST M E1X1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. Note: Deluge proof version available Gland Weight (Kgs)

37 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP E2X CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type E2X Design Specification BS 6121:Part 1:1989, EN 50262:1999 E2X Industrial Gland CMP E2X type brass indoor and outdoor cable gland for use with all types of Lead Sheathed and Wire Braid rmour, Strip rmour, Pliable Wire rmour & Steel Tape rmour (ST) cable providing an environmental seal on the cable inner lead sheath and cable outer sheath. The cable gland provides mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity via the armour termination and also earth bonding of the inner lead covering or lead sheath. detachable armour cone and nyway universal clamping ring arrangement allows the cable to be easily disconnected from the equipment, for maintenance and change out etc. This feature also facilitates remote make off procedures when the termination is to be conducted in confined spaces or in areas of restricted access. Separate tightening actions for the inner displacement seal and the armour termination affords maximum control over the pressure applied to the cable inner bedding. The CMP E2X range of industrial cable glands is designed and tested to BS 6121:Part 1:1989, meets or surpasses the requirements of EN :1999, and is produced from Brass grade CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) to EN Other materials including luminium are also available in this standard design. C Deluge Proof Option INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS EN Mechanical Classifications Retention = Class B, Impact = Level 8, EN Electrical Classifications Category without use of an Earth Tag and Category B with an Earth Tag. E GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.H00110 LLU GOST K Certificate Number KZ RoK Permit for Use Number Continuous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Standard Gland Material lternative Gland Material Seal Material Type rmour Clamping -60 C to +150 C IP66 (IP67/IP68 also available) Brass Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Stainless Steel, luminium CMP Formulated Thermoplastic Elastomer Lead Sheathed & Wire Braid rmour, Lead Sheathed & Steel Tape rmour (LC/ST) Detachable rmour Cone & nyway Universal Clamping Ring F Sealing Technique Sealing rea(s) CMP Inner Displacement Seal & Unique CMP "LRS" Outer Seal (Load Retention Seal) Inner Lead Sheath and B D Optional ccessories daptor/reducer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Seal, Locknut, Serrated Washer, Shroud Gland Selection Table Gland Size vailable Entry Threads C Standard Option Minimum Thread Length E Lead Sheath Diameter Overall Diameter B rmour Range cross Flats D Max cross Corners D Max Nominal Protrusion Length F Ordering Reference (Brass Metric) # PVC Shroud Reference* Metric NPT NPT Min Max Min Max Min Max 20S/16 M20 1/2 3/ S16E2X1R PVC S M20 1/2 3/ SE2X1R PVC M20 1/2 3/ E2X1R PVC S M25 3/ SE2X1R PVC M25 3/ E2X1R PVC M / E2X1R PVC M40 1-1/4 1-1/ E2X1R PVC S M50 1-1/ SE2X1R PVC M / E2X1R PVC S M / SE2X1R PVC M63 2-1/ E2X1R PVC S M75 2-1/ SE2X1R PVC M / E2X1R PVC M / E2X1R PVC M E2X1R 150/50HST M E2X1R 180/60HST M E2X1R 180/60HST ll dimensions in millimetres Note: *LSF Shrouds also available on request. Marine approvals including Lloyds, DNV & BS are also available from CMP Products. # Other thread forms are available. Note: Deluge proof version available Gland Weight (Kgs) 92

38 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS 2DG CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Type 2DG Dome Gland 2DG Dome Top Gland CMP 2DG type indoor and outdoor non-metallic Dome Cap cable gland for use with all types of Unarmoured cables, providing an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The 2DG cable glands are available in various colours and are supplied complete with sealing washer and locknut. Standard thread forms are metric to EN Standard versions are produced in Low Smoke and Fume (LSF) polymeric materials with UL 94 V2 rating. lternative versions are available in Red coloured Flame Retardant, Low Smoke and Fume (LSF) and Halogen Free polymeric material with UL 94 V0 rating. Design Specification EN 50262:1999 Ingress Protection Rating IP68 to a depth of 40 metres C Material Continuous Operating Temperature Range Low Smoke & Fume Polymeric Material -20 C to +80 C, Intermittent up to 120 C E vailable Colours Standard Gland Flammability Rating Black, White, Bright Red to Ral 3020, Light Grey to Ral 7035 and Mid Grey to Ral 7001 UL 94 V2 F lternative Gland Flammability Rating UL 94 V0 (Red Colour Only) Type Unarmoured D Sealing rea Outer Sheath ccessories Locknut & Sealing Washer (included) Substitute X for the colour Black=BLK, Red=R, White=W, Light Grey=LG, Mid Grey=MG Gland Selection Table Ordering Reference Qty per Box Thread Diameter C Thread Length E Standard Gland Range Overall Diameter Protrusion Length F cross Flats D cross Corners D Min Max Max Max 2DG12S-X 100 M DG16S-X 100 M DG16L-X 100 M DG20S-X 100 M DG20M-X 100 M DG20L-X 100 M DG25L-X 100 M DG32S-X 75 M DG40S-X 60 M DG50S-X 50 M DG63S-X 50 M ll dimensions in millimetres 93

39 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP HEX CBLE GLND TECHNICL DT Hex Head Series Gland CMP type indoor and outdoor non-metallic Hex Head cable gland for use with all types of Unarmoured cables, providing an environmental seal on the cable outer sheath. The Hex Head cable glands are available in various colours and are supplied complete with sealing washer and locknut. Standard thread forms are metric to EN Standard versions are produced in Low Smoke and Fume (LSF) polymeric materials with UL 94 V2 rating. lternative versions are available in Red coloured Flame Retardant, Low Smoke and Fume (LSF) and Halogen Free polymeric material with UL 94 V0 rating. INDUSTRIL CBLE GLNDS Type Hex Head C Design Specification EN 50262:1999 Ingress Protection Rating Material IP55 Low Smoke & Fume (LSF) Polymeric Material E Continuous Operating Temperature Range -20 C to +80 C, Intermittent up to 120 C vailable Colours Standard Gland Flammability Rating Black, White, Bright Red to Ral 3020, Light Grey to Ral 7035 and Mid Grey to Ral 7001 UL 94 V2 F lternative Gland Flammability Rating Type Sealing rea UL 94 V0 (Red Colour Only) Unarmoured Outer Sheath B D ccessories Locknut & Sealing Washer (included) Substitute X for the colour Black=BLK, Red=R, White=W, Light Grey=LG, Mid Grey=MG Gland Selection Table Ordering Reference Body Size Thread Diameter C Min Thread Length E Standard Gland Range Overall Diameter Protrusion Length F cross Flats B Envelope Diameter D Min Max Max X 16 M X 16 M X 16 M X 16 M X 20 M X 20 M X 20 M X 20 M X 25 M X 32 M ll dimensions in millimetres 94

40 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP PPLICTION The CMP range of Thread Conversion daptors, Reducers and associated products are available for use in Industrial, Marine and Hazardous rea applications, and are particularly suited to construction projects where a high volume of cables of all types and sizes are being installed. When the cable gland fits the cable but its connecting thread differs from that of the equipment the best solution may be to use a CMP thread conversion adaptor, especially when schedules are critical and time is of the essence. CMP thread conversion adaptors and reducers offer the flexibility of allowing the job to progress by using a standard off the shelf product to save time and ultimate cost compared with modifying hole sizes in equipment. THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS PRODUCTS In addition to Thread Conversion daptors and Reducers, CMP Products also provides, Unions, Stopper Plugs, Breather / Drain Plugs and Insulated daptors. ll products in this range are available in a variety of materials, both metallic and non-metallic, and can be supplied in a combination of different thread forms and sizes including Metric, PG, NPT, BSP etc. SPECIFICTIONS & PPROVLS CMP Industrial, Marine and Hazardous rea Thread Conversion daptors, Reducers, Stopper Plugs and Breather Drain Plugs comply with the latest IEC standards and are offered with certification from a host of internationally recognised bodies. This range of certification includes TEX, IEC Ex, CS, UL, GOST R. GOST K and more. 160

41 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS ORDERING DEFINITIONS (HOW TO ORDER) When selecting and installing certified electrical equipment and components in potentially explosive atmospheres, it is the users responsibility to ensure that the local industry codes of practice are observed and followed, for example EN , IEC , or NFP 70 / NEC 500. Table Code D E F G M U C Code B R KEY TO ORDERING REFERENCES FOR DPTORS, REDUCERS & STOPPER PLUGS HOW TO ORDER - To determine ordering reference please select from the tables below in the following fashion :- Form of protection - Option (if required) - Thread Form - Thread Size - Material Product Type From Index Opposite Table B E - X - - M - P - L - E Form of Protection From Table below Options From Table B below Thread Form From Table C below Form of Protection Dual Certified Ex d / Ex e Increased Safety Ex e Flameproof Ex d General Purpose Industrial Group 1 Mining (Ex d ) UL Listed - Hazardous Locations CS pproved - Ex d/ Exe Options Externally Secured - Non Tamper Proof Ex d Stopper Plug (Type ) Internally Secured - Tamper Proof Ex d Stopper Plug (Type B) Optional O ring Thread Size From Table D below Material From Table E below 757 E R M 2 5 llen Metallic Non-Metallic Description key recess Ex d Ex e Industrial Ex e Industrial 747 Recessed Non-Tamper Proof Type 747 Recessed Tamper Proof Type B 757 Hexagon Head 757 Hexagon Head c/w O ring seal (*) 767 Dome Head 767 Dome Head c/w O ring seal (*) Table D Code Metric M NPSM N Stopper Plug Options Note * This option is available only with parallel thread Stopper Plugs NPT T Thread Size PG BSP P B Imperial I BSP S /2 1/2 9 1/2 5/8 1/ /4 3/4 11 3/4 3/4 3/ /4 1-1/ /4 1-1/4 1-1/ /2 1-1/ /2 1-1/2 1-1/ /2 2-1/ /2 2-1/2 2-1/ /2 3 1/ /2 3-1/2 3 1/ Table C Code M N T P B I S Thread Form Metric NPSM NPT PG BSPP E.T. (Imperial) BSPT Table E Code Material - Brass 1 luminium 2 Nylon 3 Mild Steel 4 Stainless Steel 5 Nickel Plated Brass Other variations available on request Notes: Nominal dimensions shown in this catalogue may vary due to material availability. ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated. Within the parameters of its hazardous area certification CMP products reserves the right to change the design and / or dimensions of any of the products illustrated without notice. For further information please contact CMP Products. CMP Products Terms & Conditions will apply to all sales orders unless otherwise contractually agreed. These can be obtained form CMP offices or online at

42 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP 781SERIES Breather/Drain Plugs Breather / Drain Plug Type 781 with increased Safety Ex e II form of protection. The CMP Type 781 Breather / Drain Plug is designed for Increased Safety Ex e apparatus that is susceptible to condensation or prone to moisture collection or ingress during normal operation. The Type 781 is designed to act as both a drainage device, when mounted in a bottom entry of the equipment, and also to enable the inside air to breathe with the external environment under normal ambient and atmospheric conditions, whilst excluding further dust and moisture from penetrating the enclosure. The Type 781 Breather / Drain Plug is supplied complete with an integral entry thread O ring seal, and a castellated locknut to facilitate drainage from inside the enclosure. General Purpose Industrial version is also available. Metallic Breather / Drain Plugs are available in Brass, luminium or Stainless Steel and can be supplied for both Industrial and Hazardous rea applications, with Ex e Component pproval. Other thread forms (equivalent to metric sizes M20 and M25 only), including PG, BSPP, NPSM and Imperial (ET) available on request. Please refer to Table D on page 161 for further information on these options. Technical Data Type 781 Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: TEX Certification Detail SIR 01 TEX 1284U Code of Protection Category TEX II 2 GD Ex e II Component, Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC IECEx Certification Detail IECEx SIR U THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS Code of Protection Category Ex e II / Ex td 21 IP6X Compliance Standards EN , EN , EN , IEC , IEC , IEC Continous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Materials ccessories Included -60 C to +200 C IP66 (When fitted in a bottom entry, perpendicular manner) Brass, Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel, Nylon Integral Entry Thread O Ring Seal, Castellated Locknut Castellated Locknut Slotted rrangement Filter prevents any dirt or other foreign bodies from entering the enclosure O Ring Breathing capabilities help to combat the build up of moisture and potential condensation in the apparatus. Slotted Entry Threads and Castellated Locknut allows excess water to flow into inverted drain device. Protrusion Height Draining features enable release of any water that has penetrated the apparatus whilst maintaining the Increased Safety form of protection. Drainage Hole Filter Integral O Ring ensures an effective seal at the interface between the Breather/Drain device and the equipment. Product Selection Table * Ordering Reference Thread Size Minimum Thread Length Protrusion Height cross Flats Dimension cross Corners Dimensions Marked with TEX certification details as standard. lternative certification marking shown in the table below can be applied if requested at the time of ordering. Installation Torque (Nm) 781EM2 M20 X EM3 M25 X ET1 1/2 NPT ET2 3/4 NPT dditional pprovals ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated GOST Ex pproval Certificate POCC GB. 05.B01367, POCC GB. 05.B01369 LLU LLU CS pproval Certificate Ex e II, IP66 Note * Please refer to ordering guide tables on page 161 for reference definitions, denoting material variants 162

43 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS 737SERIES daptors & Reducers Thread Conversion daptor & Reducer Type 737 with Flameproof Ex d IIC & Increased Safety Ex e II forms of protection. The CMP Type 737 range of Thread Conversion daptors & Reducers is designed to provide flexibility and versatility in the execution of construction works when there is a conflict between the type or size of the cable gland thread and the cable entry hole in the equipment. These Thread Conversion daptors & Reducers are available with Male to Female connection threads and can be supplied with thread conversion between the forward and rear threads to either an increased or reduced size or a different thread type, e.g. Metric to NPT, or NPT to Metric. Please refer to page 161 for further infromation on the options available. General Purpose Industrial version is also available. CMP 737 Thread Conversion daptors & Reducers are available in Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel or Nylon and can be supplied for both Industrial and Hazardous rea applications, with Ex d & Ex e Component pproval (Nylon Version is Ex e only). The CMP 737 daptor & Reducer range is also optionally available with an integral O Ring seal when the male thread is parallel. non-metallic version is also available on request to complement non metallic enclosures. Technical Data Type 737 Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 189, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification Detail SIR O1 TEX 1284U, SIR O1 TEX 1003 Code of Protection Category IECEx Certification Detail Code of Protection Category DPTOR NYLON DPTOR REDUCER TEX II 2 GD Ex d IIC & Ex e II, Component and Equipment, Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC TEX IM2ExdI&ExeI.TEX II2GDExeIIonly on Nylon version. IECEx SIR U ExdI/ExeI/ExdIIC/ExeII/ExtD21IP6X (Ex e II / Ex td 21 IP6X for Nylon only) Compliance Standards EN , EN , EN , EN , IEC , IEC , IEC , IEC Continous Operating Temperature Ingress Protection Rating Materials Optional ccessories -60 C to +200 C (Metallic), -20 C to +60 C (Nylon) IP66 or IP68 when fitted with a CMP O Ring or Entry Thread Sealing Washer Brass, Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Locknut, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Sealing Washer Key to Ordering References for 737 daptors & Reducers Product Type Form of Protection Options Male Thread Form Male Thread Size Female Thread Form Female Thread Size Material CMP 737 daptor HOW TO ORDER * e.g. 737 D M 2 M 3-4 = Dual Certified Ex d&exe M20 (M) x M25 (F) - Stainless Steel. CMP 737 Reducer with optional O ring Standard Hazardous rea Marking Includes for TEX certification. When ordering please notify CMP Products in your order if alternative approval markings are required. Note: When ordering daptors & Reducers always state the Male Thread size first. Note: The O ring detail illustrated is an optional extra. From Index on Page 1 From Table on Page 2 From Table B on Page 2 From Table C on Page 2 From Table D on Page 2 From Table C on Page D R M 3 M From Table D on Page 2 From Table E on Page It should be noted that when using CMP Type 737 Thread Conversion daptors and Reducers in association with Explosion Protected electrical equipment the following basic rules must be observed in line with good engineering practice:- 1. No more than one conversion adaptor or reducer should be used at one time on any given cable entry. 2. Stopping plugs should be fitted directly into unused entries of the equipment, and not into an adaptor or reducer. 3. The female connection thread of a Thread Conversion daptor shall step not more than one size up in the case of a thread gender change. Example ; M20 (M) to M25 (F) or M20 (M) to 3/4 NPT (f) is permitted Where as M20 (M) to M32 (F) or M20 (M) to 1 NPT (F) is not permitted dditional pprovals IEC pproval Certificate SIR 05 Y 1089U GOST Ex pproval Certificate POCC GB. O5.BO1367, POCC GB. 05.BO1369 CS pproval Certificate Class I BCD, Class II EFG, IP68 TYPE 4X Ex d/ ExeIIC UL Listing File Reference EBNV.E Class I BCD, Class II EFG and Class III Note * : Please refer to the thread conversion options on page 164 opposite and the ordering guide tables on page 161 for reference definitions. Other Thread Variations available on request. Please refer to page 165 for dimensions of type 737 adaptor and reducer products. LLU LLU

44 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP MLE MLE THRED THRED SIZE M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M75 5/8" ET 3/4" ET 1" ET 11/4"ET 11/2"ET 2" ET 21/2"ET 3" ET PG7 PG9 PG11 PG13.5 PG16 PG21 PG29 PG36 PG42 PG48 1/2" NPS (M) 3/4" NPS (M) 1" NPS (M) 1 1/4" NPS (M) 1 1/2" NPS (M) 2" NPS (M) 2 1/2" NPS (M) 3" NPS (M) 3 1/2" NPS (M) 4" NPS (M) 1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1 1/4" NPT 1 1/2" NPT 2" NPT 2 1/2" NPT 3" NPT 3 1/2" NPT 4" NPT 1/2" BSPP 5/8" BSPP 3/4" BSPP 1" BSPP 1 1/4" BSPP 1 1/2" BSPP 2" BSPP 2 1/2" BSPP 3" BSPP PRODUCT SELECTION TBLE FOR 737 DPTORS & REDUCERS FEMLE THRED M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M75 5/8" ET 3/4" ET 1" ET 11/4"ET 11/2"ET 2" ET 21/2"ET 3" ET PG7 PG9 PG11 PG13.5 PG16 PG21 PG29 PG36 PG42 PG48 1/2" NPT / NPS 3/4" NPT / NPS 1" NPT / NPS 1 1/4" NPT / NPS 1 1/2" NPT / NPS 2" NPT / NPS 2 1/2" NPT / NPS 3" NPT / NPS 3 1/2" NPT / NPS 4" NPT / NPS 1/2" BSP 3/4" BSP 1" BSP 11/4"BSP 11/2"BSP 2" BSP 21/2"BSP 3" BSP THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS Ex d/ex e Certified Reducer Ex d/ex e Certified daptor Non-Certified daptor *The Selection Table above indentifies the standard thread options produced and is intended to aid the user in the selection process. For any requirements not listed above please consult CMP Products. Please also refer to the dimension details on page 165 and the ordering reference definitions on page

45 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS 737 SERIES daptors & Reducers Dimension Data Tables MLE THRED SIZE G C E D DPTOR C E REDUCER B END VIEW Table FEMLE THRED SIZE METRIC NPT & BSPP PG MI6 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M75 M90 M100 1/2 3/ /4 1-1/ / /2 4 PG7 PG9 PG11 PG13.5 PG16 PG21 PG29 PG36 PG42 PG48 METRIC M M20 R R01 R M25 R03 R R R03 R03 R03 R M32 R05 R05 R R05 RO R05 R05 R07 R05 R M40 R06 R06 R06 R R06 R07 R R06 R06 R06 R06 R06 R M50 R07 R07 R07 R07 R R07 R08 R07 R R07 R07 R07 R07 R07 R07 R M63 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R R08 R08 R08 R08 R R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 24 M75 R10 R09 R09 R09 R09 R09 R R09 R09 R09 R09 R09 R R09 R09 R09 R09 R09 R09 R09 R09 R09 R09 M90 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R R10 R10 R10 R10 R2 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 M100 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 13 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 NPT & BSPP 1/2 R R01 R /4 R03 R R R03 R03 R03 R R12 R05 R R05 R R05 R05 R05 R05 R /4 R13 R12 R12 R R12 R12 R R12 R12 R12 R12 R12 R /2 R13 R13 R13 R13 R R13 R13 R13 R R13 R13 R13 R13 R13 R13 R R14 R14 R14 R14 R14 R R14 R14 R14 R14 R R14 R14 R14 R14 R14 R14 R14 R14 R /2 R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 R15 3 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 R16 3-1/2 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 34 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 R17 4 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 39 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 R18 PG PG PG PG PG R01 R PG16 R R02 R02 R PG21 R04 R R R04 R04 R04 R04 R PG29 R06 R06 R06 R R06 R R06 R06 R06 R06 R06 R PG36 R07 R07 R07 R07 R R07 R07 R R07 R07 R07 R07 R07 R07 R PG42 R07 R07 R07 R08 R R07 R07 R07 R07 R07 21 R07 R07 R07 R07 R07 R07 R07 R PG48 R08 R14 R14 R08 R14 R R08 R08 R08 R08 R R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 R08 11 Table B 737 DPTOR DETIL cross Flats Dimension cross Corners Diameter B Male Thread Length C Female Thread Length D Protrusion Length F Nominal Bore G DPTOR DETIL cross Flats Dimension cross Corners Diameter B Male Thread Length C Female Thread Length D Protrusion Length F Nominal Bore G REDUCER DETIL R01 R02 R03 R04 R05 R06 R07 R08 R09 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R cross Flats Dimension cross Corners Diameter B Male Thread Length C Female Thread Length E Protrusion Length F To obtain CMP 737 daptor & Reducer nominal dimensions, follow the steps below:- Step 1 - Select male thread by consulting the left hand column of table Step 2 - Select the female thread size by consulting column headings at the top of table, and by cross referencing this with the selection in step 1, identify the key reference number prefixed for daptor and R for reducer. Step 3 - Using this key reference number, please refer to the corresponding dimensions in Table B. Please note that the data in tables and B above include daptors and Reducers which are certified for use in Hazardous reas. Dimension data for other Industrial versions is available from CMP Products on request

46 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP 777SERIES Insulated daptors Insulated daptor Type 777 with Flameproof Ex d IIC & Increased Safety Ex e II forms of protection. The CMP Type 777 Insulated daptor allows the Metallic Gland, and ultimately the cable armour, to be effectively isolated from the equipment. The use of these daptors has proven to be an essential precaution in areas where electromagnetic noise and circulating eddy currents stray around any vulnerable cable system. Particularly relevant in Power Plants and in areas where highly sensitive instrumentation circuits are relied upon for interference free safety critical operations, the cable armour can still be connected to ground externally with the use of an earth tag fitted between the cable gland and insulated adaptor. This allows the user to design his system around a single point earthing strategy and allows the operator to perform tests on the earth circuit without disconnection of the elements installed. General Purpose Industrial version is also available. CMP 777 Insulated daptors are available in Brass, luminium or Stainless Steel and can be supplied for both Industrial and Hazardous rea applications, with Ex d & Ex e Component pproval. 777 Insulated daptor Technical Data Type 777 Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification Detail Code of Protection Category SIR 05 TEX 1233U TEX II 2 GD Ex d IIC & Ex e II Component, Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS IECEx Certification Detail IECEx SIR U Code of Protection Category Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex td 21 IP6X Compliance Standards Continuous Operating Temperatures -20ºC to + 60ºC EN , EN , EN , EN , EN , IEC , IEC , IEC , IEC , IEC Ingress Protection Rating Materials ccessories Included Optional ccessories IP68 Brass, Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel Integral Entry Thread O Ring Seal Locknut, Serrated Washer Product Selection Table * Ordering Reference Male Thread Size Minimum Thread Length Female Thread Size Maximum Bore Diameter Nominal Protrusion Length 777DM2M2 M20 X M20 X DM3M3 M25 X M25 X DM4M4 M32 X M32 X DM5M5 M40 X M40 X DM6M6 M50 X M50 X Overall Envelope Diameter 777DM7M7 M63 X M63 X DM8M8 M75 X M75 X ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated Marked with TEX certification details as standard. lternative certification marking shown in the table below can be applied if requested at the time of ordering. dditional pprovals GOST R Certificate Number POCC GB. 05.B01912 LLU CS pproval Certificate Class I BCD, Class II EFG, IP68 TYPE 4X Exd / Ex e IIC Note* : Other Thread Variations available on request. Please refer to ordering guide tables on page 161 for reference definitions 166

47 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP CCESSORIES C ERTH TGS CMP slip on earth tags, Installed between the cable gland and equipment, provide an earth bond connection as specified in BS6121:Part 5:1993 and also complies with category B rating specified in BS EN 50262:1999. The following table of fault current ratings relates to CMP Brass Earth Tags. CCESSORIES E D F Short Circuit Ratings CMP Earth Tag Symmetrical Fault Current Size (k) for 1 second Note: lternative materials are also available. Please refer to Table E on page 161 for ordering reference numbers, e.g 20ET4 for M20 Stainless Steel Earth Tag, 050NPTET4 for 1/2 NPT Stainless Steel Earth Tag. METRIC - ERTH TGS Ordering Reference (Brass) Reference Diameter Minimum Thickness Nominal Diameter C Hole Size D Nominal Length E Nominal Centres F 16ET M M ET M M ET M M ET M M ET M M ET M M ET M M ET M M ET M M ET M M ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated NPT - ERTH TGS Ordering Reference (Brass) Reference Diameter Minimum Thickness Nominal Diameter C Hole Size D Nominal Length E Nominal Centres F 050NPTET 1/2 NPT M NPTET 3/4 NPT M NPTET 1 NPT M NPTET 1 1/4 NPT M NPTET 1 1/2 NPT M NPTET 2 NPT M NPTET 2 1/2 NPT M NPTET 3 NPT M NPTET 3 1/2 NPT M ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated SHROUDS CMP manufacture a range of push on shrouds which are used to minimise the risk of dirt or foreign substances gathering on the Gland body, and/or point of cable to gland interface. Standard shrouds are produced in Black PVC and PCP. CMP LSF (Blue/Grey) shrouds are available from stock. Table below shows typical examples of CMP shrouds. SHROUD REFRENCES GLND TYPE 20/16 20S S 50 63S 63 75S BWL PVC02 PVC04 PVC06 PVC09 PVC11 PVC13 PVC17 PVC20 PVC22 PVC25 PVC28 PVC30 PVC32 2 PVC02 PVC04 PVC05 PVC09 PVC10 PVC13 PVC14 PVC17 PVC20 PVC22 PVC24 PVC26 PVC31 E1W PVC02 PVC04 PVC06 PVC09 PVC11 PVC15 PVC18 PVC21 PVC23 PVC25 PVC28 PVC30 PVC32 COLOUR CODED SHROUDS PVC, PCP & LSF shrouds are also manufactured in alternative colours including Red, Blue and White, to suit a wide variety of customer requirements, other colours are available

48 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CCESSORIES CCESSORIES LOCKNUTS Brass Locknuts are the recommended items used in securing brass cable glands, unions, adaptors, reducers, and stopper plugs to a gland plate or into equipment. C B Zinc Plated Mild Steel locknuts are a cost effective alternative to brass locknuts and should be used only in dry, low humidity conditions. luminium locknuts are recommended when installing CMP luminium Glands to prevent the electrolytic action of galvanic corrosion which can occur when dissimilar metals are coupled together. Note: lternative materials are also available. Please refer to Table E on page 161 for ordering reference numbers, e.g 20LN4 for M20 Stainless Steel Locknut, 050NPTLN4 for 1/2 NPT Stainless Steel Locknut. METRIC - LOCKNUTS Ordering Reference (Brass) Thread Diameter Minimum Thickness cross Flats Dimension B cross Corners Diameter C 16LN M16 X LN M20 X LN M25 X LN M32 X LN M40 X LN M50 X LN M63 X LN M75 X LN M90X LN M100 X ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated NPT - LOCKNUTS Ordering Reference (Brass) Thread Diameter Minimum Thickness cross Flats Dimension B cross Corners Diameter C 050NPTLN 1/2 NPT NPTLN 3/4 NPT NPTLN 1 NPT NPTLN 1 1/4 NPT NPTLN 1 1/2 NPT NPTLN 2 NPT NPTLN 2 1/2 NPT NPTLN 3 NPT NPTLN 3 1/2 NPT ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated SERRTED WSHERS B vailable in Stainless Steel as standard, these shake-proof Serrated Washers fitted internally to the equipment and before a locknut act as an anti-vibration device to prevent the cable gland or other cable entry device and locknut arrangement from inadvertently loosening in service. Note: lternative materials are also available. Please refer to Table E on page 161 for ordering reference numbers, e.g 20SW4 for M20 Stainless Steel Serrated Washer, 050NPTSW4 for 1/2 NPT Stainless Steel Serrated Washer. METRIC - SERRTED WSHERS Ordering Reference (Plated Steel) Reference Diameter Minimum Thickness External Diameter B 16SW M SW M SW M SW M SW M SW M SW M SW M SW M SW M ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated NPT - SERRTED WSHERS Ordering Reference (Plated Steel) Reference Diameter Minimum Thickness External Diameter B 050NPTSW 1/2 NPT NPTSW 3/4 NPT NPTSW 1 NPT NPTSW 1 1/4 NPT NPTSW 1 1/2 NPT NPTSW 2 NPT NPTSW 2 1/2 NPT NPTSW 3 NPT NPTSW 3 1/2 NPT ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated 173

49 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CCESSORIES CCESSORIES ENTRY THRED SELING WSHERS To maintain the Ingress Protection rating between the equipment and cable gland it may be necessary to fit an Entry Thread Sealing Washer at the gland entry interface. For Explosion Protected equipment it is essential to maintain the integrity of the degree of Ingress Protection at which the equipment has been rated. B The need for a sealing washer will very much depend on the Ingress Protection rating and code of protection of the equipment and the type of entry holes available within that equipment. For example when Ex e apparatus or terminal boxes which are permitted to have untapped through clearance holes it will be necessary to fit a sealing washer to ensure that the minimum IP54 requirement (for gas / vapour hazards) is met. Whereas other equipment having tapped entry holes may not require a sealing washer to maintain the rated integrity of the installation, or the minimum requirement for the specified form of protection. The CMP Entry Thread Sealing Washers are produced in 2mm Thick White Nylon as standard which are recommended and meet the specified requirements of Shell s Offshore operations. To verify the effectiveness of the CMP nylon entry sealing washers independent 3rd party tests to EN have been successfully conducted on Gland at IP66, IP67 & IP68 levels of protection. CMP can therefore provide Independent documentary evidence of such tests to the highest standards. Red Fibre Washers can also be supplied to order but careful consideration should be given to their use in sub zero climates where absorption, freezing and cracking have been known to occur, ultimately impairing the degree of Ingress Protection attainable. CMP also offers as an alternative, cable glands, adaptors, reducers, and stopper plugs with Integral Entry Thread O Ring Seal, as pictured opposite. WHITE METRIC ENTRY THRED SELING WSHERS GREEN NPT ENTRY THRED SELING WSHERS Ordering Reference Reference Diameter Minimum Thickness External Diameter B Ordering Reference Reference Diameter Minimum Thickness External Diameter B 16ETS2 M ETS2 M ETS2 M ETS2 M ETS2 M ETS2 M ETS2 M ETS2 M ETS2 M ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated 050NPTETS 1/2 NPT NPTETS 3/4 NPT NPTETS 1 NPT NPTETS 1 1/4 NPT NPTETS 1 1/2 NPT NPTETS 2 NPT NPTETS 2 1/2 NPT NPTETS 3 NPT ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated To the best of our knowledge the information contained in this document is accurate at the time of going to print and CMP reserve the right to improve or modify any products illustrated without prior notification. CMP can not accept liability for any inaccuracies, errors or omissions that may exist. It is the customers responsibility to ensure that the product is suitable for the application. ll copyright herein is the property of CMP Products a division of British Engines Ltd and cannot be reproduced without the permission of CMP Products

50 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS 747SERIES Stopper Plugs Stopper Plug Type 747 with Flameproof Ex d IIC form of protection, with and without Tamper-proof facility. The CMP Type 747 range of Flameproof Ex d Stopper Plugs is designed to provide a permanent or temporary means of blanking unused cable entry holes in Flameproof enclosures enabling the equipment to be safely deployed in the hazardous area. General Purpose Industrial version is also available. lways inserted from the outside of the enclosure, these Stopper Plugs are available with both external (Type ) and internal (Type B) llen Key facility. The 747 Type B Stopper Plug is considered as tamper-proof since it can only be removed from the inside, after the equipment has been de-energised and the terminal chamber cover removed. CMP Type 747 Stopper Plugs are available in Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel or Nylon (Exe) and can be supplied for both Industrial and Hazardous rea applications, with a variety of thread forms and sizes, including NPT. Please refer to Table D on page 161 for further information on these options. Technical Data Type 747(Type&TypeB) Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification Detail Code of Protection Category IECEx Certification Detail SIR 01 TEX 1284U, SIR 02 TEX 1003X TYPE TYPE B TEX II 2 GD Ex d IIC & Ex e II Component & Equipment, Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC TEX IM2ExdI&ExeI IECEx SIR U Code of Protection Category Ex d I/Ex e I/Ex d IIC/Ex e II/Ex td 21 IP6X Compliance Standards EN , EN , EN , EN , IEC , IEC , IEC , IEC Continous Operating Temperatures Ingress Protection Rating Materials -60ºC to + 200ºC (-20ºC to +60ºC Nylon version) IP66 Brass, Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel, Nylon TYPE TYPE B Standard Product Selection Table * Ordering Reference Thread Size Minimum Thread Length llen Key Size /F Ex d Recessed Stopper Plug Type Ex d Recessed Stopper Plug Type B 747-F--M-1 M16 X M8 747-F--M-2 M20 X M F--M-3 M25 X M F--M-4 M32 X M F--M-5 M40 X M F--M-6 M50 X M10 HOW TO ORDER * e.g. 747 F M M 3-1 =Exd-Type-M25-luminium Note: For Tamper Proof Type B Stopper Plugs please substitute the letter with the letter B in the Ordering Reference list opposite. 747-F--M-7 M63 X M F--M-8 M75 X M F--M-9 M90X2 15 M F--M-10 M100 X 2 15 M14 ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated Marked with TEX certification details as standard. lternative certification marking shown in the table below can be applied if requested at the time of ordering. dditional pprovals Gost Ex pproval Certificate POCC GB. 05.B01367, POCC GB. 05.B01369 LLU LLU CS pproval Certificate UL Listing file reference Class I BCD, Class II EFG, IP68 TYPE 4X Ex d IIC EBNV.E Class I BCD, Class II EFG, & Class III Note*: Other Thread Variations available on request. Please refer to ordering guide tables on page 161 for reference definitions 167

51 CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS CMP 757SERIES Stopper Plugs Stopper Plug Type 757 with Flameproof Ex d IIC & Increased Safety Ex e II forms of protection The CMP Type 757 range of Stopper Plugs is designed to provide a permanent or temporary means of blanking unused cable entry holes in Flameproof and Increased Safety enclosures, enabling the equipment to be safely deployed in the hazardous area. The 757 range of Stopper Plugs is produced with a Hexagon Head, making it possible to install or remove with either an open ended or ring type spanner or wrench. General Purpose Industrial version is also available. The CMP Type 757 Stopper Plug design allows for the addition of an entry thread sealing washer, which is available as an optional extra. lternatively, this is also available with an optional Integral Entry Thread O Ring seal. CMP Type 757 Stopper Plugs are available in Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel or Nylon (Ex e), and can be supplied for both Industrial and Hazardous rea applications, in a variety of thread forms and sizes. Please refer to table D on page 161 for further information on these options. Technical Data Type 757 Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification Detail Code of Protection Category IECEx Certification Detail Code of Protection Category SIR 01 TEX 1284U, SIR 02 TEX 1003X TEX II 2 GD Ex d IIC & Ex e II Component & Equipment, Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC TEX IM2ExdI&ExeI IECEx SIR U ExdI/ExeI/ExdIIC/ExeII/ExtD21IP6X Compliance Standards EN , EN , EN , EN , IEC , IEC , IEC , IEC THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS Continous Operating Temperatures Ingress Protection Rating Optional ccessories Materials -60ºC to + 200ºC (Metallic), -20ºC to +60ºC (Nylon) IP66 or IP68 when fitted with a CMP O Ring or Entry Thread Sealing Washer Locknut, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Sealing Washer Brass, Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel, Nylon. C Product Selection Table * Ordering Reference Thread Size Minimum Thread Length cross Flats cross Corners Diameter B Protrusion Length C 757-D-M-1 M16 X D-M-2 M20 X D-M-3 M25 X Series Stopper Plug HOW TO ORDER * e.g. 757 E M 2-5 = Ex E - M20 - Nickel Plated Brass Note: For Integral Entry Thread O Ring Seal option please add the letter R after the form of protection in the Ordering Reference list opposite, e.g 757-D-R-M Series Stopper Plug with optional O ring Stopper Plug end view B 757-D-M-4 M32 X D-M-5 M40 X D-M-6 M50 X D-M-7 M63 X D-M-8 M75 X D-M-9 M90X D-M-10 M100 X ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated Marked with TEX certification details as standard. lternative certification marking shown in the table below can be applied if requested at the time of ordering. dditional pprovals Gost Ex pproval Certificate POCC GB. 05.B01367, POCC GB. 05.B01369 LLU LLU CS pproval Certificate UL Listing file reference Ex e II, IP68, Type 4X EBNV.E Class I BCD, Class II EFG & Class III Note * : Other Thread Variations available on request. Please refer to ordering guide tables on page 161 for reference definitions 168

52 CMP CBLE GLND ND CBLE CONNECTION SPECILISTS THRED CONVERSION DPTORS ND REDUCERS 767SERIES Stopper Plugs Stopper Plug Type 767 with Flameproof Ex d I, Ex d IIC & Increased Safety Ex e I, Ex e II forms of protection The CMP Type 767 range of Stopper Plugs is designed to provide a permanent or temporary means of blanking unused cable entry holes in Flameproof and Increased Safety enclosures, enabling the equipment to be safely deployed in the hazardous area. The 767 range of Stopper Plugs is produced with a Dome Head as standard, and is equipped with an llen Key recess making it impossible to remove with a standard spanner or wrench. General Purpose Industrial version is also available. The CMP Type 767 Stopper Plug design allows for the addition of an entry thread sealing washer, which is available as an optional extra. lternatively, this is also available with an optional Integral Entry Thread O Ring seal. CMP Type 767 Stopper Plugs are available in Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel or Nylon (Ex e), can be supplied for both Industrial and Hazardous rea applications, and can be supplied in a variety of thread forms and sizes. Please refer to Table D on page 161 for further information on these options. Technical Data Type 767 Design Specification BS 6121: Part 1: 1989, EN 50262:1999 TEX Certification Detail SIR 01 TEX 1284U, SIR 01 TEX 1003 Code of Protection Category TEX TEX Brass Nylon II 2 GD Ex d IIC & Ex e II Component & Equipment, Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21, & Zone 22 - Gas Groups II, IIB, IIC IM2ExdI&ExeI IECEx Certification Detail Code of Protection Category IECEx SIR U Ex d I/Ex e I/Ex d IIC/Ex e II/Ex td 21 IP66 Compliance Standards EN , EN , EN , EN , IEC , IEC , IEC , IEC Continous Operating Temperatures Ingress Protection Rating Optional ccessories Materials B -60ºC to + 200ºC (Metallic), -20ºC to +60ºC (Nylon) IP66 or IP68 when fitted with a CMP O Ring or Entry Thread Sealing Washer Locknut, Serrated Washer, Earth Tag, Entry Thread Sealing Washer Brass, Nickel Plated Brass, luminium, Stainless Steel, Nylon. Product Selection Table * Ordering Reference Thread Size Minimum Thread Length Head Diameter Protrusion Length B llen Key Size /F 767-D-M-1 M16 X M8 767-D-M-2 M20 X M D-M-3 M25 X M D-M-4 M32 X M Series Stopper Plug 767 Series Stopper Plug with optional O ring HOW TO ORDER * e.g. 767 D M 2-4 = Dual Certified Ex d&ex e-m20-stainless Steel Note: For Integral Entry Thread O Ring Seal option please use the letter R after the form of protection in the Ordering Reference list opposite. 767-D-M-5 M40 X M D-M-6 M50 X M D-M-7 M63 X M D-M-8 M75 X M D-M-9 M90X M D-M-10 M100 X M14 ll dimensions shown are in millimetres unless otherwise stated Marked with TEX certification details as standard. lternative certification marking shown in the table below can be applied if requested at the time of ordering. dditional pprovals Gost Ex pproval Certificate POCC GB. 05.B01367, POCC GB. 05.B01369 LLU LLU CS pproval Certificate UL Listing file reference Class I BCD, IP68, TYPE 4X Ex d/ Ex e IIC EBNV.E Class I BCD, Class II EFG, & Class III Note * : Other Thread Variations available on request. Please refer to ordering guide tables on page 161 for reference definitions 169

53 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 19 INSTRUMENTS HOUSING EJB.. SERIES II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 65/67 on request Internal mounting plate Mounting straps Hinged cover Hand grip to open the cover INERIS00TEX0021X CONTENITORI PORTSTRUMENTI SERIE EJB.. II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciato RL 6003 IP 65/67 su richiesta Piastra interna Staffe di montaggio Coperchio incernierato Maniglia di apertura INERIS00TEX0021X Following windows, when dimensionally compatible, can be done on covers of all EJB- enclosures. Being a customized job, user must specifies at time of inquiry the type of window selected, the list of apparatus to be housed in same enclosure and position of window on cover. Italsmea will select the suitable EJB size compatible with inquiry and certificate requirements. The enclosures for a temperature of environment from -25 C to -50 C are equipped with an inside thermostat, connected to space heater, to assure the inside temperature to -25 C. lso, in case of temperature over 40 C, a thermostat must cut out tension of circuit. Other colour on request Su tutti i contenitori della serie EJB- sono realizzabili, compatibilmente con le dimensioni di ogni singolo contenitore, le finestre riportate di seguito. Trattandosi di una personalizzazione a specifica, occorre riportare nelle richieste di offerta, il tipo di finestra prescelta, l elenco delle apparecchiature che si intendono includere nel contenitore ed eventuali vincoli di posizionamento della finestra, o delle finestre. Italsmea procederà a selezionare il contenitore della serie EJB-.. compatibile in base alle suddette informazioni ed ai Certificati incidenti. Gli involucri per una temperatura di ambiente da -25 C a -50 C sono dotati di un termostato interno che, collegato ad una resistenza di riscaldamento, assicura il mantenimento della temperatura interna a -25 C. ltre colorazioni a richiesta Code P Code P Code P Code P B = Window on cover, applicable glass dimensions 40x70 mm. B = Finestra applicabile a coperchio, luce utile vetro 40x70 mm. C = Window on cover, applicable glass dimensions 40x200 mm. C = Finestra applicabile a coperchio, luce utile vetro 40x200 mm. D = Window on cover, applicable glass dimensions 100x270 mm. D = Finestra applicabile a coperchio, luce utile vetro 100x270 mm. E = Window on cover, applicable glass dimensions 175x380 E = Finestra applicabile a coperchio, luce utile vetro 175x380 mm. Compatible Round Window / Finestre Circolari Realizzabili Ø mm Code P P P P P P P P Other windows with customized dimensions available on request when compatible with certificates. ltre dimensioni di finestra potranno essere fornite su richiesta cliente previo verifica di Conformità ai certificati incidenti.

54 20 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione MOULDED CSE UTOMTIC CIRCUIT BREKERS EJB... ENZM Moulded case automatic circuit EJB./ ENZM.. series II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 65/67 on request Foreseen with moulded case.c.b. from 16 to 800 Moeller make 3 o 4 poles 24V/690V ac 12V/440 dc External operating handle INERIS00TEX0021X EJB-GUB & GUB-QL enclosures are suitable to build EEx-d low voltage switchboards customer oriented, in between the heat dissipation listed in the relevant certificates. Therefore over the types of above mentioned MCCB. EJB-GUB & GUB-QL enclosures are compatible with any type of MCCB when according with relevant EN/IEC Standards. INTERRUTTORI UTOMTICI SCTOLTI SERIE EJB ENZM Interruttori automatici scatolati serie EJB./ENZM.. II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP 65/67 su richiesta Predisposti per interruttori automatici scatolati da 16 a 800 di costruzione Moeller 3 o 4 poli 24V/690V ca 12V/440 cc Comando rinviato a coperchio INERIS00TEX0021X I contenitori della serie EJB, GUB, GUB- QL, sono previsti per la realizzazione di quadri elettrici di BT di qualsivoglia configurazione purchè nell ambito dei limiti di dissipazione tecnica previsti nei certificati incidenti. Pertanto oltre alle tipologie di MCCB citati precedentemente ad esempio, sono proponibili personalizzazioni con MCCB di qualsiasi costruttore purchè rispondenti alle Norme EN/IEC incidenti.

55 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 21 ON LOD SWITCHES EJB /I SERIES On-load switches EJB./I.. series II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 65/67 on request Foreseen for on load switches TECHNOELECTRIC/GROUPE SCHNEIDER/BREMS make from 32 to or 4 poles 24V/690V ac 12V/440 dc External operating handle INERIS00TEX0021X On load switches /I... are suitable to build EEx-d low voltage switchboards customer oriented, in between the heat dissipation listed in the relevant certificates. Therefore over the above mentioned types, on load switches type EJB.../I... are compatible with any equivalent type of O.L.S. when according with relevant EN/IEC Standards. SEZIONTORI SOTTOCRICO SERIE EJB.. / I.. Sezionatori sottocarico serie EJB../I.. II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP 65/67 su richiesta Predisposti per sezionatori sottocarico TECHNOELECTRIC/GROUPE SCHNEIDER/BREMS da 32 a o 4 poli 24V/690V ca 12V/440 cc Comando rinviato a coperchio INERIS00TEX0021X I sezionatori sottocarico EJB.../I..., sono previsti per la realizzazione di quadri elettrici di BT di qualsivoglia configurazione purchè nell ambito dei limiti di dissipazione tecnica previsti nei certificati incidenti. Pertanto oltre alle tipologie di sezionatori sottocarico citati precedentemente, sono proponibili personalizzazioni con sezionatori sottocarico equivalenti di qualsiasi costruttore purchè rispondenti alle Norme EN/IEC incidenti.

56 22 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione FUSES SWITCHES EJB./IF.. SERIES SEZIONTORI VLVOLTI SOTTOCRICO VERIE EJB../IF.. EJB-5/IF-125 stainless steel ISI 316L made II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 65/67 on request Foreseen for fuses switches TECHNOELECTRIC/GROUPE SCHNEIDER/BREMS make from 32 to or 4 poles 24V/690V ac 12V/440 dc External operating handle INERIS00TEX0021X II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP 65/67 su richiesta Predisposti per sezionatori valvolati sottocarico TECHNOELECTRIC/GROUPE SCHNEIDER/BREMS da 32 a o 4 poli 24V/690V ca 12V/440 cc Comando rinviato a coperchio INERIS00TEX0021X Fuse/on-load switches /IF... are suitable to build EEx-d low voltage switchboards customer oriented, in between the heat dissipation listed in the relevant certificates. Therefore over the above mentioned types EJB.../IF... are copatible with any type of equivalent fuse/onload switches when according with relevant EN/IEC Standards. I sezionatori sottocarico valvolanti EJB.../IF..., sono previsti per la realizzazione di quadri elettrici di BT di qualsivoglia configurazione purchè nell ambito dei limiti di dissipazione tecnica previsti nei certificati incidenti. Pertanto oltre alle tipologie EJB.../ IF... citate precedentemente, sono proponibili personalizzazioni con sezionatori valvolati equivalenti di qualsiasi costruttore purché rispondenti alle Norme EN/IEC incidenti.

57 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 23 DISTRIBUTION PNELS Lighting/power distribution panels and heat tracing panels II 2 GD ( 30 C +55 C) EEx-d II/B/C T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 55/67 on request With MCB circuit breakers series MULTI 9 Snaider make Series EJB../QDL (EEx-d II/B T6) Series GUB../QDL (EEx IIC T6) QUDRETTI DI DISTRIBUZIONE Quadretti di distribuzione luce/f.m., tracciamento elettrico II 2 GD ( 30 C +55 C) EEx-d II/B/C T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP su richiesta Con interruttori automatici miniaturizzati dela serie MULTI - 9 Snaider Serie EJB../QDL (EEx-d II/B T6) Serie GUB../QDL (EEx IIC T6)

58 24 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione D.O.L. MOTOR CONTROL STRTER EJB / TTB SERIES II 2 GD ( 30 C +55 C) EEx-d II/B H2 T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 65/67 on request Power from 0,12 to 132 kw 220/500V D.O.L. motor control starter EJB /TTB series are suitable to build EEx-d low voltage switchboard customer oriented, in between the heat dissipation listed in the relevant certificates. REVERSER MOTOR CONTROL STRTER EJB / ITB SERIES II 2 GD ( 30 C +55 C) EEx-d II/B H2 T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 65/67 on request Power from 0,12 to 132 kw 220/500V Reverser motor control starter EJB /ITB8 series are suitable to build EEx-d low voltage switchboard customer oriented, in between the heat dissipation listed in the relevant certificates. STR-DELT MOTOR CONTROL STRTER EJB / STB SERIES II 2 GD ( 30 C +55 C) EEx-d II/B H2 T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 65/67 on request Power from 0,12 to 132 kw 220/500V Star/delta motor control starters EJB../ STB, series are suitable to build EEx-d low voltage switchboard customer oriented, in between the heat dissipation listed in the relevant certificates. TELESLVMOTORI SERIE EJB.. / TTB.. II 2 GD ( 30 C +55 C) EEx-d II/B H2 T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP 65/67 su richiesta Potenza da 0,12 a 132 kw 220/500V I telesalvamotori invertitori serie EJB /TTB, sono previsti per la realizzazione di quadri elettrici di BT di qualsivoglia configurazione purchè nell ambito dei limiti di dissipazione tecnica previsti nei certificati incidenti. TELEINVERTITORI SERIE EJB.. / ITB.. II 2 GD ( 30 C +55 C) EEx-d II/B H2 T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP 65/67 su richiesta Potenza da 0,12 a 132 kw 220/500V I telesalvamotori invertitori serie EJB /ITB8, sono previsti per la realizzazione di quadri elettrici di BT di qualsivoglia configurazione purchè nell ambito dei limiti di dissipazione tecnica previsti nei certificati incidenti. TELEVVITORI STELL TRINGOLO SERIE EJB.. / STB.. II 2 GD ( 30 C +55 C) EEx-d II/B H2 T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP 65/67 su richiesta Potenza da 0,12 a 132 kw 220/500V I telesalvamotori stella/tringolo serie EJB../STB, sono previsti per la realizzazione di quadri elettrici di BT di qualsivoglia configurazione purchè nell ambito dei limiti di dissipazione tecnica previsti nei certificati incidenti.

59 124 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia DOUBLE SEL CBLE GLNDS PP-... SERIES PRESSCVI DOPPI TENUT SERIE PP- II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I (on request) INERIS 02TEX0084 FETURES Double seals cable gland suitable for multi cores armoured cables (armour type: steel wires, braid or flat wires), brass OT58 Nikel-crome plated made, hexagon shape, connection thread Metric pitch 1,5, anti-age neoprene gaskets oil resistant USE In classified rea Zone 1 & 2 / Zone 21 & 22 and therefore Class 2 and 3 for clamping of multi-cores armoured cables connected to explosion proof enclosures EEx-d. Suggested for use outside, even with high humidity under rain and also in presence of liquids and various agents that could damage the armour of cable. The gland grant the metal continuity between the armour of cable and the enclosure to which the gland it is connected PPROVLS Mode of protection EEx-d II IIB IIC T../EEx-d I/EEx-e II TEX 2GD Second EN EN EN (the glands will assume the temperature class of the enclosure to which is connected). Mechanical protection: IP-67 by IEC tightness cable gland-enclosure VERSION ON REQUEST glands luminium nticorodal made. The type number will assume the ending l. - Example PP-1-1B1/l glands stainless steel 304 made. The type number will assume the ending 304. Example PP-1-1B1/304 glands stainless steel 316made. The type number will assume the ending 316. Example PP-1-1B1/316 ll cable glands of a.m. series request will be supplied with armouring-ring II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I (su richiesta) INERIS 02TEX0084 CRTTERISTICHE Pressacavo a doppia tenuta per cavo armato multipolare (armatura a fili metallici o a piattine metalliche elicoidali o a tracciatura metallica), realizzato in Ottone OT58 Nichel cromato o sezione poligonale. Filettatura di accoppiamento Metrica Passo 1,5, guarnizioni di tenuta in gomma neoprenica anti invecchiante agli oli CONDIZIONI DI IMPIEGO In area classificata di Zona 1 e 2 / Zona 21 e 22 nonché Classe 2 e 3 per amaraggio di cavi multipolari armati in accoppiamento a contenitori antideflagranti EEx-d. Suggerito per impiego all esterno in presenza di forte umidità e di ricorrente pioggia battente ed in presenza di liquidi e sostanze in genere che possano intaccare l integrità dell armatura metallica del cavo esposta all azione dei suddetti agenti. Il raccordo garantisce la continuità metallica tra l armatura del cavo ed il contenitore al quale viene accoppiato PPROVZIONI Esecuzione EEx-d II IIB IIC T../EEx-d I/EEx-e II TEX 2GD Secondo EN EN EN (assume la classe di temperatura dell apparecchio al quale viene accoppiato). Grado di protezione: IP-67 secondo IEC (verso l apparecchio al quale è accoppiato) VERSIONI RICHIEST Pressacavi in lluminio nticorodal. La sigla assume il suffisso l. Esempio: PP-1-1B1/l Pressacavi in acciaio inossidabile ISI La sigla assume il suffisso 304. Esempio PP-1-1B1/304 Pressacavi in acciaio inossidabile ISI La sigla assume il suffisso 316. Esempio PP-1-1B1/316 Tutti i pressacavi delle suddette versioni sono forniti con ghiera e cono di blocco

60 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea and cone brass nickelchrome plated (if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment) THREDS nsi B2.1 NPT (normally in stock). The type number will assume the ending NPT. UNI 6125 PG the type number will assume the ending PG Other types of threads forseen in the Standard EN ISO tolerance INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE Pull over the outer cable-insulation the end cup of gland and the outer seal gasket (detail 7 and 6), pull again over the outer insulation of cable the middle body (detail 5), remove the outer insulation of cable of a suitable length (take care of length of cores needed for an easy electrical wiring to the terminals), cut the a.m. insulation making a circular continuous cutting, pull the armour clamping ring over the armour of cable (detail 4) up to the border of outer insulation previously cut, pull the armour clamping cone (detail 3) under the armour, creating a shape of a open tulip and a push up to close ring and cone with the armour in between, pull over the inner cable insulation (under armour) the inner gasket seal (detail 2), screw-on the body of gland (detail 1) on the relative EEx-d enclosure, pull-in to the gland body the assembling 2-3-4, lock the system by screwing on the middle body. Lock the outer seal jby screwing the end cup (detail 7) in ottone nichelcromato (salvo che specificatamente indicato su offerta e/o conferma d ordine) FILETTTURE nsi B2.1 NPT (a stock) la sigla assume il suffisso NPT UNI 6125 conica PG la sigla assume il suffisso PG ltre filettature previste dalla Norma EN in tolleranza ISO ISTRUZIONI D USO Sguainare il rivestimento esterno del cavo quanto basta (tenendo conto della ricchezza richiesta per un agevole allacciamento dei tre fori all apparecchio elettrico di riferimento). Tagliare il rivestimento avendo cura di eseguire il taglio in modo continuo e normale al cavo stesso, infilare la testina del pressacavo (dett.7) sul cavo, infilare il gommino di tenuta esterno (part.6). Infilare il corpo intermedio del pressacavo (part.5) infilare la ghiera di blocco sopra l armatura (dett.4) fino a farle raggiungere la battuta creata dal taglio della guaina esterna. Infilare il cono di blocco (part.3) sotto l armatura metallica, creando un apertura a fiore dell armatura fino a fare coincidere il più possibile ghiera con cono. Infilare il gommino di tenuta sotto armatura (part.2) sulla guaina del cavo sotto armatura, montare il corpo del pressacavo (part.1) sull apparecchio corrispondente, infilare l assieme nel corpo pressacavo. Serrare il tutto con il corpo intermedio (part.5). vvicinare il gommino di tenuta esterno all assieme precostituito e serrare con la testina del pressacavo (part.7)

61 126 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia Size Gland Code gland entry Code inner seal under armour (inner seal) Code outer seal overall diameter (outer seal) external cable Maximum o.d. F B C D E Weight Gr. 1 = ½ M20 UNI PP-1-1B B PP-1-1B B PP-1-2B B Metric Pitch PP-1-1B B PP-1-1B B PP-1-2B B NPT PP-1-1B B PP-1-1B B PP-1-2B B = ¾ M25 UNI PP-2-1B B PP-2-2B B PP-2-3B B PP-2-4B B Metric Pitch PP-2-1B B PP-2-2B B PP-2-3B B PP-2-4B B NPT PP-2-1B B PP-2-2B B

62 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 127 Size Gland Code gland entry Code inner seal under armour (inner seal) Code outer seal overall diameter (outer seal) external cable Maximum o.d. F B C D E Weight Gr. 3 = 1 - M32 UNI PP-3-1B B PP-3-2B B PP-3-3B B Metric Pitch PP-3-1B B PP-3-2B B PP-3-3B B NPT PP-3-1B B PP-3-2B B PP-3-3B B = 1 ½ -M50 UNI PP-5-2B B PP-5-3B B PP-5-4B B PP-5-5B B Metric Pitch PP-5-2B B PP-5-3B B PP-5-4B B PP-5-5B B NPT PP-5-2B B PP-5-3B B PP-5-4B B PP-5-5B B = 2 -M63 UNI PP-6-2B B PP-6-3B B PP-6-4B B Metric Pitch PP-6-2B B PP-6-3B B PP-6-4B B NPT PP-6-2B B PP-6-3B B PP-6-4B B

63 128 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia Size Gland Code gland entry Code inner seal under armour (inner seal) Code outer seal overall diameter (outer seal) external cable Maximum o.d. F B C D E Weight Gr. 7 = 2 ½ -M75 UNI PP-7-2B B PP-7-3B B PP-7-4B B PP-7-5B B Metric Pitch PP-7-2B B PP-7-3B B PP-7-4B B PP-7-5B B NPT PP-7-2B B PP-7-3B B PP-7-4B B PP-7-5B B = 3 -M80 UNI PP-8-4B B PP-8-5B B PP-8-6B B PP-8-7B B Metric Pitch PP-8-4B B PP-8-5B B PP-8-6B B PP-8-7B B NPT PP-8-4B B PP-8-5B B PP-8-6B B PP-8-7B B

64 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 129 SINGLE SEL CBLE GLNDS PN-... SERIES PRESSCVI SEMPLICE TENUT SERIE PN-... II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I (On request) INERIS 02TEX0084 FETURES Single seals cable gland suitable for multi cores armoured cables (armour type: steel wires braid or flat wires), brass OT58 Nikel-crome platedmade, hexagon shape, connection thread Metric pitch 1,5, anti-age neoprene gaskets oil resistant USE In classified rea Zone 1 & 2 / Zone 21 & 22 and therefore Class 2 and 3 for clamping of multi-cores armoured cables connected to explosion proof enclosures EEx-d. Suggested for use inside. The gland grant the metal continuity between the armour of cable and the enclosure to which the gland it is connected PPROVLS Mode of protection EEx-d II IIB IIC T../EEx-d I/EEx-e II TEX 2GD Second EN EN EN (the glands will assume the temperature class of the enclosure to which is connected). Mechanical protection: IP-67 by IEC tightness cable gland-enclosure VERSION ON REQUEST glands luminium nticorodal made. The type number will assume the ending l. Example PN-1-1/l glands stainless steel 304 made. The type number will assume the ending 304. Example PN-1-1/304 glands stainless steel 316made. The type number will assume the ending 304. Example PN-1-1/316 ll cable glands of a.m. series request will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone brass nickelchrome plated (if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment) II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I (Su richiesta) INERIS 02TEX0084 CRTTERISTICHE Pressacavo a semplice tenuta per cavo armato multipolare (armatura a fili metallici o a piattine metalliche elicoidali o a tracciatura metallica), realizzato in Ottone OT58 Nichel cromato o sezione poligonale. Filettatura di accoppiamento Metrica Passo 1,5, guarnizioni di tenuta in gomma neoprenica anti invecchiante agli oli CONDIZIONI DI IMPIEGO In area classificata di Zona 1 e 2 / Zona 21 e 22 nonché Classe 2 e 3 per amaraggio di cavi multipolari armati in accoppiamento a contenitori antideflagranti EEx-d. Suggerito per impiego all interno. Il raccordo garantisce la continuità metallica tra l armatura del cavo ed il contenitore al quale viene accoppiato PPROVZIONI Esecuzione EEx-d II IIB IIC T../EEx-d I/EEx-e II TEX 2GD Secondo EN EN EN (assume la classe di temperatura dell apparecchio al quale viene accoppiato). Grado di protezione: IP-67 secondo IEC (verso l apparecchio al quale è accoppiato) VERSIONI RICHIEST Pressacavi in lluminio nticorodal. La sigla assume il suffisso l. Esempio: PN-1-1/l Pressacavi in acciaio inossidabile ISI La sigla assume il suffisso 304. Esempio PN-1-1/304 Pressacavi in acciaio inossidabile ISI La sigla assume il suffisso 316. Esempio PN-1-1/316 Tutti i pressacavi delle suddette versioni sono forniti con ghiera e cono di blocco in ottone nichelcromato (salvo che specificatamente indicato su offerta e/o conferma d ordine)

65 130 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia THREDS nsi B2.1 NPT (normally in stock). The type number will assume the ending NPT. UNI 6125 PG the type number will assume the ending PG Other types of threads forseen in the Standard EN ISO tolerance INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE Remouve the outer insulation of cable of a suitable length (take care of length of cores needed for an easy electricacl wiring to the terminals), cut the a.m. insulation making a circular continuous cutting, pull over the outer insulation the end cup of gland (detail 5), pull the armour-clamping-ring over the armour of cable (detail 4), up to the border of outer insulation previously cut, pull the armour clamping cone (detail 3) under the armour, creating a shape of a open tulip and a push up to close ring and cone with the armour in between, pull over the inner cable insulation (under armour) the inner gasket seal (detail 2), screw-on the body of gland (detail 1) on the relative EEx-d enclosure, pull-in to the gland body the assembling 2-3-4, lock the system by screwing on the end cup (detail 5) FILETTTURE nsi B2.1 NPT (a stock) la sigla assume il suffisso NPT UNI 6125 conica PG la sigla assume il suffisso PG ltre filettature previste dalla Norma EN in tolleranza ISO ISTRUZIONI D USO Sguainare il rivestimento esterno del cavo quanto basta (tenendo conto della ricchezza richiesta per un agevole allacciamento dei tre fori all apparecchio elettrico di riferimento). Tagliare il rivestimento avendo cura di eseguire il taglio in modo continuo e normale al cavo stesso, infilare la testina del pressacavo (dett.5) sul cavo, infilare la ghiera di blocco sopra l armatura (dett.4) fino a farle raggiungere la battuta creata dal taglio della guaina esterna. Infilare il cono di blocco (part.3) sotto l armatura metallica, creando un apertura a fiore dell armatura fino a fare coincidere il più possibile ghiera con cono. Infilare il gommino di tenuta sotto armatura (part.2) sulla guaina del cavo sotto armatura, montare il corpo del pressacavo (part.1) sull apparecchio corrispondente, infilare l assieme nel corpo pressacavo. Serrare il tutto con il corpo intermedio (part.5).

66 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 131 Size Gland Code gland entry Code inner seal under armour (inner seal) external cable Maximum o.d. F B C D E Weight Gr. 1 = ½ -M20 UNI PN PN Metric Pitch PN PN NPT PN PN = ¾ -M25 UNI PN PN PN PN Metric Pitch PN PN PN PN NPT PN PN PN PN = 1 -M32 UNI PN PN PN Metric Pitch PN PN PN NPT PN PN PN

67 132 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia Size Gland Code gland entry Code inner seal under armour (inner seal) external cable Maximum o.d. F B C D E Weight Gr. 5 = 1 ½ -M50 UNI PN PN PN PN Metric Pitch PN PN PN PN NPT PN PN PN PN = 2 -M63 UNI PN PN PN Metric Pitch PN PN PN NPT PN PN PN = 2 ½ -M75 UNI PN PN PN PN Metric Pitch PN PN PN PN NPT PN PN PN PN

68 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 133 Size Gland Code gland entry Code inner seal under armour (inner seal) external cable Maximum o.d. F B C D E Weight Gr. 8 = 3 -M80 UNI PN PN PN PN Metric Pitch PN PN PN PN NPT PN PN PN PN

69 134 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia THROUGH CBLE GLNDS MLE-FEMLE PSF- SERIES II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I (On request) INERIS 02TEX0084 FETURES Through cable gland male-female, single seal for normal unarmoured multi cores cable, brass OT-58 nikelcrome plated stamped hexagonal section, connection thread metric pitch 1,5, suitable for reversable assembling of 2 enclosures: EEx-d/ EEx-d or EEx-d/EEx-e by adding to the cable gland a rigid tube or flexible which it will be: Conduit UNI-7683 or flexible coupling EEx-d when the conduit duct it is integral part of explosion proof protection. Definition D/PE Light metal tube (EMT) or water tight flexible coupling when the duct it is granting only a mechanical protection to the inner cable. Definition D/FE USE In classified rea Zone 1 & 2 / Zone 21 & 22, like a joint with multicore unarmoured cables as alternative of traditional sealing box. Suitable for use in any environmental conditions, either inside or outside, even with high humidity and rains. The cable gland has been studied to seal reversibly the ways in/out of EExd enclosures instead of sealing box, union and nipple, therefore no more permanent seal. The cable gland grant the double funxtion of cable gland and male-female union. PPROVLS Iniex: 91C Compliance: EN & EN mode of protection EEx-d II IIB IIC T.. TEX 2GD (it will assume the Temperature Class of enclosure to which will be connected) and EEx-d I T.. (as above) Compliance: EN & EN mode of protection EEx-e II T... TEX 2GD (it will assume the Temperature Class of enclosure to which will be connected) Mechanical protection: IP-67 according to IEC (against PRESSCVI PSSNTE MSCHIO-FEMMIN SERIE PSF- II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I (Su richiesta) INERIS 02TEX0084 CRTTERISTICHE Pressacavo passante maschio-femmina a semplice tenuta per cavo normale non armato multipolare, realizzato in Ottone OT58 Nichel cromato stampato a sezione esagonale, filettature di accoppiamento metrica passo 1,5, adatto per l accoppiamento reversibile di due contenitori non attigui: EEx-d/EEx-d o EEx-d/EEx-e tramite l interposizione di un tubo rigido o flessibile che a seconda del tripo di impianto sarà: Conduit UNI-7683 o flessibile EEx-d per impianto D/PE Tubo metallico leggero o flessibile stagno per impianto D/FE CONDIZIONI DI IMPIEGO In area classificata di Zona 1 e 2 / Zona 21 e 22, nonché classe 2 e 3 come giunto di tenuta EEx-d di cavi multipolari non armati in accoppiamento a contenitori antideflagranti EEx-d in sostituzione del tradizionale giunto di bloccaggio sigillato. Suggerito per impiego in qualsiasi condizione ambientale sia all interno che all esterno anche in presenza di elevata umidità e ricorrenza di pioggia battente. Il raccordo è particolarmente adatto a sostituire in uscita da contenitori EEx-d giunto di bloccaggio, giunto a tre pezzi e nipplo. Si elimina così l esecuzione della miscelazione permanente sostituendola con giunto di tenuta reversibile. Il pressacavo svolge la doppia funzione di pressacavo e di giunto a tre pezzi maschio-femmina PPROVZIONI Iniex: 91C Esecuzione secondo EN EN EEx-d II IIB IIC T.. TEX 2GD (assume la Classe di Temperatura dell apparecchio al quale viene accoppiato, nonché EEx-d I T.. come sopra) Esecuzione secondo EN EN EEx-e II T.. TEX 2GD (assume la Classe di Temperatura dell apparecchio al quale viene accoppiato) Grado di protezione: IP-67 secondo IEC

70 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea both enclosures to which it will be connected VERSION ON REQUEST glands stainless steel 304 made. The type number will assume the ending 304. Example PSF-1-1/304 glands stainless steel 316made. The type number will assume the ending 316. Example PSF-1-1/316 FINISH ON REQUEST Silicon rubber made gasket for low and high temperature, between 60 C to +130 C THREDS glands with male thread conic UNI-6125 and female thread cylindrical UNI-338. CCESSORIES Locknut zinc galvanized DL... series (see catalogue data sheet) Sealing gasket OR series (see catalogue data sheet) INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE Screw the body of gland on enclosure EEx-d/e (detail 4).Screw the free coupling (detail 2) and the end cup (detail 1) on the tube of following electrical duct. Pull the gasket over the cable. pproach the EEx-d/e enclosure with the tube taking care to push the cable in the body of gland (detail 4) previously assembled. Screw together the body of gland to the end cup (detail 1) up to the lock IMPORTNT NOTE Female sleeve threaded cilindric ISO (verso entrambe gli apparecchi ai quali è accoppiato) VERSIONI RICHIEST Pressacavi in acciaio inossidabile ISI La sigla assume il suffisso 304. Esempio PSF-1-1/304 Pressacavi in acciaio inossidabile ISI La sigla assume il suffisso 316. Esempio PSF-1-1/316 TRTTMENTI SUPERFICILI RICHIEST Guarnizione di tenuta in gomma siliconica per basse ad alte temperature: da 60 C a +130 C FILETTTURE DIVERSE DLLO STNDRD Pressacavo con filetto maschio conico UNI-6125 e filetto femmina cilindrico UNI-338. In tale versione il condotto a valle del pressacavo sarà del tipo D/FE solamente CCESSORI Controdado di acciaio zincato serie DL... (vedi schema allegato) Guarnizione di battuta serie OR (vedi schema allegato) ISTRUZIONI D USO vvitare il corpo del pressacavo al contenitore EEx-d/e (dett. 4). vvitare la ghiera premitore (dett. 2) e la testina di raccordo (dett. 1) sul tubo della conduttura elettrica a seguire. Infilare il gommino di tenuta sull esterno del cavo ed avvicinare il contenitore EEx-d/e al tubo avendo cura di infilare il cavo nel corpo del pressacavo (dett. 4) preventivamente assiepato. Raccordare il corpo del pressacavo alla testina (dett. 1) e serrare a fondo NOT IMPORTNTE Filettatura della ghiera femmina cilindrica ISO 228

71 136 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia Size Gland Code gland entry Code gasket overall diam. Free conpling threading Maximum o.d. B C D E Weight Gr. 1 = ½ -M20 UNI PSF ½ , PSF ½ ,5 Metric Pitch PSF ½ , PSF ½ ,5 NPT PSF ½ , PSF ½ ,5 2 = 3 4 -M25 UNI PSF ¾ PSF ¾ PSF ¾ PSF ¾ Metric Pitch PSF ¾ PSF ¾ PSF ¾ PSF ¾ NPT PSF ¾ PSF ¾ PSF ¾ PSF ¾ = 1 - M32 UNI PSF PSF PSF Metric Pitch PSF PSF PSF NPT PSF PSF PSF

72 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 137 Size Gland Code gland entry Code gasket overall diam. Free conpling threading Maximum o.d. B C D E Weight Gr. 5 = 1 ½ -M50 UNI PSF ½ PSF ½ PSF ½ PSF ½ Metric Pitch PSF ½ PSF ½ PSF ½ PSF ½ NPT PSF ½ PSF ½ PSF ½ PSF ½ = 2 - M63 UNI PSF On Request PSF PSF On Request Metric Pitch PSF PSF On Request PSF NPT PSF On Request PSF PSF On Request 7 = 2½ - M75 UNI PSF ½ On Request PSF ½ PSF ½ On Request PSF ½ Metric Pitch PSF ½ On Request PSF ½ PSF ½ On Request PSF ½ NPT PSF ½ On Request PSF ½ PSF ½ On Request PSF ½

73 138 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia Size Gland Code gland entry Code gasket Tolerance cable overall diam. Free compling threading Maximum o.d. B C D E Weight Gr. 8 = 3 - M80 UNI PSF On Request PSF PSF On Request PSF Metric Pitch PSF M80 On Request PSF M PSF M80 On Request PSF M80 NPT PSF On Request PSF PSF On Request PSF

74 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 139 THROUGH CBLE GLNDS MLE-MLE PSM-... SERIES II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I (On request) INERIS 02TEX0084 FETURES Through cable gland male-male, single seal, suitable for multi cores cable, brass OT-58 nickel - chrome plated printed with hexagonal section, connection thread UNI-6125, suitable for reversible assembling side to side of 2 enclosures either: EEx-d/ EEx-d or EEx-d/EEx-e. Foreseen with male body, free nipple, and cup,gasket antiage neoprene rubber oil resistant USE In classified rea Zone 1 & 2 / Zone 21 & 22, like a joint with multicore un-armoured cables and to realize the assembling between 2 EEx-d enclosures as alternative to the traditional sealing box. Suitable for use in any environmental conditions, either inside or outside even with high humidity and rains. The cable glands has been studied for the side to side assembling of 2 EExd/EEx-e enclosures by multicore unarmoured cables of behalf of conduit fittings: sealing box. union nipples, with a great advantage of having a reversible assembling. The cable gland grant the double function of cable gland and male union PPROVLS Compliance: EN & EN CEI mode of protection EEx-d II IIB IIC T.. TEX 2GD (it will assume the Temperature Class of enclosure to which will be connected) and EEx-d I T.. (as above) Compliance: EN & EN CEI mode of protection EEx-e II T... TEX 2GD (it will assume the Temperature Class of enclosure to which will be connected) Mechanical protection: IP-67 according to IEC (against both enclosures to which it will be connected PRESSCVI PSSNTE MSCHIO-MSCHIO SERIE PSM-... II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I (Su richiesta) INERIS 02TEX0084 CRTTERISTICHE Pressacavo passante maschio-maschio a semplice tenuta per cavo normale non armato multipolare, realizzato in Ottone OT58 Nichel cromato stampato a sezione esagonale, filettature di accoppiamento UNI-6125, adatto per l accoppiamento reversibile di due contenitori non attigui: EEx-d/EEx-d o EEx-d/EEx-e. previsto con corpo fisso maschio, premitore a nipplo maschio girevole, testina di raccordo, guarnizione di tenuta in gomma neoprenica antiinvecchiante resistente agli olii CONDIZIONI DI IMPIEGO In area classificata di Zona 1 e 2 / Zona 21 e 22, nonché Classe 2 e 3 come giunto di tenuta EEx-d di cavi multipolari non armati in accoppiamento a contenitori antideflagranti EEx-d in sostituzione del tradizionale giunto di bloccaggio sigillato. Suggerito per impiego in qualsiasi condizione ambientale sia all interno che all esterno anche in presenza di elevata umidità e ricorrenza di pioggia battente. Il raccordo è particolarmente adatto per l accoppiamento di due contenitori attiguei EEx-d oppure EEx-e tramite cavo multipolare a doppio isolamento in sostituzione delle raccorderei conduit: giunto di bloccaggio giunto a tre pezzi nipplo, con il notevole vantaggio della reversibilità dell accoppiamento rispetto alla usuale versione con raccorderei conduit. Il pressacavo svolge la doppia funzione di pressacavo passante e di giunto a tre pezzi maschio-maschio PPROVZIONI Esecuzione secondo EN EN CEI EEx-d II IIB IIC T.. TEX 2GD (assume la Classe di Temperatura dell apparecchio al quale viene accoppiato, nonché EEx-d I T.. come sopra). Esecuzione secondo EN EN CEI EEx-e II T.. TEX 2GD (assume la Classe di Temperatura dell apparecchio al quale viene accoppiato) Grado di protezione: IP-67 secondo IEC (verso entrambe gli apparecchi ai quali è accoppiato)

75 140 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia VERSION ON REQUEST glands stainless steel 304 made. The type number will assume the ending 304. Example PSM-1-1/304 glands stainless steel 316made. The type number will assume the ending 316. Example PSM-1-1/316 FINISH ON REQUEST Silicon rubber made gasket for low and high temperature, between 60 C to +130 C THREDS SIDE FIXED MLE nsi B2.1 NPT (normally in stock). The type number will assume the ending NPT. Metric ISO Table pitch 1,5. The type number will assume the ending M. CCESSORIES Locknut zinc galvanized DL... series (see catalogue data sheet) Sealing gasket OR series (see catalogue data sheet) INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE Pull over the cable the end cup (detail 1) and the free nipple (detail 2), pull over the cable the gasket (detail). Screw on the body of gland (detail 4) on one of the 2 enclosures to be connected. Screw on the second enclosure the free nipples and end cup (details 2 and 1). Push the cable in the body of gland (detail 4). pproach the 2 enclosures up to allow the connection between body and end cup (details 4 and 1). Screw on the assembling up to the lock. NOTE free nipple (2) is always UNI 6125 threaded VERSIONI RICHIEST Pressacavi in acciaio inossidabile ISI La sigla assume il suffisso 304. Esempio PSM-1-1/304 Pressacavi in acciaio inossidabile ISI La sigla assume il suffisso 316. Esempio PSM-1-1/316 TRTTMENTI SUPERFICILI RICHIEST Guarnizione di tenuta in gomma siliconica per basse ad alte temperature: da 60 C a +130 C FILETTTURE DIVERSE DLLO STNDRD SULLE PRTI MSCHIO FISSE stock nsi B2.1 NPT, la sigla assume il suffisso NPT. Su richiesta: metrica a tabella ISO passo 1,5, la sigla assume il suffisso M. CCESSORI Controdado di acciaio zincato serie DL... (vedi schema allegato) Guarnizione di battuta serie OR (vedi schema allegato) ISTRUZIONI D USO Infilare la testina del pressacavo (dettaglio 1) ed il nipplo premitore girevole relativo (dettaglio 2) sul cavo, infilare il gommino di tenuta (particolare 3) sulla guaina esterna del cavo. Montare il corpo del pressacavo (dettaglio 4) su uno dei due contenitori da accoppiare. vvitare assieme il nipplo premitore e la testina (dettaglio 2 e 1) sul secondo contenitore da accoppiare. Infilare il cavetto nel corpo del pressacavo (dettaglio 4), avvicinare i due contenitori fino a permettere il raccordo tra il corpo del pressavo e la testina dello stesso (dettaglio 4 e 1). Serrare a fondo la testina fino al massimo consentito NOT il maschio girevole (2) è sempre filettato UNI 6125

76 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 141 Size Gland Code gland entry Code gasket overall diam. Free nipple threading Maximum o.d. B C D E Weight Gr. 1 = ½ -M20 UNI PSM ½ , PSM ½ ,5 Metric Pitch PSM ½ ,5 PSM ½ ,5 NPT PSM ½ , PSM ½ ,5 2 = ¾ -M25 UNI PSM ¾ PSM ¾ PSM ¾ PSM ¾ Metric Pitch PSM ¾ PSM ¾ PSM ¾ PSM ¾ NPT PSM ¾ PSM ¾ PSM ¾ PSM ¾ = 1 -M32 UNI PSM PSM PSM Metric Pitch PSM PSM PSM NPT PSM PSM PSM

77 142 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia Size Gland Code gland entry Code gasket overall diam. Free nipple threading Maximum o.d. B C D E Weight Gr. 5 = 1 ½ -M50 UNI PSM ½ PSM ½ PSM ½ PSM ½ Metric Pitch PSM ½ PSM ½ PSM ½ PSM ½ NPT PSM ½ PSM ½ PSM ½ PSM ½ = 2 - M63 UNI PSM On Request PSM PSM On Request Metric Pitch PSM On Request PSM PSM On Request NPT PSM On Request PSM PSM On Request

78 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 143 Size Gland Code gland entry Code gasket overall diam. Free nipple threading Maximum o.d. B C D E Weight Gr. 7 = 2½ - M75 UNI PSM ½ On Request PSM ½ PSM ½ On Request PSM ½ Metric Pitch PSM ½ On Request PSM ½ PSM ½ On Request PSM ½ NPT PSM ½ On Request PSM ½ PSM ½ On Request PSM ½ 8 = 3 - M80 UNI PSM On Request PSM PSM On Request PSM Metric Pitch PSM On Request PSM PSM On Request PSM NPT PSM On Request PSM PSM On Request PSM

79 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 149 RING REDUCERS RE SERIES RIDUZIONI D NELLO SERIE RE 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I Certificate INERIS 04TEX9006U Ring reducers, largest external male thread / smallest inner female thread Material: Galvanised steel Thread UNI 6125 or NPT 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I Certificato INERIS 04TEX9006U Riduzione di filetto, maschio esterno con filetto maggiore / femmina interna con filetto minore Materiale: cciaio zincato Filettatura UNI 6125 o NPT RE Code UNI 6125 Code NPT Type Size Weight Kg RE 21 3/4 X 1/2 0, RE 31 1 X 1/2 0, RE 32 1 X 3/4 0, RE 51 1 ½ X 1/2 0, RE 52 1 ½ X 3/4 0, RE 53 1 ½ X 1 0, RE 62 2 X 3/4 0, RE 63 2 X 1 0, RE 65 2 X 1 ½ 0, RE 72 2 ½ X 3/4 0, RE 73 2 ½ X 1 0, RE 75 2 ½ X 1 ½ 0, RE 76 2 ½ X 2 0, RE 82 3 X 3/4 1, RE 83 3 X 1 1, RE 85 3 X 1 ½ 1, RE 86 3 X 2 1, RE 87 3 X 2 ½ 1,00

80 150 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia REDUCERS REB SERIES RIDUZIONI BICCHIERE SERIE REB REB 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I Certificate INERIS 04TEX9006U Reducers, smallest outer male thread / lagest inner female thread Material: Galvanised steel Threaded UNI 6125 or NPT 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I Certificato INERIS 04TEX9006U Riduzione di filetto, maschio con filetto minore / femmina interna con filetto maggiore Materiale: cciaio zincato Filettatura UNI 6125 o NPT Code UNI 6125 Code NPT Type Size Weight Kg REB 21 3/4 X 1/2 0, REB 31 1 X 1/2 0, REB 32 1 X 3/4 0, REB 52 1 ½ X ¾ 0, REB 53 1 ½ X 1 0, REB 63 2 X 1 0, REB 65 2 X 1 ½ 0, REB 73 2 ½ X 1 0, REB 75 2 ½ X 1 ½ 0, REB 76 2 ½ X 2 0, REB 83 3 X 1 0, REB 85 3 X 1 ½ 0, REB 86 3 X 2 0, REB 87 3 X 2 ½ 0,70

81 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 151 THRED DPTORS FROM MLE PG TO FEMLE UNI GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I Thread adaptors, cylindrical male PG thread / conic female UNI-6125 or NPT thread Certificate INERIS 04TEX9006U Material: brass Nickelchrome plated on request DTTTORI DI FILETTO D PG MSCHIO UNI 6125 FEMMIN 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I Certificato INERIS 04TEX9006U dattatori di filetto, maschio con filetto cilindrico PG / femmina con filetto conico UNI 6125 o NPT Materiale: Ottone Nichelcromato su richiesta Code UNI 6125 Code NPT Type Size Weight Kg REB 16/1 ½ X PG 16 0, REB 16/2 ¾ X PG 16 0, REB 21/2 ¾ X PG 21 0, REB 21/3 1 X PG 21 0, REB 29/3 1 X PG 29 0, REB 36/5 1 ½ X PG 36 0, REB 42/5 2 X PG 42 0, REB 48/6 2 X PG 48 0,70 THRED DPTORS FROM MLE ISOMETRIC TO FEMLE UNI GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I Thread adaptors, cylindrical male Metric pitch 1,5 thread / conic female UNI-6125 thread Certificate INERIS 04TEX9006U Material: brass Nickelchrome plated on request DTTTORI DI FILETTO D MSCHIO METRICO UNI 6125 FEMMIN 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I Certificato INERIS 04TEX9006U dattatori di filetto, maschio con filetto cilindrico Metrico passo 1,5 / femmina con filetto conico UNI 6125 Materiale: Ottone Nichelcromato su richiesta Code UNI 6125 Code NPT Type Size Reb m16/1 M 16 X 1/2 0, Reb m20/1 M 20 X 1/2 0, Reb m20/2 M 20 X 3/4 0, Reb m25/2 M 25 X 3/4 0, Reb m25/3 M 25 X 1 0, Reb m32/3 M 32 X 1 0,35

82 152 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia MLE PLUGS 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I TPPI MSCHIO 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II / EEx-d I PLG Certificate INERIS 04TEX9006U Male plugs PLG series with recessed exagonal key Material: galvanised steel Threaded UNI 6125 or NPT Code UNI 6125 Code NPT Certificato INERIS 04TEX9006U Tappi maschio serie PLG con chiave ad esagono incassato Materiale: cciaio zincato Filettatura UNI 6125 o NPT Type Size Weight Kg PLG 1 1/2 0, PLG 2 3/4 0, PLG 3 1 0, PLG 5 1 ½ 0, PLG 6 2 0, PLG 7 2 ½ 0, PLG 8 3 0, PLG ,930 On request / Su richiesta POLYESTER RESIN MLE PLUGS 2 GD Polyester resin male plugs EEx-e II TEX 2GD with metric thread pitch 1,5 or PG TPPI MSCHIO IN RESIN POLIESTERE 2 GD Tappi maschio in resina poliestere EEx-e II TEX 2 GD con filettatura metrica passo 1,5 o Pg Code Type Size Weight Kg PG 9 - FN445 EN-B-SW PG 9 0, PG 11 - FN445 EN-B-SW PG 11 0, PG 13,5 - FN445 EN-B-SW PG 13,5 0, PG 16 - FN445 EN-B-SW PG 16 0, PG 21 - FN445 EN-B-SW PG 21 0, PG 29 - FN445 EN-B-SW PG 29 0, PG 36 - FN445 EN-B-SW PG 36 0, M 20 - FN445 EN-B-SW M 20 X 1,5 0, M 25 - FN445 EN-B-SW M 25 X 1,5 0, M 32 - FN445 EN-B-SW M 32 X 1,5 0, M 40 - FN445 EN-B-SW M 40 X 1,5 0, M 50 - FN445 EN-B-SW M 50 X 1,5 0,040

83 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 153 LOCKNUTS DL SERIES Suitable for connection with cable glands and fittings 2 GD EEx-e II and EEx-d IIC Locknuts DL series for cable glands P series, with tightness gasket. Material: nickel chrome plated brass CONTRODDI SERIE DL datte per applicazione su raccorderie a pressacavo 2 GD EEx-e II Controdadi serie DL per pressacavi Serie P con guarnizioni di battuta. Materiale: Ottone nichelcromato Code Type Size dl 20 M dl 25 M dl 32 M dl 40 M dl 50 M dl 63 M dl 75 M75 GSKETS GK SERIES Suitable for connection with cable glands and fittings 2 GD EEx-e II and Eex-d IIC Tightness gasket for cable glands, GK series GURNIZIONI DI BTTUT datte per applicazione su raccorderie a pressacavo 2 GD EEx-e II ed EEx-d IIC Guarnizioni di battuta per pressatavi, serie GK Code Type Size P GK 20 M20 P GK 25 M25 P GK 32 M32 P GK 40 M40 P GK 50 M50 P GK 63 M63 P GK 75 M75 Code Type Size P GK 1 ½ NPT UNI 6125 P GK 2 ¾ NPT UNI 6125 P GK 3 1 NPT UNI 6125 P GK 5 1 ½ NPT UNI 6125 P GK 6 2 NPT UNI 6125 P GK 7 2 ½ NPT UNI 6125 P GK 8 3 NPT UNI 6125

84 154 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia BRSS NICKELCHROME BLIND PLUGS 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II IP65 Certificate INERIS 04TEX9006U Brass nickelcrome blind plugs TPPI CIECHI IN OTTONE 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II IP65 Certificato INERIS 04TEX9006U Tappi cieco in ottone nichelato Code Type Threaded UNI 6125 G T-1 ½ G T-2 ¾ G T-3 1 G T-5 1 ½ G T-6 2 G T-7 2 ½ G T-8 3 Code Type Threaded G T-1-N ½ NPT G T-2-N ¾ NPT G T-3-N 1 NPT G T-5-N 1 ½ NPT G T-6-N 2 NPT G T-7-N 2 ½ NPT G T-8-N 3 NPT Code Type Metric Threaded G T20 M20 G T25 M25 G T32 M32 G T40 M40 G T50 M50 G T63 M63 G T75 M75

85 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 155 STINLESS STEEL BLIND PLUGS 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II IP65 Certificate INERIS 04TEX9006U Stainless steel blind plugs TPPI CIECHI IN CCIIO INOSSIDBILE 2 GD EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II IP65 Certificato INERIS 04TEX9006U Tappi cieco in acciaio inossidabile Code Type Threaded UNI 6125 G T-1 ½ G T-2 ¾ G T-3 1 G T-5 1 ½ G T-6 2 G T-7 2 ½ G T-8 3 Code Type Threaded G T-1-N ½ NPT G T-2-N ¾ NPT G T-3-N 1 NPT G T-5-N 1 ½ NPT G T-6-N 2 NPT G T-7-N 2 ½ NPT G T-8-N 3 NPT Code Type Metric Threaded G T20 M20 G T25 M25 G T32 M32 G T40 M40 G T50 M50 G T63 M63 G T75 M75

86 144 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia POLYESTER RESIN CBLE GLNDS LCIE 97TEX6007X Polyester resin cable glands for: Increased safety circuits EEx-e (black colour) Intrinsically safety circuits EEx-i (blue colour) E = Overall cable diameter PRESSCVI IN RESIN POLIESTERE LCIE 97TEX6007X Pressacavi in resina poliestere per circuiti a: Sicurezza aumentata EEx-e (colore nero) Sicurezza intrinseca EEx-i (colore blu) E = Diametro cavo esterno Code Type EEx-e E Threads Weight Kg Ex-V P07 SW 3 6,5 PG 7 0, Ex-V P09 SW 4 8 PG 9 0, Ex-V P11 SW 5 10 PG 11 0, Ex-V P13,5 SW 6 12 PG 13,5 0, Ex-V P16 SW PG 16 0, Ex-V P21 SW PG 21 0, Ex-V P29 SW PG 29 0, Ex-V P36 SW PG 36 0, Ex-V P42 SW PG 42 0, Ex-V P48 SW PG 48 0, Ex-V M16 SW 4 8 M 16 0, Ex-V M20 SW 6 12 M 20 0, Ex-V M25 SW M 25 0, Ex-V M32 SW M 32 0,036 Code Type EEx-i E Threads Weight Kg Ex-V P07 BL 3 6,5 PG 7 0, Ex-V P09 BL 4 8 PG 9 0, Ex-V P11 BL 5 10 PG 11 0, Ex-V P13,5 BL 6 12 PG 13,5 0, Ex-V P16 BL PG 16 0, Ex-V P21 BL PG 21 0, Ex-V P29 BL PG 29 0, Ex-V P36 BL PG 36 0, Ex-V P42 BL PG 42 0, Ex-V P48 BL PG 48 0, Ex-V M16 BL 4 8 M 16 0, Ex-V M20 BL 6 12 M 20 0, Ex-V M25 BL M 25 0, Ex-V M32 BL M 32 0,036

87 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 145 OTHER TYPES OF CBLE GLNDS INERIS 02TEX0084 II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I LTRE TIPOLOGIE DI PRESSCVI INERIS 02TEX0084 II 2 GD 50 C +110 C / EEx-d IIC / EEx-e II I M2 50 C +110 C / EEx-d I Serie PBD : a doppia tenuta per cavo non armato con guaina in piombo. Equipotenzialità tra pressacavo guaina in piombo contenitore Serie PBD : a doppia tenuta per cavo non armato con guaina in piombo. Equipotenzialità tra pressacavo guaina in piombo contenitore Type PBS : Single seal for lead sheet unarmoured cable. Equipotentiality between cable glands lead sheet enclosure Serie PBS : a semplice tenuta per cavo non armato con guaina in piombo. Equipotenzialità tra pressacavo guaina in piombo - contenitore Type PDB : Double seal for lead sheet armoured cable. Equipotentiality between cable glands lead sheet enclosure Serie PDB : a doppia tenuta per cavo armato con guaina in piombo. Equipotenzialità tra pressacavo guaina in piombo - contenitore Type PSB : Single seal for lead sheet armoured cable. Equipotentiality between cable glands lead sheet enclosure Serie PSB : a semplice tenuta per cavo armato con guaina in piombo. Equipotenzialità tra pressacavo guaina in piombo contenitore Type PND : Double seal for unarmoured cable termination in gland body-space saving in the enclosure way in of single cores only. Serie PND : a doppia tenuta per cavo non armato. Permette la realizzazione della testa di cavo nel pressacavo entrando in contenitore con i solo tre fori di connessione elettrica. Type PNS : Single seal for unarmoured cable. Serie PNS : a semplice tenuta per cavo non armato Type PB.. X : Single seal barrier cable gland for armoured cable with sealing compound in separate kit. Serie PB.. X : a semplice tenuta per cavo armato con miscelazione dei tre fori tramite mastice bicomponente fornibile in kit a parte.

88 146 Italsmea Sezione 5 Pressacavi e Raccorderia Type PMS : Single seal barrier cable gland for unarmoured cable with sealing compound in separate kit. Serie PMS : a semplice tenuta per cavo non armato con miscelazione dei tre fori tramite mastice bicomponente fornibile in kit a parte. Type PB.. X : Double seal barrier cable gland for armoured cable with sealing compound in separate kit. Serie PB.. X : a doppia tenuta per cavo armato con miscelazione dei tre fori tramite mastice bicomponente fornibile in kit a parte. Type PMD : Double seal barrier cable gland for unarmoured cable with sealing compound in separate kit. Serie PMD : a doppia tenuta per cavo non armato con miscelazione dei tre fori tramite mastice bicomponente fornibile in kit a parte. Type PT : Single seal for unarmoured cable with resin trumpet used for connection with mouvable aparatus. Trumpet blue color for EEx-i circuits. Serie PT : a semplice tenuta per cavo armato, con tromboncino in resina. Indicato per cavi collegati ad apparecchi in movimento. Tromboncino blu per indicazione circuiti EEx-i Type PNT : Single seal for unarmoured cable with resin trumpet used for connection with mouvable aparatus. Trumpet blue color for EEx-i circuits. Serie PNT : a semplice tenuta per cavo non armato con tromboncino in resina. Indicato per cavi collegati ad apparecchi in movimento. Tromboncino blu per indicazione circuiti EEx-i Type PSC : Single seal for unarmoured cable with end ring clamp used for cable under strong vibration Serie PSC : a semplice tenuta per cavo armato, con testina terminale a collare. Indicato per cavi sottoposti a forti vibrazioni in condizione d uso. Type PC : Single seal for unarmoured cable with end ring clamp used for cable under strong vibration Serie PC : a semplice tenuta per cavo non armato con testina terminale a collare. Indicato per cavi sottoposti a forti vibrazioni in condizione d uso.

89 Section 5 Glands and Conduit Fittings Italsmea 147 THREDS VILBLE ON REQUEST FILETTTURE DISPONIBILI RICHIEST Gland Thread size for chosen thread Size UNI ISO 228 NSI B1.20.1NPT ISO METRIC 261 DIN ISO 7 BET BS31 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 M 20 PG 16 1/2 Rc 3/4 2 3/4 3/4 3/4 M 25 PG 21 3/4 Rc M 32 PG 29 1 Rc 1 1/ /2 1 1/2 1 1/2 M 50 PG 36 1 ½ Rc M 63 PG 42 2 Rc 2 1/ /2 2 1/2 2 1/2 M 75 PG 48 2 ½ Rc M 80-3 Rc - NOTE / NOT: Valid for all types of cable glands Valido per tutti i tipi di pressacavo PB-2-X PB-2-X PNT-2 PDB-2 PBS-2 PNS-2 PSB-2 PB X PB..X

90 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 53 LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR INCNDESCENT ND HLOGEN LMPS UP TO 300W-EVde... SERIES PPRECCHI ILLUMINNTI PER LMPDE D INCNDESCENZ ED LOGENE FINO 300W-SERIE EVde... INERIS 01TEX0019X MODE OF PROTECTION EEx de IIC T3 / T200 C EEx de IIC T4 / T135 C Tamb. 50 C / 40 C 50 C / 60 C IP 65 compliance with European Standards: EN EN EN EN EN suitable for Zone 1 (gas) and Zone 21 (dusts) 0080 II 2GD according to European Directive 94/9/EC (TEX) INERIS 01TEX0019X MODO DI PROTEZIONE EEx de IIC T3 / T200 C EEx de IIC T4 / T135 C Tamb. 50 C / 40 C 50 C / 60 C IP 65 in conformità alle Norme Europee: EN EN EN EN EN idonee per Zona 1 (gas) e Zona 21 (polveri) 0080 II 2GD in accordo alla Direttiva Europea 94/9/CE (TEX) EVde-1... EVde-2... EVde-3... EVde-4...

91 54 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione CEILING / PENDNT INSTLLTION MONTGGIO SOFFITTO / SOSPENSIONE TECHNICL FETURES Cast copper-free aluminium construction (Cu<0.05%) and polyurethane finish RL 6003 colour provide excellent resistance to corrosion djustable stainless steel mounting bracket suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation 4x4mm2+E mains terminal in EEx e compartment Nr. 2 entries M20 Included lamp Ceramic lampholder Neoprene gasket seals Stainless steel external hardware Reflector made of aluminium painted white RL 9003 or, on request, polished and anodized Protection guard (on request) CRTTERISTICHE TECNICHE Corpo in lega di alluminio esente da rame (Cu <0.05%) e verniciatura poliuretanica esterna colore RL 6003 assicurano un eccellente resistenza alla corrosione Staffa di fissaggio orientabile in acciaio inox adatta per attacco a soffitto; sospensione; parete; palo Morsetto di alimentazione 4x4mm2+T in vano EEx e No. 2 imbocchi diametro M20 Lampada incorporata Portalampada in ceramica Guarnizioni di tenuta in neoprene Viterie esterne in acciaio inox Riflettore in alluminio verniciato bianco segnale RL 9003 o, su richiesta, brillantato e anodizzato Gabbia di protezione (su richiesta) WLL INSTLLTION MONTGGIO PRETE

92 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 55 INCNDESCENT INCNDESCENZ Code Type Lamp W Weight Kg Temperature class EVde-1/I T EVde-1/I T EVde-2/I T3 EVde-3/I T EVde-3/I T3 EVde-4/I T EVde-4/I T3 HLOGEN LOGEN Code Type Lamp W Weight Kg Temperature class EVde-1/H T4 EVde-2/H T4 EVde-3/H T4 EVde-4/H T4 POLE INSTLLTION MONTGGIO PLO

93 56 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione Suitable for GEV-3 and GEV-3 type Valida per GEV-2 e GEV-3 CCESSORIES CCESSORI Standard reflector made of Painted RL 9003 White Signal Riflettore standard in alluminio e Verniciato RL 9003 Bianco Code Type For lighting fixture Dimensions x B (mm) Weight Kg REV-1 EVde x REV-2 EVde x REV-3 EVde x REV-4 EVde x Suitable for GEV-4 type Valida per GEV-4 Protection Guard Gabbia Di Protezione Code Type For lighting fixture Dimensions x B (mm) Weight Kg GEV-1 EVde x GEV-2 EVde x GEV-3 EVde x GEV-4 EVde x luminium RL 6003 painted / In alluminio verniciato RL 6003 Stainless steel ISI 304 made / In acciaio inossidabile ISI 304

94 50 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione BUILT-IN CONTROL GER LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR HIGH INTENSITY DISCHRGE (H.I.D.) LMPS UP TO 175W- EVde... SERIES PPRECCHI ILLUMINNTI CON PRTI ELETTRICHE INCORPORTE PER LMPDE SCRIC FINO 175W SERIE EVde... INERIS 01TEX0019X MODE OF PROTECTION EEx de IIC T3 / T200 C EEx de IIC T4 / T135 C (ccording with how much in the following tables for lamps typology) Tamb. 50 C / 40 C 50 C / 60 C IP 65 compliance with European Standards: EN EN EN EN EN suitable for Zone 1 (gas) and Zone 21 (dusts) 0080 II 2GD according to European Directive 94/9/EC (TEX) INERIS 01TEX0019X MODO DI PROTEZIONE EEx de IIC T3 / T200 C EEx de IIC T4 / T135 C (In accordo con quanto nelle successive tabelle per tipologia di lampada) Tamb. 50 C / 40 C 50 C / 60 C IP 65 in conformità alle Norme Europee: EN EN EN EN EN idonee per Zona 1 (gas) e Zona 21 (polveri) 0080 II 2GD in accordo alla Direttiva Europea 94/9/CE (TEX)

95 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 51 TECHNICL FETURES Cast copper-free aluminium construction (Cu<0.05%) and polyurethane finish RL 6003 colour provide excellent resistance to corrosion djustable stainless steel mounting bracket suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation 4x4mm2+E mains terminal in EEx-e compartment Nr. 2 entries M20 Included lamp Built-in control gear on plate (230V-50Hz) Power factor 0.9 Ceramic lampholder Neoprene gasket-seals Stainless steel external hardware Reflector made of white painted PL 9003 or polished and anodized aluminium (on request) Protection guard (on request) CRTTERISTICHE TECNICHE Corpo in lega di alluminio esente da rame (Cu <0.05%) e verniciatura poliuretanica esterna colore RL 6003 assicurano un eccellente resistenza alla corrosione Staffa di fissaggio orientabile in acciaio inox adatta per attacco a soffitto; sospensione; parete; palo Morsetto di alimentazione 4x4mm2+T in vano EEx-e No. 2 imbocchi diametro M20 Lampada incorporata Gruppo di alimentazione interno su piastra (230V-50Hz) Fattore di potenza 0.9 Portalampada in ceramica Guarnizioni di tenuta in neoprene Viterie esterne in acciaio inox Riflettore in alluminio verniciato bianco PL 9003 oppure brillantato e anodizzato (su richiesta) Gabbia di protezione (su richiesta) CEILING / PENDNT INSTLLTION MONTGGIO SOFFITTO / SOSPENSIONE WLL INSTLLTION MONTGGIO PRETE HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM / SODIO LT PRESSIONE Code Type Lamp W Weight Kg Temperature class EVde-2/N-B T EVde-2/N-B T EVde-3/N-B T EVde-3/N-B T EVde-4/N-B T EVde-4/N-B T3 Lamp with built-in glow-discharge ignitor / Lampada con accenditore incorporato MERCURY VPOUR / VPORI DI MERCURIO Code Type Lamp W Weight Kg Temperature class EVde-2/HG-B T EVde-2/HG-B T EVde-3/HG-B T EVde-3/HG-B T EVde-4/HG-B T3 on request / Su richiesta POLE INSTLLTION MONTGGIO PLO

96 52 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione CCESSORIES CCESSORI Standard reflector made of Painted Ral 9003 White Riflettore standard in alluminio e Verniciato Ral 9003 Bianco Segnale Code Type For lighting fixture Dimensions x B (mm) Weight Kg REV-2 EVde x REV-3 EVde x REV-4 EVde x Protection Guard Gabbia di Protezione Code Type For lighting fixture Dimensions x B (mm) Weight Kg GEV-2 EVde x GEV-3 EVde x GEV-4 EVde x luminium RL 6003 painted / In alluminio verniciato RL 6003 Stainless steel ISI 304 made / In acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 Suitable for GEV-3 and GEV-3 type Valida per GEV-2 e GEV-3 Suitable for GEV-4 type Valida per GEV-4

97 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 57 BUILT-IN CONTROL GER LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR HIGH INTENSITY DISCHRGE (H.I.D.) LMPS UP TO 400W-EVde... SERIES PPRECCHI ILLUMINNTI CON PRTI ELETTRICHE INCORPORTE PER LMPDE SCRIC FINO 400W-SERIE EVde... INERIS 01TEX0019X MODE OF PROTECTION EEx de IIC T3 / T200 C EEx de IIC T4 / T135 C Tamb. 50 C / 40 C 50 C / 60 C IP 65 compliance with European Standards: EN EN EN EN EN suitable for Zone 1 (gas) and Zone 21 (dusts) 0080 II 2GD according to European Directive 94/9/EC (TEX) INERIS 01TEX0019X MODO DI PROTEZIONE EEx de IIC T3 / T200 C EEx de IIC T4 / T135 C Tamb. 50 C / 40 C 50 C / 60 C IP 65 in conformità alle Norme Europee: EN EN EN EN EN idonee per Zona 1 (gas) e Zona 21 (polveri) 0080 II 2GD in accordo alla Direttiva Europea 94/9/CE (TEX) EVde-4... EVde-5...

98 58 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione CEILING / PENDNT INSTLLTION MONTGGIO SOFFITTO / SOSPENSIONE TECHNICL FETURES Cast copper-free aluminium construction (Cu<0.05%) and polyurethane finish, RL 6003 colour, provide excellent resistance to corrosion CRTTERISTICHE TECNICHE Corpo in lega di alluminio esente da rame (Cu <0.05%) e verniciatura poliuretanica esterna colore RL 6003 assicurano un eccellente resistenza alla corrosione djustable stainless steel mounting bracket suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation Staffa di fissaggio orientabile in acciaio inox adatta per attacco a soffitto; sospensione; parete; palo 4x4mm2+E mains terminal in EEx-e compartment Morsetto di alimentazione 4x4mm2+T in vano EEx-e Nr. 2 entries M20 No. 2 imbocchi diametro M20 Included lamp Lampada incorporata Built-in control gear on plate (230V-50Hz) Gruppo di alimentazione interno su piastra (230V-50Hz) Power factor 0.9 Fattore di potenza 0.9 Ceramic lampholder Portalampada in ceramica Neoprene gasketing seals Guarnizioni di tenuta in neoprene Stainless steel external hardware Viterie esterne in acciaio inox WLL INSTLLTION MONTGGIO PRETE Reflector made of polished and anodized aluminium (on request) Reflector made of aluminium painted signal RL 9003 Prismatic refractor made of virginacrylic (on request) Riflettore in alluminio brillantato e anodizzato (su richiesta) Riflettore in alluminio verniciato bianco segnale RL 9003, su richiesta. Rifrattore prismatizzato in virginacrilico (su richiesta) Protection guard (on request) Gabbia di protezione (su richiesta) POLE INSTLLTION MONTGGIO PLO HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM / SODIO LT PRESSIONE Code Type Lamp W Weight Kg Temperature class EVde-4/N-B T3 Tamb. -20 C / 40 C EVde-5/N-B T4 Tamb. -20 C / 40 C T3 Tamb. -20 C / 60 C EVde-5/N-B T3 Tamb. -20 C / 60 C MERCURY VPOUR / VPORI DI MERCURIO Code Type Lamp W Weight Kg Temperature class Evde-4/HG-B T3 Tamb. -20 C / 40 C Evde-5/HG-B T4 Tamb. -20 C / 40 C T3 Tamb. -20 C / 60 C Evde-5/HG-B T3 Tamb. -20 C / 60 C METL HLIDE / IODURI METLLICI Code Type Lamp W Weight Kg Temperature class EVde-4/IM-B T3 Tamb. -20 C / 40 C EVde-5/IM-B T4 Tamb. -20 C / 40 C T3 Tamb. -20 C / 60 C EVde-5/IM-B T3 Tamb. -20 C / 60 C only for vertical installation / solo per installazione verticale

99 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 59 CCESSORIES CCESSORI Standard reflector made of painted RL 9003 white Riflettore standard in alluminio e verniciato RL 9003 bianco segnale Code Type For lighting fixture Dimensions x B (mm) Weight Kg REV-4 EVde x Dome reflector made of Polished and anodized aluminium Riflettore a duomo in alluminio Brillantato e anodizzato Code Type For lighting fixture Weight Kg Note REVD-4 EVde Dome reflector made of Polished and anodized aluminium Riflettore a duomo in alluminio Brillantato e anodizzato Code Type For lighting fixture Weight Kg Note REVD-5 Evde High bay reflector made of Polished and anodized aluminium Riflettore prismatizzato in alluminio Brillantato e anodizzato Code Type For lighting fixture Weight Kg Note KFE EVde-4... / EVde available on request Prismatic refractor made of virginacrylic Rifrattore prismatizzato in virginacrilico Code Type For lighting fixture Weight Kg Note VERTEV EVde-4... / EVde only for 250W available on request

100 82 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione FLOODLIGHT FL..SERIES INERIS 00TEX0023X Floodlight for halogen and discharge lamps 0080 II 2GD EEx-de IIB T3 T200 C 0080 II 2G Ex-de IIB+H 2 T3 T amb. 50 C / +55 C Material: Copper free luminium External painting RL 6003 Internal paint anticondensation Captive stainless steel screw and stainless steel adjustable bracket IP 65 with gasket on flat joint Hinged window cover luminium internal reflector Power supply connection box EEx-e with n.4 terminals 4 mm2 bridged two by two and No.2 M25 entries one plugged off and one with cable gland single seal PN 2 brass nichel plated. Complete with lamp, ballast, HPF capacitor, ignitor PROIETTORE SERIE FL.. INERIS 02TEX0039 Proiettore per lampadine alogene ed a scarica 0080 II 2GD EEx-de IIB T3 T200 C 0080 II 2G Ex-de IIB+H 2 T3 T amb. 50 C / +55 C Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciatura esterna RL-6003 Verniciatura interna anticondensa Viteria imperdibile e braccetto di puntamento in acciaio inox IP 65 con guarnizione su giunto piano Finestra incernierata Riflettore interno in alluminio Scatola di allacciamento linea EEx-e con n.4 morsetti da 4 mm2. ponticellati due a due e corredata di No.2 imbocchi diam. M25 di cui uno con pressacavo a semplice tenuta tipo PN 2 in ottone nichelcromato e uno con tappo in ottone nichelcromato Completo di lampadina, di reattore, accenditore, condensatore di rifasamento Code Type Lamp Type Power W Voltage Weight Kg FL 15 S High Pressure Sodium Hz. 24, FL 25 S High Pressure Sodium Hz. 25, FL 40 S High Pressure Sodium Hz. 27, FL 25 IM Metal Halide Hz. 25, FL 40 IM Metal Halide Hz. 24, FL 25 HG Mercury Vapours Hz. 25, FL 40 HG Mercury Vapours Hz. 22, FL 50 H Halogen V 21, FL 14 H Halogen 2x70 48 V 22,0

101 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 83 Suitable for: Zone 1 - Zone 21 Zone 2 Zone 22 Ec Type Examination Certificate: INERIS 00TEX0023X Idoneo per: Zona 1 Zona 21 Zona 2 Zona 22 Certificato di Esame CE del tipo: INERIS 00TEX0023X Code Type Lamp Type Power W Voltage FL 15 S High Pressure Sodium /230-50Hz FL 25 S High Pressure Sodium /230-50Hz FL 40 S High Pressure Sodium /230-50Hz FL 25 IM Metal Halide /230-50Hz FL 40 IM Metal Halide /230-50Hz FL 25 HG Mercury Vapours /230-50Hz FL 40 HG Mercury Vapours /230-50Hz FL 50 H Halogen V FL 14 H Halogen 2x70 48 V Type Code Lamp Type Wattage Shape Weight Kg Weight Package Kg FL 15 S S..P. 150 Tubular 22,7 24,7 FL 25 S S..P. 250 Tubular 23,8 25,8 FL 40 S S..P. 400 Tubular 25,0 27,0 FL 25 IM I.M. 250 Tubular 23,8 25,8 FL 40 IM I.M. 400 Tubular 22,8 24,8 FL 25 HG V.M. 250 Ellipsoidal 23,7 25,7 FL 40 HG V.M. 400 Tubular 20,9 22,9 FL 50 H L. 500 T.D.E. 19,0 21,0 FL 14 H* L. 2x70 Quarts UV filter 20,0 22,0 LEGEND: S..P High Pressure Sodium / Sodio lta Pressione I.M. Metal Halide / Ioduri Metallici V.M. Mercury Vapours / Vapori di Mercurio L. Halogen / logena 2 L. 2 Halogen / 2 logene T.D.E. Tubular Double Envelope / Tubolare Doppio Involucro O.D. Packing voltage supply 48V / tensione di alimentazione 48V 560x360x320 mm.

102 84 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione FL.. Date: PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM NRROW BEM REFLECTOR CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM RIFLETTORE CONCENTRNTE Luminous 120 o Intensity Diagram 150 o 180 o (candela/ o lumen) 120 o 90 o 90 o 60 o 60 o 30 o o 30 o C = 180 o C = 0 o C = 270 o C = 90 o C = 280 o Imax C = 100 o MEDIUM BEM REFLECTOR RIFLETTORE SEMIDISSONDENTE Date: Luminous 120 o Intensity Diagram 150 o 180 o (candela/ o lumen) 120 o 90 o 90 o 60 o 60 o 30 o o 30 o C = 180 o Imax C = 0 o C = 270 o C = 90 o ing B.V. Page: 1/1 Enclosure copper free luminium, title of Copper less then 0,05%, LM-9 British Standard, high corrosion resistant for hydrocarbon and sea salt water Surface treatment: outer : polyurethane paint Italsmea cycle color green Ral-6003 granted minimum thickness 80 (microns) spay cabinet with airconditioned, polymerization in oven inner : anticondesation corrugated effect paint color Ral-7032 unpainted surface (lamination joints) : phosphate bath with monitor cycle then protected stable between: -50 / C (Chemically and phisically stable) Internal electrical components : low losses integral ballast 230V, power related the lamp size ignitor 3 wires, suitable to withstand to high running temperature capacitor for power factor correction to 0,9, polypropylene insulated 450V, with outer enclosure for continuos running at high temperature, ceramic lampholder E-40 with antiloosening terminals tubular lamp for all sizes excluding the size 250 W Mercury (elliptical shape) and 2 x 70W spot halogen special wiring made by single core flexible cable silicon rubber isolated and glass fiber outer braided Connection to electric network via the back side EEx-e compartment of floodlight body c/w: 4 terminals 4 sqmm, bridged 2 by 2 2 earth yellow green terminals 4 sqmm. 1 cable gland single seal PN.2 M25 x 1,5 suitable to tight a cable with O.D. between 6 and 17 mm. or under armour OD of same size for armoured cable. 1 M25 x 1,5 blanking plug for available second entry (compchiem) looping between 2 or more floodlight on same grid without any added junction box. Low weight, around 50 % lighter then similar items available in the market Mechanical protection IP-65 standard version for all working positions. Sealing between floodlight cover and body done by unloosable gasket housed in channel with special shape directly on flat flameproof joint (First realization certified EEx-d according to Cenelec). Contenitore in fusione di lega leggera di lluminio, titolata con bassa percentuale di Rame ( inferiore a 0,05%) GalSi- 9 UNI-3051 con alta resistenza alla corrosione sia da idrocarburi che da acqua di mare. Trattamenti superficiali: esterno : verniciatura poliuretanica ciclo Italsmea colore verde oliva Ral-6003 spessore minimo garantito 80 ( Micron) applicazione a spruzzo in cabina climatizzata e polimerizzazione a forno. interno : verniciatura vellutato anticondensa colore Ral-7032 superfici non verniciate ( giunti di laminazione ) : fosfatazione in bagno a ciclo controllato ; protezione successiva con gel anticorrosione stabilizzato per temperature da : -50 / +300 C ( chimicamente e fisicamente inerte ) Equipaggiamento elettrico interno: alimentatore 230V 50Hz. a basse perdite, di potenza correlata alla relativa lampadina a scarica accenditore a tre fili, atto a resistere alle sollecitazioni delle elevate temperature di esercizio condensatore di rifasamento (fattore di potenza > 0,9), isolamento in polipropilene 450V con blindatura esterna per funzionamento continuo ad alta temperatura portalampada ceramico E-40, antiallentante lampadina tubolare per tutte le grandezze ad esclusione della grandezza 250W Mercurio ( ellissoidale ) e 2 x 70 alogena tipo spot. cablaggio speciale in cavetto unipolare flessibile isolato in gomma siliconica e guaina esterna in fibra di vetro llacciamento alla rete elettrica di alimentazione in vano EEx-e posteriore ricavato sul corpo stesso dell apparecchio corredato di : 4 morsetti da 4 mmq, ponticellati a due a due 2 morsetti di terra da 4 mmq. giallo verdi pressacavo a semplice tenuta tipo PN-2 M25 x 1,5 atto a serrare un cavo diam. esterno da 6 a 17 mm. oppure dello stesso diametro, sotto armatura. 1 tappo M25 x 1,5 di chiusura del secondo ingresso disponibile per eventuale looping tra due o più proiettori attigui senza la necessita dell aggiunta di una scatola di derivazione. Peso dell apparecchio ridotto a circa la metà rispetto alle proposte del mercato Grado di protezione meccanica IP-65 in versione standard per tutte le posizioni di funzionamento

103 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 85 Stainless steel (ISI 304) captive screws Stainless steel (ISI-304) bracket, adjustable on vertical and horizontal plane over 360, with U profile of rugged construction. Window-cover with hinged drop frame, borosilicate glass treated to withstand thermal and mechanical shocks. Internal reflector, symmetrical distribution with narrow beam pure polished aluminium, fixed to body by a safe wire even when removed during maintenance. CCESSORIES ND VERSIONS ON REQUEST off-shore version with surface treatment for oil platforms and corrosive environments : standard painting cycle improved with demineralized wash and fosfatocromatization O.P.S.E. Italsmea external color ON REQUEST choice between Ral classification sand blasted reflector for medium beam hammered reflector for wide beam front light horizontal antiglare grid front light vertical antiglare grid top-pole mounting kit (pole size 2 ) voltages and frequencies ON REQUEST: V 50 o 60 Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz V 50 o 60 Hz V 60 Hz front protection guard isi 304 made top pole grid for - 2 floodlights on rack side to side - 4 floodlights on rack top/bottom by 2 side to side - 2 floodlight on rack back to back - 3 floodlights on rack at floodlights on rack at 90 ottenuto, nell accoppiamento tra coperchio e corpo del proiettore, mediante una guarnizione imperdibile collocata in cava di allogiamento con sagoma speciale ricavato su giunto di laminazione piano. (prima realizzazione del genere certificata EEx-d a norme Cenelec) Viteria imperdibile in ISI-304 Staffa di robusta costruzione realizzata con profilo a U in ISI 304 orientabile a 360 sui due piani. Coperchio-finestra con montanti incernierati, completamente ribaltabile, parte trasparente in vetro-borosilicato opportunamente trattato per resistere agli shocks termici e meccanici Riflettore interno, per distribuzione simmetrica a fascio concentrante, in alluminio brillantato, solidale, al corpo proiettore tramite fune di guardia anche quando rimosso per manutenzione alle parti elettriche. CCESSORI E VERSIONI RICHIEST Esecuzione con trattamento delle superfici per piattaforme marine a per ambienti particolarmente corrosivi: ciclo di verniciatura nomale con aggiunta di lavaggio demineralizzato e successiva fosfatocromatazione O.P.S.E. Italsmea colorazione esterna a richiesta nell ambito della classificazione Ral riflettore satinato per distribuzione luce medio diffondente riflettore bugnato per distribuzione luce diffondente deflettore luce frontale antiabbagliamento a griglia orizzontale deflettore luce frontale anti abbagliamento a griglia verticale accessorio per attacco testa.palo (palo da 2 ) tensioni e frequenze di alimentazione SU RICHIEST: V 50 o 60 Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz V 50 o 60 Hz V 60 Hz gabbia di protezione antivandalismo frontale in isi 304 griglia testapalo per : - 2 proiettori in batteria - 4 proiettori in batteria - 2 proiettori contrapposti - 3 proiettori disposti a proiettori disposti a 90

104 86 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione Spare parts list floodligh FL series Lista parti di ricambio proiettore serie FL n Code Description 1 R Floodlight Cover / Coperchio Proiettore 2 P Cover Gasket / Guarnizione Coperchio 3 * Lamp / Lampadina 4 P Reflector / Riflettore 5 * Ballast / limentatore 6 Ballast Mounting Bracket / Staffa montaggio alimentatore 7 R Floodlight Body / Corpo proiettore 8 * Ignitor / ccenditore Plug Gasket / Guarnizione Tappo 10 G Plug / Tappo 11 P Terminal box gasket / Guarnizione Scatola Morsettiera Earth terminal / Morsetto di terra 13 R Terminal box cover / Coperchio scatola morsettiera Lampholder E40 / Portalampada E40 15 P Sealed Nipple / Nipplo miscelato 16 P Lampholder mounting racket / Staffa montaggio portalampada 17 * Capacitor / Condensatore 18 P Floodlight mounting racket / Staffa montaggio proiettore Gland / Pressacavo 20 P External earthing screw / Vite di terra esterna 21 P Terminal Rail / Guida portamorsetti Terminals / Morsetti Terminals end bracket / Piastrina Terminale Morsetti Terminal Bridge / Ponticello Morsetti

105 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 87 SPECIFIED VERSION FOR SPECIL SERVICES Floodlight with wind-up stand italgas specified cod. plog/loggestilog: GS-d3 floodlight FL-2x70-H with 2 halogen spot lamps 70W, voltage supply 48V, with front stainless steel guard, steel wire braided cable 15mt. length, electrical plug for connection to generation set located in safe area or to any other compatible electrical supply contact configuration CEE-17 x 48V. adjustable bracket with shaft for plug-in wind-up stand wind-up movable stand steel chrome plated, maximum high 247cm. Floodlight world wide Shell Oil specified M.e.s.c. no to details with lamps in Shell standardization N..T.O. standarization floodlight specified for military purposes code NSN Floodlight for lighting the escape platform/ship area Life boat FL-2x70-H series with 2 halogen lamps 50 or 70W each with back reflector for narrow beam, suitable for connection to emergency circuit powered by batteries always available on escape platform circuits. The narrow beam issued is lighting the sea surface below the safe boat to aid the life boat splash-down and as sign life boat for man in water ESECUZIONI NORMLIZZTE PER IMPIEGHI SPECILI Proiettore con kit telescopico mobile normalizzato Italgas s.p.a. cod. plog/log-gestilog : GS-D3 proiettore FL-2x70-H con due lampadine alogene da 70W, alimentazione 48V con griglia frontale in acciaio inossidabile cavo di allacciamento con armatura metallica a maglia, lunghezza 15 m., spina di connessione a generatore posto al di fuori della zona classificata o altra alimentazione elettrica, a passo CEE-17 x 48V braccetto orientabile con perno per innesto a cavalletto mobile cavalletto mobile telescopico con azionamento a manovella, in acciaio cromato, altezza massima di estensione 247cm. Proiettori normalizzati a livello mondiale da shell oil m.e.s.c. No a dettaglio per tipologia di lampada come da normalizzazione Shell Proiettori normalizzati N..T.O. per impieghi su unità logistiche militari codice no..nsn Proiettori per illuminazione zona abbandono piattaforma ammaraggio Life boat della serie FL-2x70-H con lampade alogene da 50 o 70W con ciascuna retroparabola concentrante, adatti per collegamento a circuiti di emergenza alimentati da batterie di accumulatori previsti sui circuiti abbandono piattaforma/nave. Il fascio concentrante prodotto è studiato per illuminare la superficie di mare prospiciente la lancia di salvataggio per facilitare le operazione di ammaraggio della lancia stessa e costituire un punto di riferimento lancia di salvataggio per uomo in mare.

106 88 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione FLOODLIGHTS STINLESS STEEL ISI-316 MDE FL/316 SERIES With the intent to answer to the offshore market need of a totally corrosion proof apparatus able to withstand the combined action of salty marine and hydrocarbons environments has been studied and developed the FL/316 series. The high cost of ordinary and extraordinary maintenance on oil platforms fully justifies the replacement of luminum light alloy with Stainless steel 316. The exclusive foundry know-how allowed Italsmea to cast and to machine units isi 316 made with L title and with same shape and thickens of luminum version also reducing to the lowest possible the weight. In the following table we are listed the floodlights type number identified per lamp s wattage and features : for all other data and accessories refers to FL/ luminum version. PROIETTORI IN CCIIO INOSSIDBILE ISI-316 SERIE FL/316: l fine di soddisfare alle crescenti richieste di un apparecchio assolutamente inattaccabile dalla corrosione di origine combinata: marina + idrocarburi, provenienti dal comparto off-shore dell industria petrolifera in conseguenza degli altissimi costi di manutenzione sia ordinaria che, ancor più straordinaria, Italsmea a sviluppato ed ingegnerizzato la produzione di una serie di proiettori gemelli alla serie FL ove la lega titolata di lluminio e stata completamente sostituita dall impiego di acciaio inossidabile isi-316. Grazie ad una esclusiva tecnica di fonderia e stato possibile ottenere getti di fusione in 316 con titolo garantito e soprattutto renderli lavorabile alle macchine utensili, mantenendo spessori e forme della versione originale di alluminio e contenendo l inevitabile aumento di peso conseguente alla differenza dei pesi specifici di acciaio e alluminio al minimo indispensabile. Nella tabella seguente ripetiamo le tipologie disponibili elencate a seconda della lampadina adottata; per tutte le altre caratteristiche ed accessori vale quanto indicato per la serie FL/ lluminio. Type Lamp Type Wattage Shape Weight Kg Weight Package Kg FL 15 S/316 S..P. 150 Tubular 48,2 50,2 FL 25 S/316 S..P. 250 Tubular 49,3 51,3 FL 40 S/316 S..P. 400 Tubular 50,5 52,5 FL 25 IM/316 I.M. 250 Tubular 49,3 51,3 FL 40 IM/316 I.M. 400 Tubular 48,3 50,3 FL 25 HG/316 V.M. 250 Ellipsoidal 49,2 51,2 FL 40 HG/316 V.M. 400 Tubular 45,5 47,5 FL 50 H/316 L. 500 T.D.P. FL 14 H/316 2 L. 2x70 Quarts UV filter LEGEND: S..P High Pressure Sodium / Sodio lta Pressione I.M. Metal Halide / Ioduri Metallici V.M. Mercury Vapours / Vapori di Mercurio L. Halogen / logena 2 L. 2 Halogen / 2 logene T.D.P. Tubular Double Envelope / Tubolare Doppio Involucro O.D. Packing voltage supply 48V / tensione di alimentazione 48V 560x360x320 mm.

107 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 89 MINI FLOODLIGHT FRETTO MINI-PROIETTORE INERIS 01TEX0019X Mini-floodlight type EVde PT100/SPOT II 2 GD ( 30 C +40 C) INERIS 01TEX0019X Faretto/miniproiettore tipo EVde-PT100/SPOT II 2 GD ( 30 C +40 C) EEx-de II/B/C T3 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 65 Complete with halogen lamp 100W 220V Internal reflector Base plate hot galvanized, adjustable supporting bracket to adjust the floodlight on 2 position No.1 entry with cable gland PN2 M25 EEx-de II/B/C T3 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciato RL 6003 IP 65 Completo di piastra di base, braccetto di supporto orientabile sui due piani Lampadina alogena da 100W 220V Riflettore a specchio No.1 ingresso con pressacavo PN2 M25

108 76 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione LUMINIRES FOR FLUORESCENT LMPS SERIES EVF-P-.. RMTUR ILLUMINNTE PER LMPDE FLUORESCENTI SERIE EVF-P-... INERIS 02TEX0039 INERIS 02TEX II 2GD 0080 II 2GD according to European Directive 94/9/EC TEX in accordo alla Direttiva Europea 94/9/CE TEX EC Type Examination Certificate INERIS 02TEX0039 compliance with Electromagnetic Compatibility according to European Directive 89/336/EC (EMC) Certificato di Esame CE del Tipo INERIS 02TEX0039 conformi alle prescrizioni sulla Compatibilità Elettromagnetica della Direttiva Europea 89/336/CE (EMC) Mode of protection: EEx-d IIC T6 Tamb. -20 C / 50 C Modo di protezione: EEx-d IIC T6 Tamb. -20 C / 50 C Suitable for Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Idoneo per Zona 1 e Zona 2 Zona 21 e Zona 22 c b a Technical features End cups in Copper free luminium corrosion resistant (suitable for marine environment) The circular shape grants the best possible CX factor, therefore it is less affected by wind-dusts, no flat surfaces to avoid pollution and dirty bunching High resistance polycarbonate light-housing, 3 layers-extrusion a) polycarbonate layer b) top side reflecting layer. To protect inner electrical and electronic apparatus from direct sun heating / radiation effect c) Filter layer: to protect inner polycarbonate layer against UV radiation and related yellowing effect Caratteristiche tecniche Testata e controtestata in lega leggera di lluminio a bassa percentuale di Cu, resistente alla corrosione (ambiente marino) Sezione circolare che garantisce il migliore coefficiente di penetrazione CX possibile e quindi una minore resistenza al vento nonché evita l accumulo di sporcizia ed altri elementi inquinanti Vano ottico in policarbonato ad elevata resistenza meccanica estruso in unica soluzione con tre strati: a) policarbonato b) strato riflettente verso l esterno in modo da proteggere le apparecchiature elettriche dall irraggiamento solare diretto

109 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 77 Thanks to polycarbonate-made light housing the total weight is around 4 Kg. Less then traditional corresponding EEx-d lighting fixtures with heavy borosilicate tubes for twin lamp only Suitable for two pins fluorescent lamps G13 socket (not included) High frequency electronic ballast V + / - 10% (50/60 Hz) Power factor > 0,95 Two opposite M20 pitch 1,5 metricthreaded entries. One plugged-off by brass nickel plated EEx-d plug with relevant gasket Mechanical protection IP-66 In all EVF-P, out of size of lamps ( W), the length of O-ring gasket is only 396 millimetres; it is a continuous gasket, and it is totally protected against sun UV-radiations (responsible of the aging effects) by means of a cave in the aluminium body. The pressure on the gasket is constant all over its length. ISI 304 stainless steel external hardware and screws luminium end cups and cover painted by green colour polyurethane painting cycle, RL 6003 Steel made white coated internal reflector. Totally protected against pollution and corrosion. It is also a support for electrical equipment. Fully withdrawable in order to allow an easy re-lamping and maintenance. The screw-cover of EVFP, when opened, will stand linked to the body of the lighting fixtures by mean of a stainless steel chain ccessories available upon request: Swiveling ceiling mouting kit, stainless steel ISI 304 made, type G3 suspension kit stainless steel ISI 304 made, type H pole mounting kit stainless steel ISI 304 made, type P14 3 bottom entry M20 c) strato filtro che protegge il policarbonato dalle radiazioni UV evitandone l ingiallimento Il vano ottico in policarbonato fa si che il peso totale dello stesso sia di circa 4 Kg. Inferiore alla corrispondente tradizionale armatura EEx-d con tubi in vetro borosilicato per bilampada solamente datta per lampadine tubolari bispina con attacco G13 (escluse dalla fornitura) limentatore ad alta frequenza V + / - 10% (50/60 Hz) Fattore di potenza > 0,95 Ciascuna armatura è provvista di 2 imbocchi filettati M20, di cui uno chiuso con tappo EEx-d in ottone nichelato e relativa guarnizione di battuta Grado di protezione IP-66 In tutte le armature EVF-P, indipendentemente dalla potenza delle lampade ( W), la lunghezza della guarnizione O- ring è di soli 396 millimetri; è una guarnizione continua ed è totalmente protetta dalle radiazioni solari (responsabili dell invecchiamento della guarnizione). Infatti l OR si trova protetto in una apposita cava, ricavata nel corpo di alluminio dell armatura. La pressione esercitata sulla guarnizione del coperchio risulta costante e calibrata su tutta la lunghezza Viteria esterna in acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 Verniciatura poliuretanica verde RL 6003 delle testate Riflettore interno dell armatura totalmente protetto dagli elementi atmosferici ed ambientali. Realizzato in lamiera verniciata colore bianco, semilucido, il riflettore svolge anche la funzione di supporto per l equipaggiamento elettrico. E totalmente estraibile, per facilitare manutenzione e re-lamping Il coperchio di accesso ad accoppiamento filettato, rimane solidale al corpo dell armatura anche in condizione di apertura, tramite apposita catenella in acciaio inossidabile ccessori disponibili su richiesta: Kit per montaggio a soffitto, basculante tipo G3 Kit per montaggio a sospesione tipo H Kit per montaggio a palo tipo P14 3 imbocco, lato inferiore, M20 EVF-P PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM WITH 1 LMP CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM CON 1 LMPD EVF-P PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM WITH 2 LMPS CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM CON 2 LMPDE

110 78 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione Selection Table Tabella di Selezione Type RMS-560* Code Number of lamps Lamps power Overall Dimensions mm. B C Weight Kgs EVF-P x18W EVF-P x36W EVF-P x58W EVF-P x18W EVF-P x36W EVF-P x58W

111 60 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione LUMINIRES FOR FLUORESCENT LMPS RMS SERIES TECHNICL DT IP 65 CLSS I 230V 50Hz with electromechanical ballast Power factor 0,9 Capacitor with incorporated discharge resistance compliance with European Standard EN EN compliance with Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) according to Directive 89/336/EC FETURES Stainless steel ISI 304 th. 0,8 mm. body, made by moulding for deep pressed, done in one unit without welding. Stainless steel ISI 304 th. 1 mm. glass-frame, pressed and cut by moulding, done in one unit without welding. Body/glass-frame hinged closing device, with cylindrical head recessed hexagonal key unloosable screws stainless steel ISI 304 made. Glass tempered window th. 4 mm, sealed on frame by a continuous silicon ring. Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon rubber made (closed cells), located in housing RMTURE PER LMPDE FLUORESCENTI SERIE RMS DTI TECNICI IP 65 CLSSE I - 230V 50Hz con alimentatore elettromeccanico Fattore di potenza 0,9 Condensatore con resistenza di scarica incorporata conformi alla Norma Europea EN EN conformi alle prescrizioni sulla Compatibilità Elettromagnetica (EMC) della Direttiva 89/336/CE CRTTERISTICHE Corpo di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 0,8 mm. ottenuto, da stampo per imbutitura profonda, in blocco unico senza saldature. Cornice portavetro di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 1 mm. ottenuto, da stampo e trancia, in blocco unico senza saldature. Sistema di chiusura corpo-cornice a cerniera con serraggio mediante viti imperdibili tipo TCEI di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Vano ottico con finestra in vetro temperato spessore 4 mm. sigillato alla cornice tramite cordone continuo di silicone. Guarnizione di tenuta, tra cornice e corpo, di gomma siliconica (cellule chiuse) a sezione ogivale, alloggiata

112 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 61 channel between body and window frame. When completely secured the closing between body and window frame, a mechanical contact between the metal parts stop the pressure on gasket. To grant it a maintained elastic memory. Stainless steel ISI 304 th. 1 mm internal reglette white painted fixed on two supports with screwtransfer looking device system. The reglette is foreseen with two suspension wires granting the self support when lighting fixtures is open for start-up operation or maintenance. Wiring by PVC 105 C rigid cable. Lampholder suitable for fluorescent two-pins lamps type TL-D Philips or similar. nti-loosening 2P+E (L-N-E) terminal strip, melamine made, for power supply connection. Yellow green single core earth wire for body and reglette equipotential connection. Spare for a loop to the earth tag of cable gland for power supply cable. Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut and gasket, the other one with plastic plug for dust protection. Mechanical protection IP-65 in apposita canala. Battuta meccanica dell accoppiamento atta a garantire il mantenimento della memoria elastica della guarnizione. Reglette-riflettore interna di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 1 mm. verniciata bianco montata su due supporti con serraggio ad eccentrico traslato. La reglette, è prevista con due funi di sospensione, che ne consentono l auto-supporto in condizione di armatura aperta per messa in servizio, o manutenzione. Cablaggio in cavetto rigido isolato in PVC 105 C alloggiato in canalina di resina con coperchio. Portalampada per lampada fluorescente bispina TL-D Philips o similare. Morsetto antiallentante in melamina 2P+T (L-N-E) per allacciamento linea di alimentazione. Filo di terra giallo-verde, per equipotenzialità corpo-reglette, predisposto per la connessione al pressacavo di ingresso linea per messa a terra solidale dell eventuale armatura metallica del cavo di alimentazione. Corpo previsto con due imbocchi passanti diam. 21mm per entrate cavo di cui, uno corredato di tappo metallico completo di controdado e guarnizione, l altro di tappo salvapolvere in plastica. Grado di protezione IP-65 RMS..-1x18W/36 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM WITH 1 LMP CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM CON 1 LMPD RMS..-2x18W/36 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM WITH 1 LMP CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM CON 1 LMPD

113 62 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione The shapes of RMS lighting fixtures has been studied to allow operator working with free hands and no need to support any part of lighting fixtures. One person can take care of start-up or maintenance of a RMS lighting fixture without any aid and assistance. DVNTGES High corrosion resistance due to the components stainless steel ISI 304 and tempered glass made. No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of hole for power supply cable whatever protected by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, release would be possible where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets. Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The new European Directives will require, starting from 2005, that manufacturer, at time of supply, have to include in selling price, the cost for the buy-back and goods recycle. Recycle to be done according to pollution rules. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires need some more care. L assetto dell armatura RMS, è stato studiato in modo tale che, in tutte le condizioni d uso, l operatore sia in grado di lavorare con entrambe le mani libere dalla necessità di sostenere parti dell armatura stessa. Un solo operatore, senza l aiuto di un assistente, può installare o manutendere un armatura RMS. VNTGGI Elevata resistenza alla corrosione stante la totalità dei componenti metallici in acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 in accoppiamento alla finestra in vetro temperato. Nessun foro passante tra interno ed esterno armatura ad esclusione dell inevitabile ingresso per l alimentazione elettrica, comunque protetto da pressacavo ad elevata tenuta stagna (fornibile su richiesta). Pertanto nel tempo non sono presumibili decadimenti del grado di protezione, prevedibili invece laddove, per staffaggi fossero previsti fori passanti tappati con viti e guarnizioni o rivetti. Ridottissimo inquinamento ambientale alla fine della vita operativa dell armatura. Le nuove direttive Europee prevedono che dall anno 2005 il costruttore, all atto della vendita del prodotto, includa nel prezzo e quindi si impegni a ritirare e smaltire in modo corretto, il bene prodotto. La serie RMS è riciclabile al 95% essendo costruita con componenti del tutto inorganici: acciaio inossidabile e vetro. Un piccolo residuo è dovuto alla componentistica elettrica e all isolamento dei cavi di cablaggio.

114 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 63 MOUNTING CCESSORIES The base solution of lighting fixtures foreseen the straps for ceiling suspension mounting. The straps are welded to the body (no throughholes and screws) and foreseen with half-open slot suitable to compensate up to 10 mm. of misalignment of supports. CCESSORIES ON REQUEST Wiring with high frequency electronic ballast V 50-60Hz. Kit for pole mounting / 2 size, stainless steel ISI 304 made. Kit for wall mounting, stainless steel ISI 304 made. Stainless steel ISI-304 cable gland. Resin cable gland. OVERLL DIMENSIONS OF ECH CRTON BOX Size 20w: 260x760x180 mm. Medium weight: 5,5 KGs. Size 40w: 260x1370x180 mm. Medium weight: 10,5 KGs. CCESSORI DI MONTGGIO L armatura prevede nella versione base le staffe per il montaggio a soffitto/ sospensione. Le staffe sono solidali al corpo lampada (saldatura senza fori passanti) e previste con asola semiaperta atta a compensare eventuali disassamenti degli ancoraggi fino a 10 mm. CCESSORI RICHIEST Cablaggio con alimentatore elettronico ad alta frequenza V 50-60Hz. Kit per attacco a palina da / 2, di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Kit per montaggio a parete, di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Pressacavo di acciaio inossidabile ISI-304. Pressacavo in resina. DIMENSIONI DELL IMBLLO SINGOLO Grandezza 20w: 260x760x180 mm. Peso medio: 5,5 Kg. Grandezza 40w: 260x1370x180 mm. Peso medio: 10,5 Kg Selection table Tabella di selezione Lighting fixtures for normal service rmature per funzionamento normale Type RMS-540* Code Number of lamps Lamps power Lamp type Overall Dimensions mm. B C Weight Kgs. * 03/IND x18W TL-D ,10 * 04/IND x18W TL-D ,20 * 01/IND x36W TL-D ,40 * 02/IND x36W TL-D ,60 Lighting fixtures for emergency service rmature per funzionamento in emergenza Type RMS-540* Code Number of lamps Lamps power Lamp type Overall Dimensions mm. B C Weight Kgs. * 01/IND/LE P x36W TL-D ,80 * 02/IND/LE P x36W TL-D ,90 * 03/IND/LE P x18W TL-D ,10 * 04/IND/LE P x18W TL-D ,30 Emergency service on one lamp for 60 with constant lighting output, 90 with lighting output decresing Funzionamento in emergenza su una lampadina per 60 a flusso costante, 90 a flusso decrescente

115 64 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione TYPICL MOUNTING KIT FOR RMS LIGHTING FIX- TURES FOR LL SERIES RMS-540 RMS-550 RMS-560* TIPICI DI MONTGGIO PER RMTURE RMS COMUNI LLE SERIE RMS-540 RMS-550 RMS-560* Ceiling mounting included in standard version Montaggio a soffitto incluso nella versione standard Suspension mounting kit G1 type on request code: * Montaggio a sospensione tipo G1 su richiesta codice: *

116 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 65 Wall mounting kit H1 type on request code: * Montaggio a parete tipo H1 su richiesta codice: * Pole stanchion mounting kit P12 type on request code: * not compatible with RMS e 04 / PNL-LE emergency 18W only Montaggio a palo tipo P12 su richiesta codice: * non adatto per RMS e 04 / PNL-LE emergenza 18W

117 66 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione RMS lighting fixtures mounting path Sequenza di messa in servizio delle armature RMS 7 8

118 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 67 LUMINIRES FOR FLUORESCENT LMPS RMS SERIES MODE OF PROTECTION EEx n II 100 C (T5) Tamb. -30 C / 50 C (*) IP65 EEx n II 105 C (T4) Tamb. -30 C / 55 C (*) IP65 (*) with high-frequency electronic ballast in conformity with European Standard EN 50021:1999 in conformity with IEC nd Edition 1998 suitable for Class 1 Zone 2 and Zone 22 II 3GD according to European Directive 94/9/ EC (TEX EC type examination certificate INERIS 01TEX3002X compliance with Electromagnetic Compatibility according to European Directive 89/336/EC (EMC) E.O.L. risk free FETURES Stainless steel ISI 304 thickness 0,8 mm. body, made by moulding for deep pressed, done in one unit without welding. Stainless steel ISI 304 thickness 1 mm. glass-frame, pressed and cut by moulding, done in one unit without welding. Body/glass-frame hinged closing device, with cylindrical head recessed hexagonal key unloosable screws stainless steel ISI 304 made. Glass tempered window thickness 4 mm, sealed on frame by a continuous silicon ring. RMTURE PER LMPDE FLUORESCENTI SERIE RMS MODO DI PROTEZIONE EEx n II 100 C (T5) Tamb. -30 C / 50 C (*) IP65 EEx n II 105 C (T4) Tamb. -30 C / 55 C (*) IP65 (*) con alimentatore elettronico ad alta frequenza in conformità alla Norma Europea EN 50021: 1999 in conformità alla IEC nd Edition1998 idonee per Classe 1 Zona 2 e Zona 22 II 3GD in accordo alla Direttiva Europea 94/9/ CE (TEX) Certificato di Esame CE del tipo INERIS 01TEX3002X conformi alle prescrizioni sulla Compatibilità Elettromagnetica della Direttiva Europea 89/336/CE (EMC) Esente da E.O.L. (End of Life) CRTTERISTICHE Corpo di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 0,8 mm. ottenuto, da stampo per imbutitura profonda, in blocco unico senza saldature. Cornice portavetro di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 1 mm. ottenuto, da stampo e trancia, in blocco unico senza saldature. Sistema di chiusura corpo-cornice a cerniera con serraggio mediante viti imperdibili tipo TCEI di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Vano ottico con finestra in vetro temperato spessore 4 mm. sigillato alla cornice tramite cordone continuo di silicone.

119 68 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione RMS..-1x18W/36 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM WITH 1 LMP CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM CON 1 LMPD RMS..-2x18W/36 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM WITH 1 LMP CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM CON 1 LMPD Special cross-section tightness gasket, Silicon rubber made (closed cells), located in housing channel between body and window frame. When completely secured the closing between body and window frame, a mechanical contact between the metal parts stop the pressure on gasket. To grant a maintained elastic memory. Stainless steel ISI 304 thickness 1 mm internal reglette white painted fixed on two supports with screw-transfer looking device system. The reglette is foreseen with two suspension wires granting the self-support when lighting fixtures is open for start-up operation or maintenance. Wiring by PVC 90 C rigid cable. Lampholder suitable for fluorescent two-pins lamps type TL-D Philips or similar. nti-loosening 2P+E (L-N-E) terminal strip, melamine made, for power supply connection. Yellow green single core earth wire for body and reglette equipotential connection. Spare for a loop to the earth tag of cable gland for power supply cable. Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection. Mechanical protection: IP65 Nominal voltage V ±10% with high frequency electronic ballast. Frequency 50/60Hz Power factor >0,95 The shapes of RMS lighting fixtures has been studied to allow operator working with free hands and no need to support any part of lighting fixtures. One person can take care of start-up or maintenance of a RMS lighting fixture without any aid and assistance. DVNTGES High corrosion resistance due to the fact that the components are stainless steel ISI 304 and tempered glass made. No through holes between inside and outside of luminaire, out of hole for power supply cable whatever protected by a suitable waterproof EEx-e cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, there is not tightness release as it would be possible where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets. Guarnizione di tenuta, tra cornice e corpo, di gomma siliconica (cellule chiuse) a sezione ogivale, alloggiata in apposita canala. Battuta meccanica dell accoppiamento atta a garantire il mantenimento della memoria elastica della guarnizione. Reglette-riflettore interna di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 1 mm. verniciata bianco montata su due supporti con serraggio ad eccentrico traslato. La reglette, è prevista con due funi di sospensione, che ne consentono l auto-supporto in condizione di armatura aperta per messa in servizio, o manutenzione. Cablaggio in cavetto rigido isolato in PVC 90 C. Portalampada per lampada fluorescente bispina TL-D Philips o similare. Morsetto antiallentante in melamina 2P+T (L-N-E) per allacciamento linea di alimentazione. Filo di terra giallo-verde, per equipotenzialità corpo-reglette, predisposto per la connessione al pressacavo di ingresso linea per messa a terra solidale dell eventuale armatura metallica del cavo di alimentazione. Corpo previsto con due imbocchi passanti diam. 21mm per entrate cavo dei quali, il primo corredato di tappo metallico completo di controdado e guarnizione, il secondo di tappo salvapolvere in plastica. Grado di protezione IP65 Tensione nominale V ±10% con alimentatore elettronico ad alta frequenza. Frequenza 50/60Hz Fattore di potenza >0,95 L assetto dell armatura RMS, è stato studiato in modo tale che, in tutte le condizioni d uso, l operatore sia in grado di lavorare con entrambe le mani libere dalla necessità di sostenere parti dell armatura stessa. Un solo operatore, senza l aiuto di un assistente, può installare o manutendere un armatura RMS. VNTGGI Elevata resistenza alla corrosione stante la totalità dei componenti metallici in acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 in accoppiamento alla finestra in vetro temperato. Nessun foro passante tra interno ed esterno armatura ad esclusione dell inevitabile ingresso per l alimentazione elettrica, comunque protetto da pressacavo EEx e ad elevata tenuta stagna (fornibile su richiesta). Pertanto nel tempo non sono presumibili decadimenti del grado di protezione, prevedibili

120 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 69 Very low pollution at the end of operative lifetime of lighting fixtures. The new European Directives will require, starting from 2005, that manufacturer, at time of supply, have to include in selling price, the cost for the buy-back and goods recycle. Recycle to be done according to pollution rules. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires need some more care. MOUNTING CCESSORIES The base solution of lighting fixtures foreseen the straps for ceiling suspension mounting. The straps are welded to the body (no through holes and screws) and foreseen with half-open slot suitable to compensate up to 10 mm. of misalignment of supports. CCESSORIES ON REQUEST Kit for pole mounting / 2 size, stainless steel ISI 304 made. Kit for wall mounting, stainless steel ISI 304 made. EEx e stainless steel ISI-304 cable gland. EEx e resin cable gland. OVERLL DIMENSIONS OF ECH CRTON BOX Size 20w: 260x760x180 mm. Medium weight: 5,5 KGs. Size 40w: 260x1370x180 mm. Medium weight: 10,5 KGs. invece laddove, per staffaggi fossero previsti fori passanti tappati con viti e guarnizioni o rivetti. Ridottissimo inquinamento ambientale alla fine della vita operativa dell armatura. Le nuove direttive Europee prevedono che dall anno 2005 il costruttore, all atto della vendita del prodotto, includa nel prezzo e quindi si impegni a ritirare e smaltire in modo corretto, il bene prodotto. La serie RMS è riciclabile al 95% essendo costruita con componenti del tutto inorganici: acciaio inossidabile e vetro. Un piccolo residuo è dovuto alla componentistica elettrica, elettronica e all isolamento dei cavi di cablaggio. CCESSORI DI MONTGGIO L armatura prevede nella versione base le staffe per il montaggio a soffitto/sospensione. Le staffe sono solidali al corpo lampada (saldatura senza fori passanti) e previste con asola semiaperta atta a compensare eventuali disassamenti degli ancoraggi fino a 10 mm. CCESSORI RICHIEST Kit per attacco a palina da / 2, di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Kit per montaggio a parete, di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Pressacavo EEx e di acciaio inossidabile ISI-304. Pressacavo EEx e in resina. DIMENSIONI DELL IMBLLO SINGOLO Grandezza 20w: 260x760x180 mm. Peso medio: 5,5 Kg. Grandezza 40w: 260x1370x180 mm. Peso medio: 10,5 Kg

121 70 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione Selection table Tabella di selezione Lighting fixtures for normal service rmature per funzionamento normale Type RMS-550* Code Number of lamps Lamps power Lamp type Overall Dimensions mm. B C Weight Kgs. * 03/PNL x18W TL-D ,10 * 04/PNL x18W TL-D ,20 * 01/PNL x36W TL-D ,40 * 02/PNL x36W TL-D ,60 Lighting fixtures for emergency service rmature per funzionamento in emergenza Type RMS-550* Code Number of lamps Lamps power Lamp type Overall Dimensions mm. B C Weight Kgs. * 03/PNL/LE P x18W TL-D ,80 * 04/PNL/LE P x18W TL-D ,90 * 01/PNL/LE P x36W TL-D ,10 * 02/PNL/LE P x36W TL-D ,30 Emergency service on one lamp for 60 with constant lighting output, 90 with lighting output decreasing Funzionamento in emergenza su una lampadina per 60 a flusso costante, 90 a flusso decrescente

122 64 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione TYPICL MOUNTING KIT FOR RMS LIGHTING FIX- TURES FOR LL SERIES RMS-540 RMS-550 RMS-560* TIPICI DI MONTGGIO PER RMTURE RMS COMUNI LLE SERIE RMS-540 RMS-550 RMS-560* Ceiling mounting included in standard version Montaggio a soffitto incluso nella versione standard Suspension mounting kit G1 type on request code: * Montaggio a sospensione tipo G1 su richiesta codice: *

123 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 65 Wall mounting kit H1 type on request code: * Montaggio a parete tipo H1 su richiesta codice: * Pole stanchion mounting kit P12 type on request code: * not compatible with RMS e 04 / PNL-LE emergency 18W only Montaggio a palo tipo P12 su richiesta codice: * non adatto per RMS e 04 / PNL-LE emergenza 18W

124 66 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione RMS lighting fixtures mounting path Sequenza di messa in servizio delle armature RMS 7 8

125 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 71 LUMINIRES FOR FLUORESCENT LMPS RMS SERIES MODE OF PROTECTION EEx-ed IIC T6 mbient Temperature 20 C / +40 C IP65 EEx-ed IIC T5 mbient Temperature 20 C / +55 C IP65 EEx-ed IIC T4 mbient Temperature 20 C / +60 C IP65 (*) with high-frequency electronic ballast in conformity with European Standard EN 50014/18/19 suitable for Zone 1 & Zone II 2G according to European Directive 94/9/ EC TEX EC type examination certificate INERIS 01TEX0060 compliance with Electromagnetic Compatibility according to European Directive 89/336/EC (EMC) E.O.L. risk free FETURES Stainless steel ISI 304 thickness 0,8 mm. body, made by moulding for deep pressed, done in one unit without welding. Stainless steel ISI 304 thickness 1 mm. glass-frame, pressed and cut by moulding, done in one unit without welding. Body/glass-frame hinged closing device, with cylindrical head recessed hexagonal key unloosable screws stainless steel ISI 304 made. Glass tempered window thickness RMTURE PER LMPDE FLUORESCENTI SERIE RMS MODO DI PROTEZIONE EEx-ed IIC T6 Tamb. 20 C / +40 C IP65 EEx-ed IIC T5 Tamb. 20 C / +55 C IP65 EEx-ed IIC T4 Tamb. 20 C / +60 C IP65 (*) con alimentatore elettronico ad alta frequenza in conformità alle Norme Europee EN 50014/18/19 idonee per Zona 1 e Zona II 2G in accordo alla Direttiva Europea 94/9/ CE TEX Certificato di Esame CE del tipo INERIS 01TEX0060 conformi alle prescrizioni sulla Compatibilità Elettromagnetica della Direttiva Europea 89/336/CE (EMC) Esente da rischio E.O.L. (End of Life) CRTTERISTICHE Corpo di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 0,8 mm. ottenuto, da stampo per imbutitura profonda, in blocco unico senza saldature. Cornice portavetro di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 1 mm. ottenuto, da stampo e trancia, in blocco unico senza saldature. Sistema di chiusura corpo-cornice a cerniera con serraggio mediante viti imperdibili tipo TCEI di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Vano ottico con finestra in vetro temperato spessore 4 mm. sigillato EMERGENCY VERSION 36W VERSIONE IN EMERGENZ 36W DETILED VIEW MICROSWITCH DETTGLIO MICROINTERRUTTORE

126 72 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione VERSIONE IN EMERGENZ 18W EMERGENCY VERSION 18W 4 mm, sealed on frame by a continuous silicon ring. Special cross-section tightness gasket, silicon rubber made (closed cells), located in housing channel between body and window frame. When completely secured the closing between body and window frame, a mechanical contact between the metal parts stop the pressure on gasket. To grant a maintained elastic memory. Stainless steel ISI 304 thickness 1 mm internal reglette white painted fixed on two supports with screw-transfer looking device system. The reglette is foreseen with two suspension wires granting the self-support when lighting fixtures is open for start-up operation or maintenance. Wiring by PVC 90 C rigid cable. Lampholder suitable for fluorescent two-pins lamps type TL-D Philips or similar. nti-loosening 2P+E (L-N-E) terminal strip, melamine made, for power supply connection. Yellow green single core earth wire for body and reglette equipotential connection. Spare for a loop to the earth tag of cable gland for power supply cable. Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection. Mechanical protection: IP66 Nominal voltage V ±10% with high frequency electronic ballast. Frequency 50/60Hz Power factor >0,95 Microswitch interlocked with closing-opening device of lighting fixture: When opening the framewindow the microswitch will cut out the power supply, on /MS version only The shapes of RMS lighting fixtures has been studied to allow operator working with free hands and no need to support any part of lighting fixtures. One person can take care of start-up or maintenance of a RMS lighting fixture without any aid and assistance. DVNTGES High corrosion resistance due to the fact that the components are stainless steel ISI 304 and tempered glass made. alla cornice tramite cordone continuo di silicone. Guarnizione di tenuta, tra cornice e corpo, di gomma siliconica (cellule chiuse) a sezione ogivale, alloggiata in apposita canala. Battuta meccanica dell accoppiamento atta a garantire il mantenimento della memoria elastica della guarnizione. Reglette-riflettore interna di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 spessore 1 mm. verniciata bianco montata su due supporti con serraggio ad eccentrico traslato. La reglette, è prevista con due funi di sospensione, che ne consentono l auto-supporto in condizione di armatura aperta per messa in servizio, o manutenzione. Cablaggio in cavetto rigido isolato in PVC 90 C. Portalampada per lampada fluorescente bispina TL-D Philips o similare. Morsetto antiallentante in melamina 2P+T (L-N-E) per allacciamento linea di alimentazione. Filo di terra giallo-verde, per equipotenzialità corpo-reglette, predisposto per la connessione al pressacavo di ingresso linea per messa a terra solidale dell eventuale armatura metallica del cavo di alimentazione. Corpo previsto con due imbocchi passanti diam. 21mm per entrate cavo dei quali, il primo corredato di tappo metallico completo di controdado e guarnizione, il secondo di tappo salvapolvere in plastica. Grado di protezione IP66 Tensione nominale V ±10% con alimentatore elettronico ad alta frequenza. Frequenza 50/60Hz Fattore di potenza >0,95 Microinterruttore interbloccato con il sistema di chiusura-apertura dell armatura. In caso di apertura del vano ottico, il microinterruttore interrompe l alimentazione, su versione /MS L assetto dell armatura RMS, è stato studiato in modo tale che, in tutte le condizioni d uso, l operatore sia in grado di lavorare con entrambe le mani libere dalla necessità di sostenere parti dell armatura stessa. Un solo operatore, senza l aiuto di un assistente, può installare o manutendere un armatura RMS. VNTGGI Elevata resistenza alla corrosione stante la totalità dei componenti metallici in acciaio inossidabile ISI 304 in accoppiamento alla finestra in vetro temperato.

127 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 73 Lighting fixtures for normal service and 36w emergency only rmature per funzionamento normale ed emergenza solo per 36w Lighting fixtures for emergency service 18w rmature per funzionamento in emergenza 18w

128 74 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione No through holes between inside and outside of luminaire, out of hole for power supply cable whatever protected by a suitable waterproof EEx-e cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, there is not tightness release as it would be possible where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets. Very low pollution at the end of operative lifetime of lighting fixtures. The new European Directives will require, starting from 2006, that manufacturer, at time of supply, have to include in selling price, the cost for the buy-back and goods recycle. Recycle to be done according to pollution rules. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires need some more care. MOUNTING CCESSORIES The base solution of lighting fixtures foreseen the straps for ceiling suspension mounting. The straps are welded to the body (no through holes and screws) and foreseen with half-open slot suitable to compensate up to 10 mm. of misalignment of supports. CCESSORIES ND VERSIONS ON REQUEST Emergency lighting fixture: 90 (minutes) of light in blackout conditions, with one lamp operative at 25% of initial output Kit for pole mounting / 2 size, stainless steel ISI 304 made. Kit for wall mounting, stainless steel ISI 304 made. EEx e stainless steel ISI-304 cable gland. EEx e resin cable gland. OVERLL DIMENSIONS OF ECH CRTON BOX Size 20w: 260x760x180 mm. Medium weight: 5,5 KGs. Size 40w: 260x1370x180 mm. Medium weight: 10,5 KGs. Nessun foro passante tra interno ed esterno armatura ad esclusione dell inevitabile ingresso per l alimentazione elettrica, comunque protetto da pressacavo EEx e ad elevata tenuta stagna (fornibile su richiesta). Pertanto nel tempo non sono presumibili decadimenti del grado di protezione, prevedibili invece laddove, per staffaggi fossero previsti fori passanti tappati con viti e guarnizioni o rivetti. Ridottissimo inquinamento ambientale alla fine della vita operativa dell armatura. Le nuove direttive Europee prevedono che dall anno 2006 il costruttore, all atto della vendita del prodotto, includa nel prezzo e quindi si impegni a ritirare e smaltire in modo corretto, il bene prodotto. La serie RMS è riciclabile al 95% essendo costruita con componenti del tutto inorganici: acciaio inossidabile e vetro. Un piccolo residuo è dovuto alla componentistica elettrica, elettronica e all isolamento dei cavi di cablaggio. CCESSORI DI MONTGGIO L armatura prevede nella versione base le staffe per il montaggio a soffitto/sospensione. Le staffe sono solidali al corpo lampada (saldatura senza fori passanti) e previste con asola semiaperta atta a compensare eventuali disassamenti degli ancoraggi fino a 10 mm. CCESSORI E VERSIONI RICHIEST rmatura con circuito di emergenza, con funzionamento autonomo: al mancare della alimentazione di rete, l apparecchio rimane in funzione su una lampada per 90 al 25% del flusso iniziale Kit per attacco a palina da / 2, di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Kit per montaggio a parete, di acciaio inossidabile ISI 304. Pressacavo EEx e di acciaio inossidabile ISI-304. Pressacavo EEx e in resina. DIMENSIONI DELL IMBLLO SINGOLO Grandezza 20w: 260x760x180 mm. Peso medio: 5,5 Kg. Grandezza 40w: 260x1370x180 mm. Peso medio: 10,5 Kg

129 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 75 Selection table Tabella di selezione Lighting fixtures for normal service rmature per funzionamento normale Type RMS-550* Code Number of lamps With micro-switch / Con micro-interruttore Lamps power Lamp type Overall Dimensions mm. B C Weight Kgs. * 03/PNL x18W TL-D ,60 * 04/PNL x18W TL-D ,70 * 01/PNL x36W TL-D ,90 * 02/PNL x36W TL-D ,10 * 03/PNL/MS x18W TL-D ,65 * 04/PNL/MS x18W TL-D ,75 * 01/PNL/MS x36W TL-D ,95 * 02/PNL/MS x36W TL-D ,15 RMS..-1x18W/36 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM WITH 1 LMP CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM CON 1 LMPD RMS..-2x18W/36 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE FOR 1000 LM WITH 1 LMP CURV FOTOMETRIC PER 1000 LM CON 1 LMPD Lighting fixtures for emergency service rmature per funzionamento in emergenza Type RMS-560* Code Number of lamps Lamps power Lamp type Overall Dimensions mm. B C Weight Kgs. * 03/PNL/LE P x18W TL-D ,50 * 04/PNL/LE P x18W TL-D ,60 * 01/PNL/LE P x36W TL-D ,10 * 02/PNL/LE P x36W TL-D ,30 Emergency service on one lamp for 60 with constant lighting output, 90 with lighting output decreasing Funzionamento in emergenza su una lampadina per 60 a flusso costante, 90 a flusso decrescente

130 64 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione TYPICL MOUNTING KIT FOR RMS LIGHTING FIX- TURES FOR LL SERIES RMS-540 RMS-550 RMS-560* TIPICI DI MONTGGIO PER RMTURE RMS COMUNI LLE SERIE RMS-540 RMS-550 RMS-560* Ceiling mounting included in standard version Montaggio a soffitto incluso nella versione standard Suspension mounting kit G1 type on request code: * Montaggio a sospensione tipo G1 su richiesta codice: *

131 Section 3 Lighting Italsmea 65 Wall mounting kit H1 type on request code: * Montaggio a parete tipo H1 su richiesta codice: * Pole stanchion mounting kit P12 type on request code: * not compatible with RMS e 04 / PNL-LE emergency 18W only Montaggio a palo tipo P12 su richiesta codice: * non adatto per RMS e 04 / PNL-LE emergenza 18W

132 66 Italsmea Sezione 3 illuminazione RMS lighting fixtures mounting path Sequenza di messa in servizio delle armature RMS 7 8

133 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 27 ENCLOSURES Q.. / R.. SERIES CUSTODIE SERIE Q.. / R.. EEx-e increased safety TEX EEx-ia intrinsically safe TEX EEx-e ia in combination between increased safety with intrinsically safe components TEX Industrial version IP-66 EC Type Examination Certificate INERIS 01TEX0005X EEx-e a sicurezza aumentata TEX EEx-ia a sicurezza intrinseca TEX EEx-e ia in combinazione a sicurezza aumentata con componenti a sicurezza intrinseca TEX Industriali stagne IP-66 Certificato di Esame CE del Tipo INERIS 01TEX0005X PPLICTIONS Junction Boxes for: electrical, auxiliary, analogic signals, thermocouple, telephonie multicores cables single-core power cables up to 120 sqmm, without overheating risk due to induced currents (transformer effect) multi-cores power cables up to 120 sqmm multi-tubes cables for instrument air circuit Enclosures for control panel stations: industrial motor starters check and control units industrial and EEx-de version with push-button signalling lamps selectors metering instruments Built in ISI 316L stainless steel, diebent with NCS machines and robot welded by casting melting of material without any welding electrode, Q/R series junction boxes are especially recommended for: chemical agent environment sea-water corrosion low and high temperature heavy duties vibrations, inertial solid impacts, UV radiations, sub-nuclear radiations EEx version to prevent explosion or fire risks in classified areas PPLICZIONI Cassette di derivazione per: multi-cavi elettrici/strumentali, ausiliari, segnali analogici, termocoppia, telefonici cavi unipolari di potenza fino a 120 mmq, senza rischio di surriscaldamento per correnti indotte (effetto trasformatore) cavi multi-polari di potenza fino a 120 mmq multi-tubi per circuito aria strumenti Contenitori per unità di comando e controllo: avviamento motori industriali unità di controllo e comando in versione industriale e di sicurezza EEx-de con pulsanti -lampade di segnalazione selettori strumenti di misura Costruite in acciaio inossidabile ISI 316L, presso-piegate con macchine a NCS e saldate con robot di saldatura per fusione del materiale senza apporto di materiale estraneo, le cassette serie Q/R sono particolarmente adatte per: climi chimicamente aggressivi corrosione da acqua di mare bassa e alta temperatura sollecitazioni meccaniche elevate vibrazioni, urti da solidi inerti, radiazioni UV, radiazioni subnucleari Il tutto in versione EEx per aree classificate con pericolo di esplosione od incendio 3 4

134 28 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione 5 MODE OF PROTECTION EEx e II T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e II T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx ia IIC T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx ia IIC T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 MODO DI PROTEZIONE EEx e II T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e II T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx ia IIC T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx ia IIC T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 6 EEx e ia IIC T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e ia IIC T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 in conformity with European Standards: EN EN EN EN EN EEx e ia IIC T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e ia IIC T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 in conformità alle Norme Europee: EN EN EN ; EN EN suitable for Zone 1 (gas) and Zone 21 (dusts) 0080 II 2GD according to European Directive 94/9/EC TEX idonee per Zona 1 (gas) e Zona 21 (polveri) 0080 II 2GD in accordo alla Direttiva Europea 94/9/CE TEX 8 TECHNICL FETURES Body and cover made in ISI 316L thickness 1.5 mm Captive screws ISI 316 made Box mounting with 4 external lugs, 9 mm holes/slots (Pict.3) Cover and gland plates (if any) gaskets made in: EPDM for Temb. -30 C / 55 C (Pict. 4 & 5) EV for Temb. -50 C / 55 C CRTTERISTICHE TECNICHE Corpo e coperchio in ISI 316L spessore 1.5 mm Viti di chiusura imperdibili in ISI 316 Fissaggio custodia mediante 4 supporti esterni con fori/asole da 9 mm (Foto 3) Guarnizione coperchio ed eventuali flangie asportabili in: EPDM per Temb. -30 C / 55 C (Foto 4 e 5) EV per Temb. -50 C / 55 C 9 Mounting plate made in ISI 316L thickness 1.5 mm (on request) (Pict. 6) Internal and external earth stud made in ISI 316 suitable for earth wire up to 35 sqmm (Pict. 7) Number of terminals compatibles, based on the value of the lost-joule effect heat dissipator inside box Finishing: internal and external light sandblasting Cover with: shallow recess for fixing screws (Pict. 8) Piastra di fondo in ISI 316L spessore 1.5 mm (su richiesta) (Foto 6) Vite antiallentante di terra interna ed esterna in ISI 316 per conduttore fino a 35 mm2 (Foto 7) Numero di morsetti installabili basato sul valore della potenza dissipata all interno della cassetta Finitura: sabbiatura fine sia interna che esterna Coperchio con: bassorilievo su viti di fissaggio (Foto 8)

135 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 29 shallow recess for location of selfadhesive certificate label (Pict. 9), to avoid any label s damage when overhead stored on job site. Protection against scratches due to cover contact with corrugated surfaces during installation and maintenance Standard labels with certificate data, made by self-adhesive polyester film suitable for extreme heavy duties as: high/ low temperature, scratches, U.V. radiations and so on bassorilievo in corrispondenza dell area fissaggio targhetta di certificato autoadesiva (Foto 9), onde evitare danneggiamento della targhetta in caso di sovrapposizione di altre cassette durante lo stoccaggio e la posa in opera, danneggiamenti dovuti a contatto del coperchio con superfici abrasive durante la messa in servizio e durante manutenzione. Targhette di certificato: in poliestere autoadesivo ad elevata resistenza alla bassa temperatura, alta temperatura, abrasione, allo strappo, ai raggi UV e quant altro possibile 10 ccessories on request: Identification label resin/trafolite made, with fixing screw crossing cover plate, sealed by compound to restore the IP rating Identification label stainless steel made spot welded on cover plate External painting Italsmea standard cycle, suggested in presence of cloride and cloride combination (as NaCl, sea-water, humid cloride, etc. etc.) Inside anti-condensation painting Hinged cover by stainless steel ISI 316 made hinges fixed by spot welding (Pict. 10). On request. Pad lockable cover (Pict. 13) Trough holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit fitting, either for metric and gas thread (Pict. 11) drain and/or breather valve, stainless steel ISI 316 made, with nut/locknut and gasket (Pict.12) ccessori a richiesta: Targhette di identificazione: in trafolite fissata con viti autofilettanti sigillate dall interno con resina onde mantenere il grado di protezione dichiarato targhetta di identificazione in acciaio inox fissata tramite saldatura a punto sul coperchio verniciatura esterna con ciclo standard Italsmea, particolarmente consigliato in presenza di cloro e suoi derivati (cloruro di sodio, acqua di mare, ipoclorito, cloro umido etc ect.) verniciatura interna anticondensa coperchio incernierato con cerniere in acciaio inox ISI 316 fissate con saldatura a punti (Foto 10). Si possono montare anche a cassetta finita presso officina Italsmea coperchio lucchettabile. (Foto 13) imbocchi passanti adatti a ricevere pressacavi o raccorderie con filetto metrico o gas (Foto 11) valvola di drenaggio e/o sfiato in acciaio inossidabile ISI 316 applicata con controdado e guarnizione (Foto 12)

136 30 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione ENCLOSURES WITH FIXED WLLS CUSTODIE PRETE FISS Box type Code mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm Mounting plate mm Code Q x 222 P Q x 302 P Weight Kg R x 89 P R x 152 P R x 222 P R x 302 P R x 452 P Maximum number of entries Massimo numero di imbocchi Box type ½ / M20 ¾ / M25 1 / M32 1 ¼ / M40 1 ½ / M50 2 / M63 2 ½ / M75 3 / M80 B B B B B B B B Q Q R R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Located on three rows / Disposti su tre file

137 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 31 We invite users to contact us in order to verify compatibility to Type Certificates for EEx-e execution, in case they need for entries of different sizes on same plate. For all other non-eex-e applications, and as contribution to a correct estimation of proper enclosures, we propose the following Rule for combination of entries of different sizes Our table shows maximum number for each size of entry; therefore, for combination, take care to convert, based on the following table, all sizes requested to the smallest size = ½ ¾ = 1,5 x ½ 1 = 2 x ½ 1 ¼ = 3 x ½ 1 ½ = 3,5 x ½ 2 = 5 x ½ 2 ½ = 8 x ½ 3 = 9,5 x ½ for example: if you need 4x1 + 2x3/4 + 1x1 ½ on one side it will be: 4x1 = 4 x (2x1/2 ) = 8 x ½ 2x3/4 = 2 x (1,5x1/2 ) = 3 x ½ 1x 1 ½ = 1 x (3,5x1/2 ) = 3,5 x ½ Total of corresponding ½ entries is You must select on tables a box that can accept on one wall 15 x ½ entries minimum to make sure that the a.m. combination is compatible. For a quick entries selection download from Italsmea web site the Calcubox software or require it to Italsmea sales service. Invitiamo gli utilizzatori a rivolgersi alla casa per la verifica della compatibilità ai certificati di Tipo relativi all esecuzione EEx-e, qualora necessitino di imbocchi di grandezza diversa sulla stessa piastra. Per tutte le altre applicazioni non EExe, e comunque quale contributo alla corretta stima dei contenitori necessari, si propone la seguente Regola per la combinazione di imbocchi di differenti misure La nostra tabella evidenzia il massimo numero di entrate per ogni misura, quindi bisogna tenere conto della conversione, basata sulla seguente tabella rapportata alla misura più piccola = ½ ¾ = 1,5 x ½ 1 = 2 x ½ 1 ¼ = 3 x ½ 1 ½ = 3,5 x ½ 2 = 5 x ½ 2 ½ = 8 x ½ 3 = 9,5 x ½ per esempio: se servono 4 imbocchi da imbocchi da 3/4 + 1x1 ½ su un lato sarà: 4x1 = 4 x (2x1/2 ) = 8 x ½ 2x3/4 = 2 x (1,5x1/2 ) = 3 x ½ 1x 1 ½ = 1 x (3,5x1/2 ) = 3,5 x ½ Il totale corrispondente saranno 14,5 imbocchi da ½. Dovrete quindi scegliere la cassetta che può sostenere minimo 15 imbocchi da ½, per far sì che la soluzione sia accettabile. Per una veloce e accurata definizione delle cassette con imbocchi scaricate dal sito Italsmea il software Calcubox o richiederlo al servizio vendite Italsmea. Maximum quantities of entries for JTTM items Quantità massima imbocchi in gestione JTTM Box type ½ / M20 ¾ / M25 1 / M32 1 ¼ / M40 1 ½ / M50 2 / M63 B B B B B B Q Q R R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file

138 32 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione ENCLOSURES WITH GLND PLTES Enclosures with gland plates Q/FR and R/FR series gland plate stainless steel ISI 316L 2 mm thickness made (Pict. 12) nut screws, for gland plate, recessed mounting stainless steel ISI 304 made SS ISI 316 screws for gland plate, cross recessed raised pan head screws with O ring gasket (Pict. 13) gland plate gasket window shape, one cut (Pict. 14) CUSTODIE PRETI CON PISTRE SPORTBILI Custodie a pareti con piastre asportabili serie Q/FR ed R/FR piastra di chiusura in acciaio inossidabile ISI 316L spessore 2 mm (Foto 12) boccole madrevite aperte in ISI 304 viti di serraggio finestra- piastra in ISI 316 TCTC con guarnizione O ring di tenuta sotto la testa della vite (Foto 13) guarnizione di tenuta sull accoppiamento finestra-piastra fustellata in unica soluzione (Foto 14)

139 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 33 Box type Code mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm I mm L mm Mounting plate mm Code Q 6 / FR x 222 P Q 8 / FR x 302 P Weight Kg R 4 / FR x 152 P R 6 / FR x 222 P R 8 / FR x 302 P R 8 / FR x 452 P Maximum number of entries Massimo numero di imbocchi Box type ½ / M20 ¾ / M25 1 / M32 1 ¼ / M40 1 ½ / M50 2 / M63 2 ½ / M75 3 / M80 B B B B B B B B Q 6 / FR Q 8 / FR R 4 / FR R 6 / FR R 8 / FR R 8 / FR Located on two rows / Disposti su due file bbreviation for remouvable plates, ou of type number shown in certificate / bbreviazione di flange riportate, non coinvolta nella dicitura di certificato For a quick entries selection download from Italsmea web site the Calcubox software or require it to Italsmea sales service. Per una veloce e accurata definizione delle cassette con imbocchi scaricate dal sito Italsmea il software Calcubox o richiederlo al servizio vendite Italsmea.

140 34 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione JUNCTION BOXES CSSETTE DI DERIVZIONE Maximum number of terminals in the Q / R boxes - Instrument cables connection Massimo numero di morsetti nelle cassette Q / R Collegamento cavi di strumentazione Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 2,5 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 5 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q ,5 70 7, ,5 70 8,5 Q , , Current R , , R , , , ,5 R R , , R , , , , ,5 Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Located on three rows / Disposti su tre file

141 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 35 Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 4 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 6 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Located on three rows / Disposti su tre file Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 6 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 8 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Located on three rows / Disposti su tre file

142 36 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 2.5 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 5 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 4 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 6 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file

143 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 37 Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 6 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 8 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 10 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 10 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto

144 38 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 16 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 12 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R-2 R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 25 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 16 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R-2 R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto

145 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 39 Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 35 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 16 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Q Current R-2 R R R R Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 70 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 22 mm Box type Q-6 EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Q Current R-2 R-4 R R R Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto

146 40 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 95 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 35 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current Q-6 Q-8 R-2 R-4 R-6 R R Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto Terminal section / Sezione morsetto 4 mm² Terminal thickness / Spessore morsetto 6 mm Box type EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T6 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 40 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 50 C) Terminals No. Current EEx e II T5 (Tamb. 55 C) Terminals No. Current Q-6 Q-8 R-2 R-4 R-6 R R Important Note Decreasing the current intensity value of each terminal is possible to increase the number of terminals Decreasing the number of terminals is possible to increase the current intensity value of each terminal Nota Importante Diminuendo il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto è possibile aumentare il numero di morsetti Diminuendo il numero di morsetti è possibile aumentare il valore d intensità di corrente di ciascun morsetto

147 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 41 ENCLOSURES Q...-L/R...-L SERIES CUSTODIE SERIE Q...-L/R...-L II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-e II T6/T5 50 C +55 C / EEx-e ia IIC T6/T5 50 C +55 C / EEx-ia IIC T6/T5 EEx-e increased safety TEX EEx-ia intrinsically safe TEX EEx-e ia in combination between increased safety with intrinsically safe components TEX Industrial version IP-66 INERIS 01TEX0005X II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-e II T6/T5 50 C +55 C / EEx-e ia IIC T6/T5 50 C +55 C / EEx-ia IIC T6/T5 EEx-e a sicurezza aumentata TEX EEx-ia a sicurezza intrinseca TEX EEx-e ia in combinazione a sicurezza aumentata con componenti a sicurezza intrinseca TEX Industriali stagne IP-66 INERIS 01TEX0005X PPLICTIONS Junction Boxes for: electrical, auxiliary, analogic signals, thermocouple, telephonic multicables single-core power cables up to 120 sqmm, without overheating risk due to induced currents (transformer effect) multi-cores power cables up to 120 sqmm multi-tubes cable for instrument air circuit Enclosures for control panel/stations: industrial motor starters check and control units industrial and EEx-de version with pushbutton signalling lamps selectors metering instruments Copper free aluminium, Q...-L/R...-L series junction boxes are especially recommended for: chemical agent environment also with presence of H 2 S o H 2 S0 4 sea-water corrosion low and high temperature heavy duties vibrations, inertial solid impacts, UV radiations, sub-nuclear radiations EEx version to prevent explosion or fire risk classified areas PPLICZIONI Cassette di derivazione per: multi-cavi elettrici/strumentali, ausiliari, segnali analogici, termocoppia, telefonici cavi unipolari di potenza fino a 120 mmq, senza rischio di surriscaldamento per correnti indotte (effetto trasformatore) cavi multi-polari di potenza fino a 120 mmq multi-tubi per circuito aria strumenti Contenitori per unità di comando e controllo: avviamento motori industriali unità di controllo e comando in versione industriale e di sicurezza EEx-de con pulsanti -lampade di segnalazione selettori strumenti di misura Costruite in alluminio a bassa percentuale di Rame, le cassette serie H/J sono particolarmente adatte per: climi chimicamente aggressivi anche con presenza di H 2 S o H 2 S0 4 corrosione da acqua di mare bassa e alta temperatura sollecitazioni meccaniche elevate vibrazioni, urti da solidi inerti, radiazioni UV, radiazioni subnucleari Il tutto in versione EEx per aree classificate con pericolo di esplosione od incendio 1 2

148 42 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione 3 MODE OF PROTECTION EEx e II T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e II T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx ia IIC T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx ia IIC T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e ia IIC T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e ia IIC T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 MODO DI PROTEZIONE EEx e II T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e II T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx ia IIC T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx ia IIC T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e ia IIC T6 / T85 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 EEx e ia IIC T5 / T100 C Tamb. -50 C / 55 C IP 66 4 in conformity with European Standards: EN EN EN EN EN suitable for Zone 1 (gas) and Zone 21 (dusts) in conformità alle Norme Europee: EN EN EN EN EN idonee per Zona 1 (gas) e Zona 21 (polveri) TECHNICL FETURES Body and cover made in copper free aluminium thickness 8 mm or more Captive closing screws made in ISI 304 Box mounting with 4 lugs, 11mm holes/slots (Pict.3) Cover (if any) gaskets made in: EPDM for Tamb. -30 C / 55 C (Pict. 4) EV for Tamb. -50 C / 55 C Mounting plate made in galvanized steel thickness 1.5 mm (Pict. 5) Internal and external earth stud made in ISI 304 suitable for earth wire up to 35 mm 2 Number of terminals compatibles, based on the value of the lost-joule effect inside the box Finishing: Polyurethane painting Italsmea cycle Cover with: Standard labels with certificate data, made by self-adhesive polyester film suitable for extreme heavy duties as: high/ low temperature, scratches, U.V. radiations and so on CRTTERISTICHE TECNICHE Corpo e coperchio in lega leggera di alluminio spessore pareti 8 mm. o superiore Viti di chiusura imperdibili in ISI 304 Fissaggio custodia mediante 4 supporti con fori/asole a parete da 11 mm (Foto 3) Guarnizione coperchio ed eventuali flangie asportabili in: EPDM per Tamb. -30 C / 55 C (Foto 4) EV per Tamb. -50 C / 55 C Piastra di fondo in acciaio zincato spessore 1.5 mm (Foto 5) Vite antiallentante di terra interna ed esterna in ISI 316 per conduttore fino a 35 mm 2 Numero di morsetti installabili basato sul valore della potenza dissipata all interno della cassetta Finitura: Verniciature poliuretanica ciclo Italsmea Coperchio con: Targhette di certificato: in poliestere autoadesivo ad elevata resistenza alla bassa temperatura, alta temperatura, abrasione, allo strappo, ai raggi UV e quant altro possibile

149 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 43 ccessories on request: Identification label resin/trafolite made with fixing screws Identification label stainless steel made with fixing screws (Pict.6) Inside anti-condensation painting Hinged cover by stainless steel ISI 304 made hinges fixed by bolts. Threaded holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit fitting, either with metric and gas pitch drain and/or breather valve, stainless steel ISI 316 made, with nut/locknut and gasket ccessori a richiesta: Targhette di identificazione: in trafolite fissata con viti autofilettanti targhetta di identificazione in acciaio inox fissata tramite viti autofilettanti (Foto 4) verniciatura interna anticondensa coperchio incernierato con cerniere in acciaio inox ISI 304 fissate con viti. imbocchi filettati adatti a ricevere pressacavi o raccorderie con filetto metrico o gas valvola di drenaggio e/o sfiato in acciaio inossidabile ISI 316 applicata con controdado e guarnizione 5

150 44 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione Enclosures with high thickness walls Custodie con parete a forte spessore Box type Code mm External dimensions B mm C mm D mm Internal dimensions E mm F mm Fixing dimensions G mm H mm Mounting plate Dimensions mm Weight Kg. Wall thickness Weight Kg. Q-8 l (Hth) x ,00 Q-8 l (Hth) x ,00 R-8 l (Hth) R-8 l (Hth) R-8 l (*)S R-8 l (*)L x455 1, , x432 3, , x622 2, , x ,00 Box type Code Entries surface available Short side Lenght side B Q-8 l (Hth) x x 260 Q-8 l (Hth) x x 270 R-8 l (Hth) x x 417 R-8 l (Hth) x x 417 R-8 l (*)S x x 590 R-8 l (*)L x x 750

151 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 45 Terminals Compatible Considering the never ending variety of combinations between: quantity of terminals, relevant cross section, Class of Temperature and mbient Temperature, to set up the compatible terminals strips, we suggest to use the Italsmea software Calcubox usually supplied together with the Cd catalogue and nevertheless, downloadable from Italsmea web site Italsmea. Morsetti Compatibili Vista la praticamente infinita varietà di combinazioni tra: quantità di morsetti,sezione dei medesimi, Classe di Temperatura e Temperatura mbiente, per la definizione delle morsettiere compatibili, si rimanda all utilizzo del software Italsmea Calcubox normalmente fornito allegato al catalogo Cd e comunque scaricabile dal sito Italsmea.

152 46 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione Maximum number of entries Massimo numero di imbocchi Box type ½ / M20 ¾ / M25 1 / M32 1 ¼ / M40 1 ½ / M50 2 / M63 2 ½ / M75 3 / M80 B B B B B B B B Q-8 l (Hth) Q-8 l (Hth) R-8 l (Hth) R-8 l (Hth) R-8 l (*)S R-8 l (*)L Located on two rows / Disposti su due file Located on three rows / Disposti su tre file Located on four rows / Disposti su quattro file We invite users to contact us in order to verify compatibility to Certificates for EEx-e execution, in case they need for entries of different sizes on same side. For all other non-eex-e applications, and as contribution to correct estimation of proper enclosures, we propose the following Rule for combination of entries of different sizes Our table shows maximum number for each size of entry; therefore, for combination, take care to convert, based on the following table, all sizes requested to the smallest size = ½ ¾ = 1,5 x ½ 1 = 2 x ½ 1 ¼ = 1 ½ = 3 x ½ 3,5 x ½ 2 = 5 x ½ 2 ½ = 8 x ½ 3 = 9,5 x ½ for example: if you need 4x1 + 2x3/4 + 1x1 ½ on one side it will be: 4x1 = 4 x (2x1/2 ) = 8 x ½ 2x3/4 = 2 x (1,5x1/2 ) = 3 x ½ 1x 1 ½ = 1 x (3,5x1/2 ) = 3,5 x ½ Total of corresponding ½ entries is You must select on tables a box that can accept on one wall 15 x ½ entries minimum to make sure that the a.m. combination is compatible. For a quick entries selection download from Italsmea web site the Calcubox software or require it to Italsmea sales service. Invitiamo gli utilizzatori a rivolgersi alla casa per la verifica della compatibilità ai certificati di Tipo relativi all esecuzione EEx-e, qualora necessitino di imbocchi di grandezza diversa sulla stessa piastra. Per tutte le altre applicazioni non EExe, e comunque quale contributo alla corretta stima dei contenitori necessari, si propone la seguente Regola per la combinazione di imbocchi di differenti misure La ns. tabella evidenzia il massimo numero di entrate per ogni misura, quindi bisogna tenere conto della conversione, basata sulla seguente tabella rapportata alla misura più piccola = ½ ¾ = 1,5 x ½ 1 = 2 x ½ 1 ¼ 1 ½ = = 3 x ½ 3,5 x ½ 2 = 5 x ½ 2 ½ = 8 x ½ 3 = 9,5 x ½ per esempio: se servono 4 imbocchi da imbocchi da 3/4 + 1x1 ½ su un lato sarà: 4x1 = 4 x (2x1/2 ) = 8 x ½ 2x3/4 = 2 x (1,5x1/2 ) = 3 x ½ 1x 1 ½ = 1 x (3,5x1/2 ) = 3,5 x ½ Il totale corrispondente saranno 14,5 imbocchi da ½. Dovrete quindi scegliere la cassetta che può sostenere minimo 15 imbocchi da ½, per far sì che la soluzione sia accettabile. Per una veloce e accurata definizione delle cassette con imbocchi scaricate dal sito Italsmea il software Calcubox o richiederlo al servizio vendite Italsmea.

153 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 17 ENCLOSURES FOR CONTROL, CHECK ND CONNECTION UNITS EJB SERIES II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Material: Copper free aluminium Unpainted IP 65/67 on request INERIS00TEX0021X CONTENITORI PER UNITÀ DI DERIVZIONE, COMNDO E CONTROLLO SERIE EJB II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIB T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIB T6 50 C +55 C / Ex-d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ia) IIB+H2 T6 50 C +40 C / Ex-d (ib) IIB+H2 T6 Materiale: Lega di alluminio Non Verniciate IP 65/67 su richiesta INERIS00TEX0021X Type EJB 2 EJB 3 EJB 4 EJB 5 EJB 6 EJB 8 EJB 9 EJB 10 EJB 11 EJB 12 EJB 13 EJB 13a Code B C D E F G H I L M N ØP M 6 M 8 M 8 M 8 M 8 M 8 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 12 M 12 M 12 R Weight Kg 10,7 13,4 17,5 20, ,5 40,0 48,5 53, * E* *= Max. quantity of M32X1,5 push button pilot lamp selector switch operators installed on the boxes cover E*= Internal mounting plate dimensions mm The enclosures for a temperature of environment from -25 C to -50 C are equipped with an inside thermostat, connected to space heater, to assure the inside temperature to -25 C. lso, in case of temperature over 40 C, a thermostat must cut out tension of circuit. *= Quantità massima di operatori pulsante lampada selettore passo M32x1,5 prevedibili sul coperchio della cassetta. E*= Dimensioni della piastra interna in mm. Gli involucri per una temperatura di ambiente da -25 C a -50 C devono essere dotati di termostato interno che, collegato ad una resistenza di riscaldamento, assicura il mantenimento della temperatura interna a -25 C. ltresì, nel caso di temperatura superiore a 40 C, un termostato deve provvedere a togliere tensione al complesso.

154 18 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione Indicative maximum quantity of terminals per Size in sqmm (For specific quantity contact the our sales service) Quantità massima indicativa di morsetti per sezione in mmq. (Per quantità specifiche contattare il ns. servizio vendite) Type EJB 2 EJB 3 EJB 4 EJB 5 EJB 6 EJB 8 EJB 9 EJB 10 EJB 11 EJB 12 EJB 13 EJB 13a 2,5 mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq Maximum quantity of entries sides /B Numero massimo di imbocchi filettati sui lati /B Type EJB 2 EJB 3 EJB 4 EJB 5 EJB 6 EJB 8 EJB 9 EJB 10 EJB 11 EJB 12 EJB 13 EJB 13a M20 1/2 5/4 8/4 8/5 9/5 9/7 12/6 10/8 15/6 11/9 16/8 12/10 12/10 M25 3/4 5/3 7/3 7/4 8/4 8/6 11/6 9/7 13/5 10/8 14/7 12/10 12/10 M3 21 4/3 6/2 6/4 6/3 6/5 9/4 7/6 10/4 8/6 11/6 10/8 10/8 M50 1 ½ 3/2 4/2 4/3 5/2 4/4 6/3 5/4 8/3 6/4 8/4 7/5 7/5 M63 2 2/1 3/1 3/2 4/2 4/3 5/3 4/4 6/2 5/3 7/4 7/4 7/4 M75 2 ½ /1 3/2 3/1 3/3 5/1 3/2 4/2 5/4 5/4 M /1 2/2 3/1 2/2 4/1 3/2 4/2 4/3 4/ /1 1/1 2/1 2/2 3/1 2/2 3/1 3/2 3/2 If only one side of the box with entries, the above mentioned quantities may be increased (for cable glands only) with previous check of Italsmea Se gli imbocchi filettati sono richiesti su uno dei lati, le suddette quantità potranno essere maggiorate (Per la versione con accoppiamento a pressacavi solamente e con definizione da parte Italsmea della compatibilità con la norma vigente)

155 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 15 ENCLOSURES FOR CONTROL, CHECK ND CONNECTION UNITS GUB SERIES II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIC T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIC T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIC T6 Cassette serie GUB series: Material: Copper free aluminium Unpainted IP 66 /67 on request INERIS TEX0033X CONTENITORI PER UNITÀ DI DERIVZIONE, COMNDO E CONTROLLO SERIE GUB II 2 GD 50 C +55 C / EEx-d IIC T6/T5/T4 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ia) IIC T6 50 C +40 C / EEx-d (ib) IIC T6 Cassette serie GUB series: Materiale: Lega di alluminio Non Verniciate IP 66/67 su richiesta INERIS TEX0033X Code Type GUB 0 GUB 01 GUB 02 GUB 03 GUB 04 GUB 05 GUB B C D E F G Ø H I L M Weight Kg 2,160 3,620 4,720 5,950 8,900 11,860 15,750 B I ØH L M The enclosures for a temperature of environment from -25 C to -50 C are equipped with an inside thermostat, connected to space heater, to assure the inside temperature to -25 C. lso, in case of temperature over 40 C, a thermostat must cut out tension of circuit. Gli involucri per una temperatura di ambiente da -25 C a -50 C devono essere dotati di termostato interno che, collegato ad una resistenza di riscaldamento, assicura il mantenimento della temperatura interna a -25 C. ltresì, nel caso di temperatura superiore a 40 C, un termostato deve provvedere a togliere tensione al complesso. C F G Indicative maximum quantity of terminals per Size in sqmm (For specific quantity contact the our sales service) Quantità massima indicativa di morsetti per sezione in mmq. (Per quantità specifiche contattare il nostro servizio vendite) 2,5 mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq mmq E F D G ØH

156 16 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione Maximum quantity of entries sides B/ (*) Numero massimo di imbocchi filettati sui lati B/ (*) Conduit Entries (one row) Imbocchi per raccorderie conduit (su una fila) Glands Entries (two rows) Imbocchi per pressacavi (su due file) Type GUB 0 GUB 01 GUB 02 GUB 03 GUB 04 GUB 05 GUB 06 Type GUB 0 GUB 01 GUB 02 GUB 03 GUB 04 GUB 05 GUB 06 M20 1/2 3/3 3/3 3/3 4/4 5/4 5/4 6/5 M20 1/2 3/3 3/3 5/5 5/5 7/5 9/7 9/7 M25 3/4 2/2 2/2 2/2 4/4 5/4 5/4 5/4 M25 3/4 2/2 3/3 5/5 5/5 7/5 9/7 9/7 M32 1 1/1 2/2 2/2 3/3 4/3 4/3 4/4 M32 1 1/1 2/2 3/3 3/3 5/5 7/5 7/5 M50 1 ½ 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 M50 1 ½ 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 3/2 3/2 5/3 M63 2-1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 3/2 M63 2-1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 3/2 M75 2 ½ /1 2/1 2/2 2/2 M75 2 ½ /1 2/1 2/2 2/2 M /1 2/1 2/1 M /1 2/1 2/ /1 1/ /1 1/1

157 12 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione JUNCTION BOXES II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Junction box CP... series : Material: Copper free aluminium Unpainted IP65/67 on request INERIS 03TEX0009 For terminals configuration see web site SCTOLE DI DERIVZIONE II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Cassette serie CP... : Materiale: Lega di alluminio Non Verniciate IP 65/67 su richiesta INERIS 03TEX0009 Per configurazione morsettiere vedere il sito SERIE CP.. CP.. SERIES Code Type CPC 26 CPT 26 CPX 26 Entries Diameter Ø ¾ ¾ ¾ Code Type CPC 26 CPT 26 CPX 26 Entries Diameter Ø M25 M25 M25 Medium Weight Kg. 0,880 Kg. 0,880 Kg. 0,880 * Su richiesta / On request Junction boxes CP series Cassetta serie CP...-26

158 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 13 JUNCTION BOXES II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Junction box CPS... series : Material: Copper free aluminium Unpainted IP65/67 on request INERIS 03TEX0009 For terminals configuration see web site SCTOLE DI DERIVZIONE II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Cassette serie CPS... : Materiale: Lega di alluminio Non Verniciate IP 65/67 su richiesta INERIS 03TEX0009 Per configurazione morsettiere vedere il sito SERIE CP.. CP.. SERIES Code Type CPSC 26 CPST 26 CPSX 26 CPSG 26 Entries Diameter Ø ¾ ¾ ¾ ¾ Code Type CPCS 26 CPST 26 CPSX 26 CPSG 26 Entries Diameter Ø M25 M25 M25 M25 Medium Weight Kg. 1,270 Kg. 1,270 Kg. 1,270 Kg. 1,270 ¾ UNI 6125 NSI B.20.1 NPT

159 14 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione JUNCTION BOXES II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Junction box type CPS series: Material: Copper free aluminium Unpainted IP 65/67 on request INERIS 03TEX0009 SCTOLE DI DERIVZIONE II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Cassette serie CPS series: Materiale: Lega di alluminio Non Verniciate IP 65/67 su richiesta INERIS 03TEX0009 SERIE CP.. CP.. SERIES Code Type CPSC 36 CPST 36 CPSX 36 CPSG 36 Entries Diameter Ø 1 NPT NSI B NPT NSI B NPT NSI B NPT NSI B.20.1 Medium Weight Kg. 1,270 Kg. 1,270 Kg. 1,270 Kg. 1,270 Junction boxes CPS -26 series Cassetta serie CPS Junction boxes CPS -36 series Cassetta serie CPS...-36

160 Section 2 Enclosures for control units and junction boxes (Power & Lighting) Italsmea 47 JUNCTION BOXES EEx-e E SERIES Junction boxes EEx-e II T6 Material: glass reinforced polyester black colour IP 68 Captive screws stainless steel made vailable only with terminal strip installed Walls suitable for threaded entries KEM 03TEX2214 CSSETTE DI DERIVZIONE EEx-e SERIE E Cassetta di derivaizone EEx-e II T6 Materiale: resina poliestere rinforzata con fibra di vetro. colore nero IP 68 Viteria imperdibile in acciaio inossidabile Fornibili solo con morsetteria installata Pareti filettabili KEM 03TEX2214 Code Type Dimensions xbxc Kg E x 80 x 55 0, E x 110 x 55 0, E x 122 x 90 0, E x 220 x 90 1, E x 160 x 90 1, E x 260 x 90 1, E x 360 x 90 2, E x 255 x 120 2, E x 400 x 120 3, E x 600 x 120 5, E x 400 x 120 5,580

161 48 Italsmea Sezione 2 Contenitori per unità di comando/potenza e controllo cassette di derivazione Terminal strip table Tabella morsettiere Terminals compatibility EK/Sk.. ex Series Weidmuller or similar Morsetti compatibili Serie EK/SK.. ex Weidmuller o similari Junction Box E E E E E E E E E E E Terminals Compatible Considering the never ending variety of combinations between: quantity of terminals, relevant cross section, Class of Temperature and mbient Temperature, to set up the compatible terminals strips, we suggest to use the Italsmea software Calcubox usually supplied together with the Cd catalogue and nevertheless, downloadable from Italsmea web site Italsmea. Morsetti Compatibili Vista la praticamente infinita varietà di combinazioni tra: quantità di morsetti,sezione dei medesimi, Classe di Temperatura e Temperatura mbiente, per la definizione delle morsettiere compatibili, si rimanda all utilizzo del software Italsmea Calcubox normalmente fornito allegato al catalogo Cd e comunque scaricabile dal sito Italsmea. B B Threaded Entries Table Tabella Imbocchi Junction Box Type Side M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 E E E E E E E E E E E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E B/D /E For a quick entries selection download from Italsmea web site the Calcubox software or require it to Italsmea sales service. Per una veloce e accurata definizione delle cassette con imbocchi scaricate dal sito Italsmea il software Calcubox o richiederlo al servizio vendite Italsmea.

162 158 Italsmea Sezione 6 Prese e Spine GRP SOCKET OUTLET & WELDING RECEPTCLES FSR SERIES Glass fiber reinforced polyester housing and block contact. Mode of protection: II 2 GD -40 C / +60 C EEx-ed IIC T5/T4 T90 C/T110 C Mechanical Protection: IP-66/67 INERIS 04TEX0035 LCIE 05TEX6149 LCIE 99TEX6027X LCIE 05TEX6150 Bottom cable entries c/w: N 1 single seal EEx-e brass nickel chrome plated cable gland for unarmoured cable N 1 EEx-e brass nickel chrome plated blank plug Features: Thank to the design of block contact turning on suitable hinges, FSR socket outlets & welding receptacles allow an easy wiring and maintenance. When open all space corresponding to surface O.D. of apparatus is availbale for wiring operation. lso, by the twin terminal for each polarity, foreseen it is possibile the loop of power cable, saving therefore the costs of one extra junction box, two cable glands and man power cost for wiring in between junction box and socket outlet. Cross section of looping terminal strip allow use of cable size over the socket full load. Detailed description of DXN contact system available is following chapter concerning FPR plugs. Rated voltage identification by color code as per IEC/EN Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a non compatible voltage. PRESE DI CORRENTE IN RESIN POLIESTERE SERIE FSR Prese di corrente con contenitore e relativo blocco contatti in resina poliestere rinforzato con fibra di vetro. Modo di protezione: II 2 GD -40 C / +60 C EEx-ed IIC T5/T4 T90 C/T110 C Grado di Protezione: IP-66/67 INERIS 04TEX0035 LCIE 05TEX6149 LCIE 99TEX6027X LCIE 05TEX6150 Imbocchi ingresso cavi dal basso completi di: N 1 pressacavo a semplice tenuta per cavo non armato EEx-e in ottone nikelcromato N 1 tappo cieco EEx-e in ottone nikelcromato Caratteristiche: Tutte le prese della serie FSR permettono all installatore ed al manutentore un ottima accessibilità. Infatti all apertura dell apparecchio, il blocco contatti ruota sulle apposite cerniere. Tutto lo spazio corrispondente alla dimensione in pianta della presa è pertanto disponibile per la connessione del cavo di alimentazione. E inoltre possibile tramite apposita morsettiera con doppio morsetto per ogni polarità, impiegare la presa come linea passante. Risparmiando pertanto l onere equivalente ad una scatola di derivazione, i relativi due pressatavi e la manodopera di cablaggio tra presa e scatola di derivazione. La sezione di morsetti prevista e lo spazio di lavoro, consentono l utilizzo di cavi di alimentazione di apprezzabile sezione certamente superiori al carico rappresentato dalla presa stessa. Nel successivo capitolo relativo alle spine serie FPR, sono ampiamente riportate le caratteristiche del blocco contatti e dell accoppiamento presaspina DXN. Identificazione della tensione di lavoro tramite codice colore IEC/EN Blocco contatti segregato contro tentativi di connessione con apparecchiature aventi tensioni di lavoro non compatibili con la presa.

163 Section 6 Receptacles and Plugs Italsmea 159 Type Enclosure E series Code Colour Code Voltage V Contact rrangemnt Current Connection terminals cross section flexible cores (rigid cores) mmq. Entries Overall dimensions xbxc Mounting interaxes ExD FSR E P / 10 2 x M x 120 x x 82-6,3 FSR E P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 120 x x 82-6,3 FSR E P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 120 x x 82-6,3 FSR E P+E / 10 2 x M x 160 x x110-6,5 FSR E P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 160 x x110-6,5 FSR E P / 16 2 x M32 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P+N+E / 16 2 x M32 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P+N+E / 16 2 x M32 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P+E / 16 2 x M32 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P+N+E / 16 2 x M32 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P / 35 2 x M32 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P+N+E / 35 2 x M32 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P+N+E / 35 2 x M32 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P+E / 35 2 x M50 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR E P+N+E / 35 2 x M50 273x250x x200-6,5 Earth Pin Position / Posizione Polo Terra Central/Centrale Frequency / Frequenza Hz. 50 IE/Esempio: FSR FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin 3 = Poles Number / Numero poli 20 = Current / Corrente () 230 = Voltage / Tensione (V) 50 = Frequency / Frequenza (Hz.) Type Enclosure E series Code Colour Code Voltage V Contact rrangemnt Current Connection terminals cross section flexible cores (rigid cores) mmq. Entries Overall dimensions xbxc Mounting interaxes ExD FSR-2-2a E P+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-3-2a E P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-3-2a E P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-4-2a E P+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-5-2a E P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-2-2a E P+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-3-2a E P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-3-2a E P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-4-2a E P+E+2aux / 35 / 4. 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 FSR-5-2a E P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M20 273x250x x200-6,5 Earth Pin Position / Posizione Polo Terra Central/Centrale Frequency / Frequenza Hz. 50 IE/Esempio: FSR-5-2a FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin 5 = Poles Number / Numero poli 2a = Number auxiliary contacts / Numero contatti ausiliari 32 = Current / Corrente () 400 = Voltage / Tensione (V) 50 = Frequency / Frequenza (Hz.)

164 160 Italsmea Sezione 6 Prese e Spine STINLESS STEEL ISI 316L SOCKET OUTLET & WELDING RECEPTCLES FSX SERIES Stainless steel ISI 316L housing and glass fiber reinforced polyester block contacts. Mode of protection: II 2 GD -40 C / +60 C EEx-ed IIC T5/T4 T90 C/T110 C Mechanical Protection: IP-66/67 INERIS 04TEX0036 LCIE 05TEX6149 LCIE 99TEX6027X LCIE 05TEX6150 Bottom cable entries c/w: N 1 double seal EEx-e stainless steel ISI 316 cable gland N 1 EEx-e stainless steel ISI 316 blank plug Features: Thank to the design of block contact turning on suitable hinges, FSX socket outlets & welding receptacles allow an easy wiring and maintenance. When open all space corresponding to surface O.D. of apparatus is availbale for wiring operation lso, by the twin terminal for each polarità, foreseen it is possibile the loop of power cable, saving therefore the costs of one extra junction box, two cable glands and man power cost for wiring in between junction box and socket outlet. Cross section of looping terminal strip allow use of cable size over the socket full load. Detailed description of DXN contact system available is following chapter concerning FPR plugs. Rated voltage identification by color code as per IEC/EN Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable position sto avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a non compatible voltage. PRESE DI CORRENTE IN CCIIO INOSSIDBILE ISI 316L SERIE FSX Prese di corrente in contenitore in acciaio inossidabile ISI 316L e relativo blocco con contatti in resina poliestere rinforzato con fibra di vetro. Modo di protezione: II 2 GD -40 C / +60 C EEx-ed IIC T5/T4 T90 C/T110 C Grado di Protezione: IP-66/67 INERIS 04TEX0036 LCIE 05TEX6149 LCIE 99TEX6027X LCIE 05TEX6150 Imbocchi ingresso cavi dal basso completi di: N 1 pressacavo a doppia tenuta EEx-e in acciaio inossidabile ISI 316 N 1 tappo cieco in acciaio inossidabile ISI 316 EEx-e Caratteristiche: Tutte le prese della serie FSX permettono all installatore ed al manutentore un ottima accessibilità. Infatti all apertura dell apparecchio, il blocco contatti ruota sulle apposite cerniere. Tutto lo spazio corrispondente alla dimensione in pianta della presa è pertanto disponibile per la connessione del cavo di alimentazione. E inoltre possibile tramite apposita morsettiera con doppio morsetto per ogni polarità, impiegare la presa come linea passante. Risparmiando pertanto l onere equivalente ad una scatola di derivazione, i relativi due pressatavi e la manodopera di cablaggio tra presa e scatola di derivazione. La sezione di morsetti prevista e lo spazio di lavoro, consentono l utilizzo di cavi di alimentazione di apprezzabile sezione certamente superiori al carico rappresentato dalla presa stessa. Nel successivo capitolo relativo alle spine serie FPR, sono ampiamente riportate le caratteristiche del blocco contatti e dell accoppiamento presaspina DXN. Identificazione della tensione di lavoro tramite codice colore IEC/EN Blocco contatti segregato contro tentativi di connessione con apparecchiature aventi tensioni di lavoro non compatibili con la presa.

165 Section 6 Receptacles and Plugs Italsmea 161 Type Enclosure Code Colour Code Voltage V Contact rrangemnt Current Connection terminals cross section flexible cores (rigid cores) mmq. Entries Overall dimensions xbxc Mounting interaxes DxE - F FSX R P / 10 2 x M x 200 x x 1-9 FSX R P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 200 x x 1-9 FSX R P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 200 x x 1-9 FSX R P+E / 10 2 x M x 270 x x FSX R P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 270 x x FSX R P / 16 2 x M x 270 x x FSX R P+N+E / 16 2 x M x 270 x x FSX R P+N+E / 16 2 x M x 270 x x FSX R P+E / 16 2 x M x 350 x x FSX R P+N+E / 16 2 x M x 350 x x FSX R P / 35 2 x M x 350 x x FSX R P+N+E / 35 2 x M x 350 x x FSX R P+N+E / 35 2 x M x 350 x x FSX R P+E / 35 2 x M x 500 x x FSX R P+N+E / 35 2 x M x 500 x x Earth Pin Position / Posizione Polo Terra Central/Centrale Frequency / Frequenza Hz. 50 IE/Esempio: FSX FSX = Flameproof Socket Stainless stell 3 = Poles Number / Numero poli 20 = Current / Corrente () 230 = Voltage / Tensione (V) 50 = Frequency / Frequenza (Hz.) Type Enclosure Code Colour Code Voltage V Contact rrangemnt Current Connection terminals cross section flexible cores (rigid cores) mmq. Entries Overall dimensions xbxc Mounting interaxes DxE - F FSX-2-2a R P+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 270 x x FSX-3-2a R P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 270 x x FSX-3-2a R P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 270 x x FSX-4-2a R P+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 350 x x FSX-5-2a R P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 350 x x FSX-2-2a R P+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 350 x x FSX-3-2a R P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 350 x x FSX-3-2a R P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 350 x x FSX-4-2a R P+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 500 x x FSX-5-2a R P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 500 x x Earth Pin Position / Posizione Polo Terra Central/Centrale Frequency / Frequenza Hz. 50 IE/Esempio: FSX-5-2a FSX = Flameproof Socket Stainless stell 5 = Poles Number / Numero poli 2a = Number auxiliary contacts / Numero contatti ausiliari 32 = Current / Corrente () 400 = Voltage / Tensione (V) 50 = Frequency / Frequenza (Hz.)

166 162 Italsmea Sezione 6 Prese e Spine GRP SOCKET OUTLET & WELDING RECEPTCLES SERIES FSL Copper free aluminium housing & glass fiber reinforced polyester block contacts. Mode of protection: II 2 GD -40 C / +60 C EEx-ed IIC T5/T4 T90 C/T110 C Mechanical Protection: IP-66/67 INERIS 04TEX0036 LCIE 05TEX6149 LCIE 99TEX6027X LCIE 05TEX6150 Bottom cable entries c/w: N 1 double seal EEx-e brass nickelchrome plated cable gland for armoured cable N 1 EEx-e brass nichelchrome plated blank plug Features: Thank to the design of block contact turning on suitable hinges, FSX socket outlets & welding receptacles allow an easy wiring and maintenance. When open all space corresponding to surface O.D. of apparatus is availbale for wiring operation. lso, by the twin terminal for each polarity, foreseen it is possibile the loop of power cable, saving therefore the costs of one extra junction box, two cable glands and man power cost for wiring in between junction box and socket outlet. Cross section of looping terminal strip allow use of cable size over the socket full load. Detailed description of DXN contact system available is following chapter concerning FPR plugs. Rated voltage identification by color code as per IEC/EN Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable position sto avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a non compatible voltage. PRESE DI CORRENTE IN LLUMINIO FSL Prese di corrente in contenitore in lega leggera di lluminio e relativo blocco con contatti in resina poliestere rinforzato con fibra di vetro. Modo di protezione: II 2 GD -40 C / +60 C EEx-ed IIC T5/T4 T90 C/T110 C Grado di Protezione: IP-66/67 INERIS 04TEX0036 LCIE 05TEX6149 LCIE 99TEX6027X LCIE 05TEX6150 Imbocchi ingresso cavi dal basso completi di: N 1 pressacavo a doppia tenuta per cavo armato EEx-e in ottone nichelcromato N 1 tappo cieco EEx-e in ottone nichelcromato Caratteristiche: Tutte le prese della serie FSX permettono all installatore ed al manutentore un ottima accessibilità. Infatti all apertura dell apparecchio, il blocco contatti ruota sulle apposite cerniere. Tutto lo spazio corrispondente alla dimensione in pianta della presa è pertanto disponibile per la connessione del cavo di alimentazione. E inoltre possibile tramite apposita morsettiera con doppio morsetto per ogni polarità, impiegare la presa come linea passante. Risparmiando pertanto l onere equivalente ad una scatola di derivazione, i relativi due pressatavi e la manodopera di cablaggio tra presa e scatola di derivazione. La sezione di morsetti prevista e lo spazio di lavoro, consentono l utilizzo di cavi di alimentazione di apprezzabile sezione certamente superiori al carico rappresentato dalla presa stessa. Nel successivo capitolo relativo alle spine serie FPR, sono ampiamente riportate le caratteristiche del blocco contatti e dell accoppiamento presaspina DXN. Identificazione della tensione di lavoro tramite codice colore IEC/EN Blocco contatti segregato contro tentativi di connessione con apparecchiature aventi tensioni di lavoro non compatibili con la presa.

167 Section 6 Receptacles and Plugs Italsmea 163 Type Enclosure Code Colour Code Voltage V Contact rrangemnt Current Connection terminals cross section flexible cores (rigid cores) mmq. Entries Overall dimensions xbxc Mounting interaxes ExD - F FSL P / 10 2 x M x 120 x x 82-7 FSL P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 120 x x 82-7 FSL P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 120 x x 82-7 FSL P+E / 10 2 x M x 220 x x FSL P+N+E / 10 2 x M x 260 x x FSL P / 16 2 x M x 220 x x FSL P+N+E / 16 2 x M x 220 x x FSL P+N+E / 16 2 x M x 260 x x FSL P+E / 16 2 x M x 330 x x FSL P+N+E / 16 2 x M x 330 x x FSL P / 35 2 x M x 260 x x FSL P+N+E / 35 2 x M x 260 x x FSL P+N+E / 35 2 x M x 260 x x FSL P+E / 35 2 x M x 404 x x 382,5-7 FSL P+N+E / 35 2 x M x 404 x x 382,5-7 Earth Pin Position / Posizione Polo Terra Central/Centrale Frequency / Frequenza Hz. 50 IE/Esempio: FSL FSL = Flameproof Socket luminium 3 = Poles Number / Numero poli 20 = Current / Corrente () 230 = Voltage / Tensione (V) 50 = Frequency / Frequenza (Hz.) Type Enclosure Code Colour Code Voltage V Contact rrangemnt Current Connection terminals cross section flexible cores (rigid cores) mmq. Entries Overall dimensions xbxc Mounting interaxes ExD - F FSL-2-2a P+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 260 x x FSL-3-2a P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 260 x x FSL-3-2a P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 260 x x FSL-4-2a P+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 404 x x 382,5-7 FSL-5-2a P+N+E+2aux 3P+N+E+2aux / 16 / 4 2 x M x M x 404 x x 382,5-7 FSL-2-2a P+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 260 x x FSL-3-2a P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 260 x x FSL-3-2a P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 260 x x FSL-4-2a P+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 404 x x 382,5-7 FSL-5-2a P+N+E+2aux 3P+N+E+2aux / 35 / 4 2 x M x M x 404 x x 382,5-7 Earth Pin Position / Posizione Polo Terra Central/Centrale Frequency / Frequenza Hz. 50 IE/Esempio: FSL-5-2a FSL = Flameproof Socket luminium 5 = Poles Number / Numero poli 2a = Number auxiliary contacts / Numero contatti ausiliari 32 = Current / Corrente () 400 = Voltage / Tensione (V) 50 = Frequency / Frequenza (Hz.)

168 164 Italsmea Sezione 6 Prese e Spine GRP PLUGS FPR SERIES SPINE IN RESIN POLIESTERE SERIE FPR Di solito il pressacavo è di materiale plastico fornito dal costruttore e non metallico come indicato nella foto Plugs with glass fibres reinforced polyester handle, compatible with socket outlet & welding receptacles series: FSR, FSX, FSL Mode of protection: II 2 GD -40 C / +60 C EEx-ed IIC T6 T85 C Mechanical protection: IP-66/67 (when connected to relevant socket outlet). LCIE 05TEX6149 LCIE 99TEX6027X LCIE 05TEX6150 Bottom cable entries c/w single seal EEx-e GRP resin cable gland. DXN SYSTEM DXN Decontractors are plugs and socket-outlets for use in explosive atmosphere with an integral switching device as defined in clause 2.8 of IEC/ EN Standard. They can break either resistive and inductive loads in complete safe conditions. When the socket is closed, it has an IP66 and IP67 protection. Once the lid is opened, the live contacts are still protected against 1mm o.d dust (IP4X) as defined in IEC/EN Standard. The IP66 and IP67 rating is achieved when the lid is closed or the plug fully engaged. Made of self-extinguishing non-static glass reinforced polyester (PBT), DXN Decontractors can withstand heavy duty, severe mechanical stress and presence chemical aggressive products. Being very close, in their design, to the DSN industrial range, the explosion proof protection is achieved by the combination of safety shutter and moulding. ) Cross section view socket moulding and contacts. The locked safety shutter achieves a d explosion-proof chamber. s soon as a plug is fitted into the socket and turned in the rest position, the d explosion-proof chamber is maintained between the male contacts of plug and female contacts of socket safety shutter. The mechanical connection is established between plug and socket but not the yet the electrical contact B) Cross section view plug in rest position. Then the e plug can be electrically connected or disconnected under Spine con impugnatura in resina poliestere rinforzata con fibra di vetro compatibile con le prese di corrente serie: FSR, FSX, FSL. Modo di protezione: II 2 GD -40 C / +60 C EEx-ed IIC T6 T85 C Grado di Protezione: IP-66/67 (quando connessa alla presa relativa). LCIE 05TEX6149 LCIE 99TEX6027X LCIE 05TEX6150 Imboccho per ingresso cavo completo di pressacavo a semplice tenuta per cavo non armato EEx-e in resina poliestere. SISTEM DXN I decontattori DXN sono una serie di prese e spine per impiego in area classificate con pericolo di esplosione ed incendio con un meccanismo di sezionamento integrato conforme alle prescrizioni di cui al comma 2.8 della Normativa IEC/EN Detto meccanismo e in grado di chiudere e sezionare sottocarico, in piena sicurezza sia, per utenze di tipi resistivo che induttivo. Quando la presa non e connessa il coperchio incernierato garantisce una protezione meccanica pari a IP-66/67. coperchietto aperto, ante l inserimento della spina, il blocco contatti mantiene comunque un grado di protezione IP4X, ovvero sarà protetto dall ingresso di corpi solidi con diametro superiore ad 1 mm, così come definito dalla Norma IEC/EN Il grado di protezione IP-66/67 sarà ripristinato non appena la spina sarà correttamente inserita nella presa. L involucro realizzato in poliestere rinforzato con fibre d i vetro, autoestinguente ed antistatico, dei decontattori DXN garantisce un ottima resistenza agli ambiente chimicamente aggressivi ed una capacità di sopportare elevate sollecitazioni meccaniche conseguenti ad impieghi particolarmente gravosi. L esperienza maturata con le versioni industriali della serie DSN ha consentito un ottimizzazione dell accoppiamento tra l involucro ed il blocco contatti vero e proprio. ) Gruppo di sezionamento interno presa: Il blocco contatti ad azione differita costituisce, per ciascuna polarità una, una microcamera

169 Section 6 Receptacles and Plugs Italsmea 165 full load. C) Cross section view plug is electrically connected. The explosion-proof chamber is maintained. Only from the rest position, contacts electrically opened, the plug can be removed. Same as products of the DSN series, IP66/67 protection with DXN series is totally achieved as soon as the contacts are closed, and the plug engaged by the socket retaining latch. No additional manual operation is required to achieve the a.m. IP rating. The same rating is achieved by closing the socket spring loaded hinged cover. Conductors are terminated in e increased safety enclosures, therefore the final assembling will be an EEx ed classification. The same contacts manage both : movable connection as well as the making and the breaking activities. This technical solution allows an extremely compact design. antideflagrante d. ppena la spina sarà inserita nella presa ed opportunamente ruotata si stabilirà il contatto meccanico tra i contatti della spina ( pin maschio) e quelli della presa ( femmina ). In questa fase non c è ancora alcun contatto elettrico. B) Vista in sezione del dispositivo di sezionamento interno. La spina e in posizione Inserita-ruotata La spina potrà a questo punto essere connessa o disinserita sottocarico. C) Vista in sezione del dispositivo di sezionamento interno : la spina e in posizione connessa : La condizione di microcamera antideflagrante d e mantenuta. Infatti dalla posizione Inseritaruotata spingendo ulteriormente la spina nella presa si stabilisce il contatto elettrico. llo stesso tempo vengono caricate le molle del meccanismo di sezionamento ed la levetta a gancio blocca la spina nella posizione connessa. I decontattori DXN racchiudono nello stesso meccanismo il sezionatore per l apertura e la chiusura del circuito ed i contatti mobili e fissi classici di una connessione presa / spina. Premendo a fondo la levetta a gancio la spina si porta rapidamente dalla posizione connessa alla posizione inserita ruotata e decade la connessione elettrica. La rapidità del sezionamento è dovuta all azione delle molle del meccanismo di sezionamento precedentemente caricate all inserzione della spina. Dalla posizione Inserita ruotata ruotando la spina in senso antiorario sarà possibile estrarla in piena sicurezza in quanto il contatto elettrico e stato precedentemente sezionato. Nella parte posteriore del blocco contatti sono allocati per ciascuna polarità i morsetti in esecuzione EEx-e cui sono collegati i conduttori di alimentazione. Il blocco presa e flangiato ad una contenitore anch esso EEx-e ( in resina poliestere per la serie FSR, in acciaio inossidabile aisi 316L per la serie FSX, in alluminio per la serie FSL). In detto contenitore EEx-e sono alloggiati i morsetti di allacciamento cosi come descritto nei capitoli relativi alla prese. INERIS 04TEX LCIE 00TEX6010X + LCIE 99TEX6027X + LCIE 02TEX6029X

170 166 Italsmea Sezione 6 Prese e Spine Type Code Colour Code gland EEx-e Voltage V Contact rrangemnt Current Connection terminals cross section flexible cores (rigid cores) mmq. Overall dimensions FPR M20 (8 13) 24 2P 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M25 (13 19) 24 2P 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M20 (8 13) P+N+E 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M20 (8 13) P+N+E 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M20 (8 13) P+E 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M25 (13 19) P+E 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M20 (8 13) P+N+E 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E 20 4 / 6 127x51x51 FPR M20 (8 13) 24 2P / x68x68 FPR M25 (13 19) 24 2P / x68x68 FPR M32 (17 25) 24 2P / x68x68 FPR M20 (8 13) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M32 (17 25) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M20 (8 13) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M32 (17 25) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M20 (8 13) P+E / x68x68 FPR M25 (13 19) P+E / x68x68 FPR M32 (17 25) P+E / x68x68 FPR M20 (8 13) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M32 (17 25) P+N+E / x68x68 FPR M25 (13 19) 24 2P / x83x83 FPR M32 (17 25) 24 2P / x83x83 FPR M40 (24 32) 24 2P / x83x83 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E / x83x83 FPR M32 (17 25) P+N+E / x83x83 FPR M40 (24 32) P+N+E / x83x83 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E / x83x83 FPR M32 (17 25) P+N+E / x83x83 FPR M40 (24 32) P+N+E / x83x83 FPR M25 (13 19) P+E / x83x83 FPR M32 (17 25) P+E / x83x83 FPR M40 (24 32) P+E / x83x83 FPR M25 (13 19) P+N+E / x83x83 FPR M32 (17 25) P+N+E / x83x83 FPR M40 (24 32) P+N+E / x83x83 Earth Pin Position / Posizione Polo Terra Central/Centrale Frequency / Frequenza Hz. 50 IE/Esempio: FPR FPR = Flameproof Socket Resin 3 = Poles Number / Numero poli 20 = Current / Corrente () 230 = Voltage / Tensione (V) 50 = Frequency / Frequenza (Hz.)

171 Section 6 Receptacles and Plugs Italsmea 167 Type Code Colour Code gland EEx-e Voltage V Contact rrangemnt Current Connection terminals cross section flexible cores (rigid cores) mmq. Overall dimensions FPR-2-2a M20 (8 13) 24 2P+2aux / x68x68 FPR-2-2a M25 (13 19) 24 2P+2aux / x68x68 FPR-2-2a M32 (17 25) 24 2P+2aux / x68x68 FPR-3-2a M20 (8 13) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-3-2a M25 (13 19) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-3-2a M32 (17 25) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-3-2a M20 (8 13) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-3-2a M25 (13 19) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-3-2a M32 (17 25) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-4-2a M20 (8 13) P+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-4-2a M25 (13 19) P+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-4-2a M32 (17 25) P+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-5-2a M20 (8 13) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-5-2a M25 (13 19) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-5-2a M32 (17 25) P+N+E+2aux / x68x68 FPR-2-2a M25 (13 19) 24 2P+2aux / x83x83 FPR-2-2a M32 (17 25) 24 2P+2aux / x83x83 FPR-2-2a M40 (24 32) 24 2P+2aux / x83x83 FPR-3-2a M25 (13 19) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-3-2a M32 (17 25) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-3-2a M40 (24 32) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-3-2a M25 (13 19) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-3-2a M32 (17 25) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-3-2a M40 (24 32) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-4-2a M25 (13 19) P+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-4-2a M32 (17 25) P+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-4-2a M40 (24 32) P+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-5-2a M25 (13 19) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-5-2a M32 (17 25) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 FPR-5-2a M40 (24 32) P+N+E+2aux / x83x83 Earth Pin Position / Posizione Polo Terra Central/Centrale Frequency / Frequenza Hz. 50 IE/Esempio: FSR-5-2a FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin 5 = Poles Number / Numero poli 2a = Number auxiliary contacts / Numero contatti ausiliari 32 = Current / Corrente () 400 = Voltage / Tensione (V) 50 = Frequency / Frequenza (Hz.)

172 Earthing Introduction How to apply earthing equipment Earthing design considerations Earth rods Copperbond, solid copper and stainless steel Earthing accessories Earth plates and seals, Inspection pits, Earth rod clamps, Bonds and clamps, Earth points and bosses, Earth bars and disconnecting links, Soil conditioning agents, Rod hammer, Hammer rig, Earth resistance testers and Split bolt connectors Static earthing kits range of static earth leads and discharge reels 134 Compression connectors Overview 135 6, 8, C and G type connectors, and terminals Compression tools Manual and battery operated compression and cutting tools

173 How to apply earthing equipment n effective earthing system is a fundamental requirement of any modern structure or system for operational and/or safety reasons. Without such a system, the safety of a structure, the equipment contained within it and its occupants is compromised. Earthing systems typically fall into (but are not limited to) one of the following categories: - Power generation, transmission and distribution - Lightning protection - Control of undesirable static electricity - Telecommunications. The following schematic illustrates the key elements of an effective earthing system. Conductors and Earth rods s with lightning protection, the first choice faced by the designer of an earthing system is the type of conductor to be used.the correct choice of conductor is extremely important, whether it be a simple below ground electrode or a complex computer room signal reference grid. Connectors and terminations n effective earthing system relies on joints and connections to have good electrical conductivity with high mechanical strength. Poorly chosen or badly installed joints and connectors can compromise the safe operation of an earthing system. Furse offer a range of connectors and termination methods to suit a wide range of applications. FurseWELD exothermic welding simple, self-contained method of forming high quality electrical connections which requires no external power or heat source. Connections are made using the high temperature reaction of powdered copper oxide and aluminium. FurseWELD connections allow conductors to carry higher currents than other types of connections.they will never loosen, are highly conductive and have excellent corrosion resistance. Conductors Furse offer three types of conductor: Flat tape, Solid circular and Stranded cable. range of conductor materials are available. bove ground, copper, aluminium and steel may be used. Below ground, copper is the most common choice due to its high resistance to corrosion. It is important that earthing conductors should be correctly sized for their application, as they may be required to carry a considerable current for several seconds. Specific data regarding conductor ratings can be found on page 40. Earth rods and plates In addition to the conductors outlined above, earth rods and plates or any combination thereof can be used to achieve an effective earth depending on the site conditions. Earth rods take advantage of lower resistivity soils at greater depths than normal excavation will allow. Earth plates are used to attain an effective earth in shallow soils with underlying rocks or in locations with large amounts of buried services. They can also provide protection at potentially dangerous places eg HV switching positions. 114 Earthing How to apply earthing equipment

174 How to apply earthing equipment Compression connectors For applications where exothermic welding is not appropriate for creating permanent connections, compression connectors may be used. Compression connectors produce very robust joints which can be buried in the ground or in concrete. Earth inspection pits Regular inspection and testing of the earthing system is essential. Inspection pits allow easy access to earth electrodes and conductors to facilitate this procedure. Mechanical clamps Where permanent connections are not appropriate, mechanical clamps offer the ideal solution.these are typically used on smaller scale installations where periodic disconnection for testing is required. Earth bars Earth bars are an efficient and convenient way of providing a common earth point. Integral disconnecting links mean the earth bars can be isolated for testing purposes. ll Furse mechanical clamps are manufactured from high copper content alloy.they have high mechanical strength, excellent corrosion resistance and conductivity. Soil conditioning agents Soil conditioning agents are to be used in areas where required resistivity levels are difficult to achieve.when used as a backfill for earth electrodes, soil conditioning agents effectively act to increase the electrodes surface area thus lowering its resistance to earth. Product selector (1) Conductors p41-46 (2) Earth rods p (3) Earth plates p121 (4) FurseWELD exothermic welding p (5) Compression connectors p (6) Mechanical clamps p (7) Earth inspection pits p122 (8) Earth bars p130 This illustration is designed to demonstrate the main aspects and individual components of an earthing system. It is not intended to represent an actual scheme conforming to a particular code of practice.the drawing is not to scale. How to apply earthing equipment Earthing 115

175 Earthing Earthing design considerations correctly designed and installed earthing system will safeguard both lives and equipment. good earth connection should have: Low electrical resistance to earth Good corrosion resistance bility to carry the required current repeatedly reliable life of at least 30 years The crucial factors that determine the resistance to earth of an electrode are: Soil resistivity Electrode dimensions rea available Soil resistivity Physical composition Different soil compositions give different average resistivities. Soil type Typical resistivity Ohm-m Marshy ground Loam and clay Chalk Sand 90 8,000 Peat 200 upwards Sandy gravel Rock 1,000 upward Table 1 Effect of soil type on resistivity Moisture Increased moisture content of the ground can rapidly decrease its resistivity. It is especially important to consider moisture content in areas of high seasonal variation in rainfall. Wherever possible the earth electrode should be installed deep enough to reach the water table or permanent moisture level. Moisture content % Resistivity Resistivity by weight Ohm-m Ohm-m Top soil Sandy loam 0 1,000 x ,000 x ,500 1, , Table 2 Effect of moisture on resistivity Chemical composition Certain minerals and salts can affect soil resistivity. Their levels can vary with time due to rainfall or flowing water. Note that although the addition of salts can lower soil resistivity, they are not recommended due to corrosion and leaching. (See section on soil conditioning on page 131.) dded salt Resistivity (% by weight of moisture) Ohm-m Table 3 - Effect of salt on resistivity for sandy loam, 15.2% moisture 116 Earthing

176 Earthing Temperature When the ground becomes frozen, its resistivity rises dramatically. n earth that may be effective during temperate weather may become ineffective in winter. Please note that, if your soil temperature decreases from +20 C to -5 C, the resistivity increases more than ten times. Temperature Temperature Resistivity C F Ohm-m (water) (ice) Table 4 - Effect of temperature on resistivity for sandy loam, 15.2% moisture Electrode dimensions The most important dimension to consider when designing an earth electrode is its length.the greater the length of an electrode the lower the density of the current in soil in the immediate vicinity of that electrode. For this reason a rod or strip type electrode will have a much lower resistance to earth than a plate type electrode of the same surface area. By reaching permanent moisture and frost free soil levels, low resistance should be achieved. Often these levels are some metres below the surface and the most economical way of reaching them is by extensible deep driven earth rod electrodes. Furse recommend the use of deep driven earth rod electrodes wherever conditions allow. Where rocks lie just below the surface and deep driving is not possible, parallel driven shorter rods, plates, mats or buried conductors, or a combination of these can be used. However, these should still be buried as deep as possible to avoid seasonal variations, damage from agricultural machinery etc. rea available Often a single earth rod, strip or plate will not achieve the desired resistance alone. If a number of electrodes can be installed in parallel the combined resistance is then practically proportional to the reciprocal of the number employed.this is true so long as each electrode is situated outside the resistance area of any other. For rod electrodes this separation distance is considered to be equal to the driven depth.when an earth electrode must be composed of multiple parallel electrodes the area available for earthing becomes of major importance. Parallel rods Earthing 117

177 Earthing Earth electrode materials Quality earth rods are commonly made from either solid copper, stainless steel or copperbonded steel. Furse can supply all three types, but the copperbonded steel cored rod is by far the most popular, due to its combination of strength, corrosion resistance, and comparatively low cost. Solid copper and stainless steel rods offer a very high level of corrosion resistance at the expense of lower strength and higher cost. Diameter of rod One common misconception is that the diameter of the rod has a drastic effect on lowering earth resistance.this is not true! s the graph shows, you only lower the resistance value by 9.5 per cent by doubling the diameter of the rod (which means increasing the weight and the cost of the rod by approximately 400 per cent!) Thus the rationale is: Use the most economical rod that soil conditions will allow you to drive.this is one of the ways to ensure that you don t waste money on over-dimensioned rods. Effect of electrode diameter on resistance. Thread and shank diameters Confusion often arises between thread and shank diameters for threaded rods. The thread rolling process, used by quality rod manufacturers, raises the surface of the rod so that thread diameter (B) is greater than shank diameter () (see drawing). ll threads are Unified National Coarse (UNC-2). B 118 Earthing Earth rods

178 Earth rods Copperbond rod Diameter Length Weight Part no. each 9.0mm 1200mm 0.62kg RB mm 1200mm 1.18kg RB mm 1500mm 1.55kg RB mm 1800mm 1.76kg RB mm 2400mm 2.36kg RB mm 1200mm 1.53kg RB mm 1500mm 1.88kg RB mm 1800mm 2.29kg RB mm 2000mm 2.51kg RB mm 2100mm 2.68kg RB mm 2400mm 3.00kg RB mm 3000mm 3.79kg RB mm 1200mm 2.19kg RB mm 1500mm 2.73kg RB mm 1800mm 3.27kg RB mm 2000mm 3.64kg RB mm 2100mm 3.83kg RB mm 2400mm 4.35kg RB mm 3000mm 5.44kg RB336 BS 7430, BS 6651, UL467 Unthreaded copperbond earth rods Furse copperbond earth rods probably offer to the installer the best and most economical earth rods available.they are made by molecularly bonding 99.9% pure electrolytic copper onto a low carbon steel core. Furse rods are not of the sheathed type. They are highly resistant to corrosion, and because the steel used has a very high tensile strength, they can be driven by power hammers to great depths. The counter-bored couplings are made from high copper content alloy, commercial brass is not used. This again ensures excellent corrosion resistance and high strength. Fittings Type Weight Part no. each 12.7mm Coupling 0.09kg CG mm Coupling 0.08kg CG mm Coupling 0.13kg CG mm Driving head 0.25kg ST mm Driving head 0.22kg ST mm Driving head 0.27kg ST307 Driving head Rod Taper coupling Threaded copperbond earth rods Nominal Length Thread Shank Weight Part no. diameter diameter B diameter each 1/2 1200mm 9/ mm 1.18kg RB105 1/2 1500mm 9/ mm 1.55kg RB110 1/2 1800mm 9/ mm 1.76kg RB115 1/2 2400mm 9/ mm 2.36kg RB125 5/8 1200mm 5/8 14.2mm 1.53kg RB205-FU 5/8 1500mm 5/8 14.2mm 1.88kg RB210 5/8 1800mm 5/8 14.2mm 2.29kg RB215 5/8 2100mm 5/8 14.2mm 2.51kg RB220-FU 5/8 2400mm 5/8 14.2mm 3.00kg RB225 5/8 3000mm 5/8 14.2mm 3.79kg RB235 3/4 1200mm 3/4 17.2mm 2.19kg RB305 3/4 1500mm 3/4 17.2mm 2.73kg RB310 3/4 1800mm 3/4 17.2mm 3.27kg RB315 3/4 2400mm 3/4 17.2mm 4.35kg RB325 3/4 3000mm 3/4 17.2mm 5.44kg RB335 Driving stud Threaded coupling Fittings Type Weight Part no. each 1/2 Coupling 0.09kg CG170 5/8 Coupling 0.08kg CG270 3/4 Coupling 0.13kg CG370 1/2 Driving stud 0.05kg ST100 5/8 Driving stud 0.08kg ST200 3/4 Driving stud 0.12kg ST300 BS 7430, BS 6651, UL467 Rod Earth rods Earthing 119

179 Solid copper and stainless steel rods Earth rods Driving stud Solid copper rod Furse solid copper earth rods offer greater resistance to corrosion.they are ideally used in applications where soil conditions are very aggressive, such as soils with high salt content. Connections to the rods can be by mechanical clamps, compression or by Furse s own Furseweld exothermic welding system. Diameter Length Weight Part no. each 15mm 1200mm 1.88kg RC010 20mm 1200mm 3.34kg RC015 Fittings Rod Coupling dowel Type Weight Part no. each 15mm Driving stud 0.02kg ST010 20mm Driving stud 0.05kg ST015 Coupling dowel for both 0.02kg CG013 sizes of above rods 15mm Spike 0.02kg SP010 20mm Spike 0.04kg SP015 BS 7430, BS 6651 Stainless steel rod Stainless steel rods are used to overcome many of the problems caused by galvanic corrosion which can take place between dissimilar metals buried in close proximity. Furse stainless steel earth rods are highly resistant to corrosion. Connections to the rods can be by mechanical clamps, compression or by Furse s own FurseWELD exothermic welding system. Diameter Length Weight Part no. each 16mm 1200mm 1.87kg RS005 Fittings Spike Type Weight Part no. each 15mm Driving stud 0.02kg ST010 Stainless steel coupling 0.02kg CG005 dowel 15mm Spike 0.02kg SP010 BS 7430, BS Earthing Earth rods

180 Earth plates and earth rod seals Earth plate - solid copper Size Total Weight Part no. surface area each 600 x 600 x 1.5mm 0.72m kg PE x 900 x 1.5mm 1.63m kg PE x 600 x 3mm 0.73m kg PE x 900 x 3mm 1.63m kg PE020 BS C101/C103 Earth plate - lattice copper Size Total Weight Part no. surface area each 600 x 600 x 3mm 0.31m kg PE x 900 x 3mm 0.65m kg PE120 BS EN (formerly BS 1432) Earth rod seals Description Weight Part no. each Single-flange earth rod seal 2.00kg ES210 (for most applications) Double-flange earth rod seal 3.20kg ES220 (for deep concrete slab-layers) waterproof earth electrode seal for use in constructions where internal earths are specified. The unique design allows the seal to be effective across a broad range of rod diameters from a nominal 1/2 to 3/4 rod, by the use of various compression rings and seals. For use with PT205 - lightweight inspection pit. ES210 ES220 separate datasheet is available should you require further information. Earth plates and earth rod seals Earthing 121

181 Lightweight inspection pit Earth inspection pits 54mm 158mm 300mm 256mm ø200mm Nominal Description Weight Part no. each Lightweight inspection pit 1.80kg PT205 with grey lid Lightweight inspection pit 1.80kg PT309-FU with black (unbranded) lid ø 70mm ccessories The lightweight inspection pit weighs only 1.8kg yet is load rated to 5,000kg. It has a lockable lid and improved working area compared to the concrete inspection pit. n integral earth bar is available as an optional extra. Description Weight Part no. each 5 hole earth bar 0.40kg PT004 6mm llen key 0.03kg K005 Manufactured from high-performance polymer, the lightweight pit is UV stable and chemically resistant. Lightweight inspection pit with concrete lid 54mm 158mm 300mm 256mm ø200mm Nominal Description Weight Part no. each Lightweight inspection pit 7.50kg PT110 with concrete lid ccessories New to the range is a lightweight inspection pit with a concrete lid. Suitable for use in pedestrianised and light vehicular areas, the pit is load rated to 1,200kg. The lid can be locked in place, if required (order 2 x S100 llen caphead screws). ø 70mm Description Weight Part no. each 5 hole earth bar 0.40kg PT004 M8 x 100mm lg mild steel 0.04kg JH100 J bolt lifting hook M8 x 60 stainless steel llen 0.03kg S100 caphead screw (2 per lid) Concrete inspection pit Description Weight Part no. each Concrete inspection pit 30kg PT005 ccessories 320mm Description Weight Part no. each 5 hole earth bar 0.40kg PT006 7 hole earth bar 0.58kg PT mm The concrete inspection pit is load rated to 4,500kg and is suitable for most types of earthing and lightning protection installations. 145mm It is not suitable for use in areas where high load, small wheel vehicles are used.the Lightweight inspection pit (PT205) is recommended for this type of application. 122 Earthing Earth inspection pits

182 Earth rod clamps Rod to tape clamp (type ) Nominal rod Max. Weight Part no. diameter conductor each 1/2 12.7mm 26 x 12mm 0.15kg CR105 5/8 16mm 26 x 12mm 0.15kg CR105 3/4 20mm 26 x 10mm 0.15kg CR105 5/8 16mm 30 x 2mm 0.16kg CR108 3/4 20mm 30 x 2mm 0.16kg CR108 5/8 16mm 40 x 12mm 0.24kg CR110 5/8 16mm 51 x 8mm 0.30kg CR115 3/4 20mm 51 x 12mm 0.30kg CR125 1/2 12.7mm 26 x 20mm 0.23kg CR130 5/8 16mm 26 x 18mm 0.23kg CR130 3/4 20mm 26 x 10mm 0.23kg CR mm 26 x 10mm 0.23kg CR130 Corrosion resistance, conductivity and mechanical strength are essential considerations in clamp design to ensure an earthing system remains operative for many years. ll Furse earth rod clamps have high strength copper alloy bodies and screws e.g. aluminium bronze, phosphor bronze etc., commercial brass is not used. Rod to cable clamp (type G) Nominal rod Conductor Weight Part no. diameter range each 3/8 9.5mm 6-35mm kg CR505 1/2 12.5mm 16-50mm kg CR510-FU* 5/8 16mm 16-70mm kg CR515* 3/4 20mm 35-95mm kg CR520* 1 25mm mm kg CR525 * Suitable for use with 8mm Ø solid circular copper conductor. U bolt rod clamp (type E) Nominal rod Hole Tape Weight Part no. diameter centres width each 5/8 37mm kg CR305 3/4 37mm kg CR mm kg CR315 5/8 37mm 25mm 0.26kg CR320* 1 1/2 54mm kg CR mm kg CR330 U Bolt threaded M10. *CR320 includes additional plate to allow tape to be clamped without drilling. Earth rod clamps Earthing 123

183 Rod to cable clamp (type GUV) Earth rod clamps Nominal rod Conductor Weight Part no. diameter range each 5/8 16mm 16-95mm kg CR700* 3/4 20mm 16-70mm kg CR700* 5/8 16mm mm kg CR705 3/4 20mm mm kg CR705 5/8 16mm mm kg CR730 3/4 20mm mm kg CR730 * Suitable for use with 8mm Ø solid circular copper conductor. Rod to cable lug clamp (type B) Nominal rod Rod type Bolt Weight Part no. diameter size each 3/8 9.5mm Copperbond M8 0.09kg CR205 5/8 16mm Copperbond M kg CR215 5/8 15mm Solid copper M kg CR220 3/4 20mm Copperbond M kg CR225 3/4 20mm Solid copper M kg CR Earthing Earth rod clamps

184 Bonds and clamps B bond Maximum Bolt size Conductor Weight Part no. tape width material each For 26mm bonding copper M10 tape to Copper watermain pipes. 0.12kg BN105 26mm M10 luminium 0.06kg BN005 31mm M10 Copper 0.15kg BN113 For bonding tape to steel structures. RWP bond Maximum Bolt size Conductor Weight Part no. tape width material each 26mm M10 Copper 0.12kg BN115 26mm M10 luminium 0.07kg BN010 For bonding tape to rainwater pipes, handrails etc. Watermain bond Maximum Conductor Weight Part no. tape width material each 26mm Copper 0.26kg BN120 For bonding tape to large diameter pipes. Bonds and clamps Earthing 125

185 Flexible copper braid bond Bonds and clamps Overall braid Hole Hole Weight Part no. dimensions size centres each 25 x 3.5mm 11mm 200mm 0.09kg BN x 3.5mm 11mm 400mm 0.15kg BN510 Flexible copper braid for bonding gates, doors, fences etc. Equivalent cross sectional area 35mm 2. Other materials, lengths and sections available as special items. Tower earth clamps Conductor Channel Bolt Conductor Weight Part no. range thickness size material each 16-70mm 2 10mm M10 Copper 0.13kg BN125* mm 2 10mm M12 Copper 0.22kg BN mm 2 10mm M10 Copper 0.08kg BN300-FU* 25-50mm 2 10mm M10 luminium 0.05kg BN305* mm 2 10mm M12 Copper 0.30kg BN mm 2 10mm M12 Copper 0.40kg BN325 For bonding copper cable or wire to steel structures. * Suitable for use with 8mm Ø solid circular conductor. Eyebolt Nominal copperbond Weight Part no. rod diameter each 5/8 0.52kg BT150 3/4 0.52kg BT160 Screws direct onto a copperbond earth rod, offering an earth point for boats, trucks etc. 126 Earthing Bonds and clamps

186 Bonds and clamps Static earth receptacle Conductor material Weight Part no. each Copper 0.64kg RX005 For setting into roadways or runways. Provides a static discharge point for aircraft, fuel tankers, etc. Square tape clamp Conductor Conductor Weight Part no. size material each 25 x 3mm Copper 0.22kg CT105-FU 25 x 6mm Copper 0.41kg CT x 3mm Copper 0.35kg CT x 6mm Copper 0.97kg CT115 For forming straight through, cross or tee joints in tape and bar. Pipe clamp Pipe diameter Conductor Weight Part no. range each 1/ mm 25-95mm kg / mm 25-95mm kg /2-3 1/ mm 25-95mm kg mm 25-95mm kg 3905-TB 6 150mm 25-95mm kg 3906-TB 8 200mm 25-95mm kg mm 25-95mm kg mm 25-95mm kg 3909-TB Bonds and clamps Earthing 127

187 Single hole earth points Earth points Hole size Length Weight Part no. M8 x 15mm 80mm 0.14kg PC100-FU M10 x 15mm 80mm 0.14kg PC101 M12 x 15mm 80mm 0.14kg PC102 M16 x 15mm 80mm 0.14kg PC103 Stem diameter = 10.7mm (70mm 2 ). Two hole earth points Hole Size Length Weight Part no. M8 x 12mm 80mm 0.44kg PC115-FU Supplied c/w front plate for connection of 25mm x 3mm copper tape or 70mm 2 stranded copper cable. M8 x 12mm 80mm 0.44kg PC120 Supplied c/w front plate for connection of 25mm x 3mm copper tape or 8mm diameter solid circular copper. M8 x 12mm 80mm 0.28kg PC125 Stem diameter = 10.7mm (70mm 2 ). Four hole earth points Hole size Length Weight Part no. M8 x 14mm 75mm 0.41kg PC110 Stem diameter = 10.7mm (70mm 2 ). 128 Earthing Earth points and bosses

188 Earth points, earth boss and insulator Earth points with pre-welded tails Description Weight Part no. each s PC100-FU with prewelded 500mm long tail of 70mm kg PC105 PVC insulated earth cable s PC101 with prewelded 500mm long tail of 70mm kg PC106 PVC insulated earth cable s PC102 with prewelded 500mm long tail of 70mm kg PC107 PVC insulated earth cable s PC103 with prewelded 500mm long tail of 70mm kg PC108 PVC insulated earth cable s PC110 with prewelded 500mm long tail of 70mm kg PC111 PVC insulated earth cable s PC115-FU with prewelded 500mm long tail of 70mm kg PC116 PVC insulated earth cable s PC120 with prewelded 500mm long tail of 70mm kg PC121 PVC insulated earth cable s PC125 with prewelded 500mm long tail of 70mm kg PC126-FU PVC insulated earth cable Earth boss Length Diameter Thread Weight Part no. size each 50mm 50mm M kg EB001 Made of mild steel to BS M07 (ENI) with phosphor bronze stud and nuts. For welding to steel vessels/tanks/structures.wrap connections with Denso tape (see page 38). Insulator Description Thread size Weight Part no. Insulator with 2 studs and 3 nuts M kg IN005 Insulator only M kg IN013 M10 x 19mm 29mm 36mm 51mm Earth points, earth boss and insulator Earthing 129

189 Earth bars and disconnecting links Earth bars and disconnecting links Earth bars Description Length Width Height Weight Part no. each 6 way 400mm 90mm 90mm 1.80kg LK way 500mm 90mm 90mm 2.20kg LK way 650mm 90mm 90mm 2.80kg LK way 750mm 90mm 90mm 3.20kg LK way 850mm 90mm 90mm 3.60kg LK way 950mm 90mm 90mm 4.00kg LK way 1050mm 90mm 90mm 4.40kg LK way 1200mm 90mm 90mm 5.00kg LK way 1300mm 90mm 90mm 5.40kg LK way 1400mm 90mm 90mm 5.80kg LK way 1500mm 90mm 90mm 6.20kg LK way 1650mm 90mm 90mm 6.90kg LK way 1750mm 90mm 90mm 7.30kg LK Earth bars with single disconnecting link Description Length Width Height Weight Part no. each 6 way 475mm 90mm 96mm 2.30kg LK way 575mm 90mm 96mm 2.70kg LK way 725mm 90mm 96mm 3.30kg LK way 825mm 90mm 96mm 3.70kg LK way 925mm 90mm 96mm 4.10kg LK way 1025mm 90mm 96mm 4.50kg LK way 1125mm 90mm 96mm 4.90kg LK way 1275mm 90mm 96mm 5.50kg LK way 1375mm 90mm 96mm 5.90kg LK way 1475mm 90mm 96mm 6.30kg LK way 1575mm 90mm 96mm 6.70kg LK way 1725mm 90mm 96mm 7.40kg LK way 1825mm 90mm 96mm 7.80kg LK LK207-6 LK243-6 LK245-6 LK205 Recommended fixing - roundhead woodscrew 1 1/2 x no.16 and wall plug. ll the above products consist of 50 x 6mm copper bar. Furse can offer a range of earth bars manufactured to your individual requirements. Contact the sales office for further information. Earth bars with twin disconnecting links Description Length Width Height Weight Part no. each 6 way 550mm 90mm 96mm 2.80kg LK way 650mm 90mm 96mm 3.20kg LK way 800mm 90mm 96mm 3.80kg LK way 900mm 90mm 96mm 4.20kg LK way 1000mm 90mm 96mm 4.60kg LK way 1100mm 90mm 96mm 5.00kg LK way 1200mm 90mm 96mm 5.40kg LK way 1350mm 90mm 96mm 6.00kg LK way 1450mm 90mm 96mm 6.40kg LK way 1550mm 90mm 96mm 6.80kg LK way 1650mm 90mm 96mm 7.20kg LK way 1800mm 90mm 96mm 7.90kg LK way 1900mm 90mm 96mm 8.30kg LK ccessories Description Length Width Height Weight Part no. each Swan-neck 400mm 50mm 36mm 0.42kg LK004 link Disconnecting 125mm 90mm 90mm 0.59kg LK205 link 130 Earthing Earth bars and disconnecting links

190 Soil conditioning agents Marconite conductive aggregate Sack weight 25kg For further information on Marconite, please contact the Furse sales office. separate data sheet is available. Marconite is a registered trademark of Marconi Communications Ltd., and is manufactured by PMC Holdings Ltd. - Conductive Products Division. Marconite is a unique product, developed by Marconi Communications Ltd. Part no. CM025 Certain ground conditions make it difficult to obtain a reliable earth resistance, whilst particular installations may require a very low resistance. In such cases, Marconite provides a convenient and permanent solution. Topsoil Marconite Concrete Earth Rod Electrode Rock, Sand, Shale, etc. By adding Marconite in place of sand and aggregate, to cement, a conductive concrete is formed.this electrically conductive medium has many applications in the electrical/construction industry, including RF and microwave screening, static control and of course earthing, for which it was specifically developed. Marconite concrete used as a backfill for a conventional earth rod to achieve a lower earth electrode resistance. When used as a backfill for earth electrodes, Marconite impregnated concrete greatly increases the electrodes surface area thus lowering its resistance to earth. No other product can offer the same benefits as Marconite in earthing applications. Moisture retaining clay Sack weight 25kg Part no. CM015 Used as an earth-electrode backfill to reduce soil resistivity by retaining moisture.the clay consists largely of sodium montmorillonite, which when mixed with water swells to many times its dry volume. It has the ability to hold its moisture content for a considerable period of time and to absorb moisture from the surrounding soil (e.g. from rainfall). Topsoil Moisture Retaining Clay Rock, Sand, Shale, etc. Earth Rod Electrode Soil conditioning agents Earthing 131

191 Earth rod hammer ccessories Description Weight Part no. each tlas Copco Cobra TT 24kg HM005 petrol driven hammer Earth rod adapter 0.7kg HM010 (Suitable for 5/8 and 3/4 Earth rods) For projects where hand driving is uneconomical owing to a large quantity of rods or unfavourable ground conditions, the earth rod hammer can drastically cut installation times. Hammer rig Description Weight Part no. each Hammer rig kg HM105 By mounting a hammer onto a rig, longer lengths of earth rods can be driven. For projects where large quantities of rods are required cost savings can be achieved, for example, by using single 8ft rods rather than 2 x 4ft rods which would need couplers etc. Installation time is also considerably reduced. Please specify length of rod to be driven and type of hammer to be used when ordering. Earth resistance testers selection of earth testing instruments are available. The DET 3/2 and the DET 2/2 digital earth testers are shown. For further information on the earth resistance testers available, please contact our Technical Services department. DET 2/2 DET 3/2 132 Earthing ccessories

192 ccessories Type H - High strength splitbolt connector Conductor range Main Tap Dimension Weight Part no. Min Max Min Max B each 4mm 2 10mm 2 2.5mm 2 10mm 2 4.1mm 0.02kg 8H 10mm 2 16mm 2 2.5mm 2 16mm 2 5.5mm 0.03kg 4H 16mm 2 25mm 2 4mm 2 25mm 2 6.9mm 0.04kg 2H 25mm 2 35mm 2 4mm 2 35mm 2 8.4mm 0.06kg 1H 35mm 2 50mm 2 4mm 2 50mm 2 9.7mm 0.09kg 10H 35mm 2 70mm 2 4mm 2 70mm mm 0.14kg 20H 50mm 2 95mm 2 4mm 2 95mm mm 0.17kg 30H 50mm 2 120mm 2 6mm 2 120mm mm 0.18kg 40H 95mm 2 185mm 2 6mm 2 185mm mm 0.35kg 350M B For copper to copper connections. No special tools required. ccessories Earthing 133

193 Static earth lead and plier clamp Static earthing kits Description length Weight Part no. (max) each Static earth lead and plier clamp 3 metres 0.56kg SK010 Clamp certification II 1GD T6 multicored high-tensile steel cable with a medium duty hard anodized diecast aluminium clamp. The cable has an orange Hytrel coating and is pre-terminated with an M10 compression ring terminal. The clamp has stainless steel contact teeth. Static earth lead and heavy duty clamp Description length Weight Part no. (max) each Static earth lead and heavy duty clamp 5 metres 1.09kg SK020 Clamp certification II 1GD T6 multicored high-tensile steel cable with a heavy duty passivated carbon steel clamp. The cable has an orange Hytrel coating and is pre-terminated with an M10 compression ring terminal. The clamp has twin tungsten carbide contact teeth. Static discharge reel and plier clamp Description length Weight Part no. (max) each Static discharge reel and plier clamp 6.1 metres 4kg SK030 Clamp certification II 1GD T6. Reel certification II 2GD T6 multicored galvanised steel cable with a medium duty hard anodized diecast aluminium clamp. The cable is housed in a self-retracting cable drum with an instant lock mechanism. The clamp has stainless steel contact teeth. Static discharge reel and heavy duty clamp Description length Weight Part no. (max) each Static discharge reel and heavy 15.2 metres 5.9kg SK040 duty clamp Clamp certification II 1GD T6. Reel certification II 2GD T6 multicored galvanised steel cable with a heavy duty passivated carbon steel clamp. The cable is housed in a self-retracting cable drum with an instant lock mechanism. The clamp has twin tungsten carbide contact teeth. 134 Earthing Static earthing kits

194 Compression connectors Compression connectors produce very robust joints which can be buried in the ground or in concrete.they are ideal for use in situations where exothermic welding is not appropriate and periodic disconnection is not required. compression tool is required to make each joint - details of our manual hydraulic and battery powered tools and cutting tools can be found on pages Connector selector Shape connectors page Shape connectors page 136 C Shape connectors page 137 Grid connectors page 137 Terminals page Compression connectors Earthing 135

195 6 Shape connectors Compression connectors Main Conductor Tool Die Part no. Conductor Rod range mm 2 1/2-5/ mm 2 15G86R mm 2 1/2-5/ mm 2 15G86R mm 2 1/2-5/ mm 2 TBM14M 15G86R CK 16-35mm mm 2 or mm 2 5/8-3/ mm 2 TBM15I 15G126R mm 2 5/8-3/ mm 2 15G121R /8-3/ mm 2 15G121R mm mm 2 15G121R Can also be used to connect cable to steel reinforcing bar. 8 Shape connectors Nominal rod Conductor Tool Die Part no. diameter range 1" mm 2 15G121R GR /4" mm 2 15G121R GR /8" mm 2 15G121R GR " mm 2 15G121R GR /4" mm 2 TBM14M 15G121R GR /8" mm 2 or 15G121R GR /2" mm 2 TBM15I 15G121R GR " 35-70mm 2 15G121R GR /4" 35-70mm 2 15G121R GR /8" 35-70mm 2 15G121R GR /2" 35-70mm 2 15G121R GR Earthing Compression connectors

196 Compression connectors C Shape connectors Main Conductor Tool Die Die colour Part no. conductor range code 50mm mm 2 TBM14M Blue mm mm 2 TBM12 TBM12D-4 Blue mm mm 2 TBM15I Blue mm mm 2 TBM14M Blue mm mm 2 TBM14M Brown mm mm 2 TBM12 TBM12D-3 Brown mm mm 2 TBM15I Brown mm mm 2 TBM14M Pink mm mm 2 TBM12 TBM12D-2 Pink mm mm 2 TBM15I Pink mm mm 2 TBM14M Pink mm mm 2 TBM14M Black mm mm 2 TBM15I Black mm mm 2 TBM12 TBM12D-2 Black mm mm 2 TBM14M Black mm mm 2 TBM14M Yellow mm mm 2 TBM15I Yellow mm mm 2 TBM12 TBM12D-1 Yellow mm mm 2 TBM15I Yellow mm mm 2 TBM15I White mm mm 2 TBM15I White mm mm 2 TBM15I White Grid connectors Main Die Conductor Die Tool Part no. conductor range 35mm mm 2 45 GG mm mm 2 54 GG mm mm 2 45 GG mm mm 2 54 GG mm mm 2 60 GG mm mm 2 45 TBM14M GG mm mm 2 54 or GG mm mm 2 60 TBM15I GG mm mm 2 71 GG mm 2 80H 185mm 2 80H GG mm mm 2 71 GG mm mm 2 87 GG mm 2 87H 185mm 2 80H GG mm 2 87H 70mm 2 60 GG Compression connectors Earthing 137

197 Terminals Compression connectors B Conductor Screw Weight Part no. size size (B) each 16mm 2 6mm 0.01kg FCT166 16mm 2 8mm 0.01kg FCT168 16mm 2 10mm 0.01kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.01kg FCT mm 2 6mm 0.01kg FCT256 25mm 2 8mm 0.01kg FCT258 25mm 2 10mm 0.01kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.01kg FCT mm 2 6mm 0.01kg FCT356 35mm 2 8mm 0.01kg FCT358 35mm 2 10mm 0.01kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.01kg FCT mm 2 6mm 0.02kg FCT506 50mm 2 8mm 0.02kg FCT508 50mm 2 10mm 0.02kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.02kg FCT mm 2 8mm 0.04kg FCT708 70mm 2 10mm 0.04kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.04kg FCT mm 2 16mm 0.04kg FCT mm 2 8mm 0.06kg FCT958 95mm 2 10mm 0.06kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.06kg FCT mm 2 14mm 0.06kg FCT mm 2 16mm 0.06kg FCT mm 2 10mm 0.06kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.06kg FCT mm 2 14mm 0.06kg FCT mm 2 16mm 0.06kg FCT mm 2 10mm 0.09kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.09kg FCT mm 2 14mm 0.09kg FCT mm 2 16mm 0.09kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.11kg FCT mm 2 14mm 0.11kg FCT mm 2 16mm 0.11kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.14kg FCT mm 2 14mm 0.14kg FCT mm 2 16mm 0.14kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.17kg FCT mm 2 14mm 0.17kg FCT mm 2 16mm 0.17kg FCT mm 2 12mm 0.21kg FCT mm 2 14mm 0.21kg FCT mm 2 16mm 0.21kg FCT Earthing Compression connectors

198 Compression tools JB12B, TBM14M Self-contained hydraulic crimping tools to install copper, aluminium and CSR conductors. Two-stage 'rapid-ram' advance mechanism for fast installation Short fibreglass handle for confined work spaces ccepts all U-Type dies now used for lcoa, Burndy, Thomas & Betts and Blackburn tools of equivalent tonnage 180 degree head rotation Includes carrying case Contact Furse for die details Description Weight Part no. each Hand operated 12 ton tool with carrying case 5.9kg JB12B Hand operated 14 ton tool with carrying case 7kg TBM14M (Dies are not included) TBM15I Self-contained hydraulic crimping tools to install copper, aluminium and CSR conductors. Can be used to install copper and aluminium lugs, splices, C and H taps and grid ground connectors Long, slim profile allows easy access into tight spaces Runs off existing 10,000 PSI hydraulic pumps Includes steel carrying case Contact Furse for die details Description Weight Part no. each 15 ton hydraulic tool with carrying case 5.9kg TBM15l Compression tools Earthing 139

199 TBM14BSCR, TBM15BSCR Compression tools TBM14BSCR (Open head) This self-contained, compact tool makes crimping easy. One finger trigger operation eliminates fatigue and muscle related strains Built-in, pre-set 10,000 psi bypass cartridge activates when the 14 ton pressure is achieved Includes battery charger, two NiCad batteries and carrying case Contact Furse for die details TBM15BSCR (Closed head) Self-contained, state of the art hydraulic 15 ton tool. Features superior hydraulics with an internally sealed oil circuit, eliminating refilling Solid state circuitry High grade forged steel head rotates 180 degrees High capacity battery offers 60% more compression cycles than regular batteries and can be recharged in 25 minutes or less Includes battery charger, two NiCad batteries and carrying case Contact Furse for die details Description Weight Part no. Battery powered, open head 14 ton tool 5.9kg TBM14BSCR Battery powered, closed head 15 ton tool 7kg TBM15BSCR Standard kit includes: 1 battery powered tool 1 carrying strap 1 carrying case 2 CRCTBP batteries 1CRCTQC 15 minutes C charger (Dies are not included) TBM58BSCT Cutting tool Cuts CSR, aluminium and copper cables up to 1.5" (37mm) and earth rods to 5/8" (16mm) diameter. Ideal for aerial bucket work and trench operations One-handed operation Built-in bypass will activate if material is beyond the cutters capacity Includes battery charger, two NiCad batteries and carrying case Description Weight Part no. Battery powered 6 ton cutting tool 5.9kg TBM58BSCT 140 Earthing Compression tools

200 FurseWELD Introduction The Furseweld process 142 How it works 143 Connection selector Product selector - how to use 146 Products FurseWELD products arranged by connection type SureSHOT SureSHOT single use exothermic welding system Terminal lugs Straight, cranked and offset terminal lugs 177 Handle clamps Handle clamps and frames 178 ccessories Cleaning brushes, Duxseal, flint gun and flints, packing, scrapers, 179 copper sleeves and toolkits 141

201 FurseWELD The FurseWELD process Furseweld exothermic welding is a cost efficient method of making large or small numbers of high quality electrical connections. It is a simple, self-contained system that uses the high temperature reaction of powdered copper oxide and aluminium, within a mould, to form permanent electrical connections. Typical applications include: Earthing for power plants and sub-stations Telecommunications Transmission and power distribution lines Cathodic protection Rail connections The FurseWELD system: requires no external power or heat source creates high quality electrical connections is completely portable can be used safely with minimum training is cost effective can be used for over 45 standard connection configurations. The FurseWELD connection FurseWELD connections have several advantages: tolerant to repeated fault currents highly conductive do not loosen excellent corrosion resistance. Most FurseWELD connections have at least twice the cross-sectional area of the conductors being joined, and an equivalent or greater current carrying capacity. Corrosion resistance is exceptional because of the very high copper content (>90%) of the alloy. 142 FurseWELD

202 How it works Making a FurseWELD joint is a simple procedure as illustrated below: 1 Locate the conductors () to be joined in the weld cavity (B) and close the mould (C). F 2 Locate the steel retaining disc in the base of the crucible (D). Pour in the weld powder (E) followed by the starting powder (F). C E D Ignite starting powder with a spark gun. B 3 The resulting exothermic reaction reduces the weld powder to molten copper alloy which melts the retaining disc and flows into the weld cavity where it partially melts the conductors (G). 4 The molten copper alloy cools to leave a fusion weld of great mechanical and electrical integrity. G Moulds The FurseWELD system of exothermic welding uses moulds to contain the exothermic reaction that creates safe and robust connections. Different types of moulds are available, whose use depends on the requirements of the project. Graphite Moulds Market leading FurseWELD graphite moulds are extremely robust and capable of producing over 75 connections each. Mini-Moulds FurseWELD mini-moulds are a cost effective alternative to full-sized moulds, especially where lower numbers of connections are required.they are smaller overall, less robust and therefore lower priced. Care is required in order to achieve similar service lives to full-sized moulds. SureSHOT The FurseWELD SureSHOT system is a single-use ceramic mould supplied complete with retaining disc and powders. It has been designed for use in applications where only a few connections are required. Details of the SureSHOT system can be found on pages How it works FurseWELD 143

203 Connection selector Bar to bar BB1 Page 147 BB3 Page 147 BB7 Page 148 BB14 Page 148 BB41 Page 149 Bar to earth rod BR1 Page 150 BR2 Page 151 Bar to steel surface BS1 Page 152 BS2 Page 152 BS3 Page 153 to bar CB1 Page 154 CB4 Page 155 CB5 Page 156 to cable CC1 Page 157 CC2 Page 158 CC4 Page 159 CC6 Page 160 CC7 Page 161 CC11 Page 162 CC14 Page 162 to earth rod CR1 Page 163 CR2 Page 164 CR3 Page FurseWELD Connection selector

204 Connection selector to reinforcing bar CRE1 Page 166 CRE2 Page CRE3 Page 167 CRE6 Page 168 CRE17 Page 168 to steel surface and pipe CS1 Page 169 CS2 Page 169 CS3 Page 170 CS7 Page 170 CS8 Page 170 CS9 Page 171 CS25 Page 171 CS27 Page 171 CS32 Page 172 CS34 Page 172 to rail R4 Page 173 R5 Page 173 Bar to rail R10 Page 173 R12 Page 174 Stud to rail R6 Page 174 R8 Page 174 Stud to steel surface SureSHOT RS1 Page 174 RS2 Page 174 SS1 Page 176 SS2 Page 176 If connections shown do not meet your requirements, please contact the sales office on +44 (0) Connection selector FurseWELD 145

205 Product selector - how to use Use the Connection Selector on pages to choose your required joint type Find the required conductor sizes FurseWELD products powder cartridge is required for each joint to be made Less robust, more cost effective versions of the mould and handle clamp are available single mould is capable of producing on average 75 joints Sleeves are required when joining conductors smaller than 16mm 2 Handle clamps for handling the mould, or clamping the halves together Packing is required when welding to reinforcing bar ccessories Hammer die Rail bond Stud Conductors Flat tape conductor Stranded conductor Solid circular conductor 146 FurseWELD Product selector

206 Bar to bar BB1 mm x mm 20 x 3 45P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 4 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 6 150P10 BB HCPK x 2 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 3 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 4 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 5 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 3 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 6 150P10 BB HCPK x 3 115P10 BB HCPK x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 115P10 BB HCPK x 4 150P10 BB HCPK x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 150P10 BB HCPK x 4 200P10 BB HCPK x 5 200P10 BB HCPK x 6 250P10 BB HCPK4 - - BB3 mm x mm B mm x mm 20 x 3 20 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 3 25 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 4 25 x 4 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 6 25 x 6 150P10 BB HCPK x 2 30 x 2 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 3 30 x 3 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 4 30 x 4 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 5 30 x 5 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 3 31 x 3 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 6 31 x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 38 x 3 115P10 BB HCPK x 5 38 x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 38 x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 40 x 3 115P10 BB HCPK x 4 40 x 4 150P10 BB HCPK x 5 40 x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 40 x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 50 x 3 200P10 BB HCPK x 4 50 x 4 200P10 BB HCPK x 5 50 x 5 200P10 BB HCPK x 6 50 x 6 250P10 BB HCPK4 - - B Bar to bar FurseWELD 147

207 BB7 Bar to bar mm x mm 20 x 3 45P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 4 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 6 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 2 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 4 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 5 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 6 150P10 BB HCPK x 3 90P10 BB HCPK x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 90P10 BB HCPK x 4 115P10 BB HCPK x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 150P10 BB HCPK x 4 200P10 BB HCPK x 5 200P10 BB HCPK x 6 250P10 BB HCPK5 - - BB14 mm x mm B mm x mm B 20 x 3 20 x 3 45P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 3 25 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 4 25 x 4 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 6 25 x 6 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 2 30 x 2 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 3 30 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 4 30 x 4 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 5 30 x 5 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 3 31 x 3 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 6 31 x 6 150P10 BB HCPK x 3 38 x 3 90P10 BB HCPK x 5 38 x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 38 x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 40 x 3 90P10 BB HCPK x 4 40 x 4 115P10 BB HCPK x 5 40 x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 40 x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 50 x 3 150P10 BB HCPK x 4 50 x 4 200P10 BB HCPK x 5 50 x 5 200P10 BB HCPK x 6 50 x 6 250P10 BB HCPK FurseWELD Bar to bar

208 Bar to bar BB41 mm x mm B mm x mm 20 x 3 20 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 3 25 x 3 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 4 25 x 4 90P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 25 x 6 25 x 6 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 2 30 x 2 65P10 BB HCPK4 BB HPCK3 30 x 3 30 x 3 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HPCK3 30 x 4 30 x 4 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 30 x 5 30 x 5 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 3 31 x 3 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 31 x 6 31 x 6 115P10 BB HCPK4 BB HCPK3 38 x 3 38 x 3 150P10 BB HCPK x 5 38 x 5 150P10 BB HCPK x 6 38 x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 40 x 3 200P10 BB HCPK x 4 40 x 4 200P10 BB HCPK x 5 40 x 5 200P10 BB HCPK x 6 40 x 6 200P10 BB HCPK x 3 50 x 3 200P10 BB HCPK x 4 50 x 4 200P10 BB HCPK x 5 50 x 5 200P10 BB HCPK x 6 50 x 6 200P10 BB HCPK5 - - B Bar to bar FurseWELD 149

209 BR1 Bar to earth rod /B B C B C mm Ø inches Ø mm x mm /2" 20 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 25 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 25 x 4 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 30 x 2 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 30 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 31 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 38 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK /2" 40 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK /2" 50 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK /2" 50 x 6 115P10 BR HCPK /8" 20 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 25 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 25 x 4 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 25 x 6 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 30 x 2 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 30 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 30 x 4 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 30 x 5 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 31 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 31 x 6 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 38 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK /8" 38 x 5 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 38 x 6 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 40 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK /8" 40 x 4 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 40 x 5 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 40 x 6 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 50 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 50 x 4 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 50 x 5 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 50 x 6 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 20 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /4" 25 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 25 x 4 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 25 x 6 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 30 x 2 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 30 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 30 x 4 250P10 BR HCPK /4" 30 x 5 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 31 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 31 x 6 250P10 BR HCPK /4" 38 x 3 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 38 x 5 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 38 x 6 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 40 x 3 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 40 x 4 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 40 x 5 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 40 x 6 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 50 x 3 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 50 x 4 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 50 x 5 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 50 x 6 2 x 200P10 BR HCPK5 - - Suitable for connections to copperbond rods - for connections to solid copper and stainless steel rods please contact our sales office. Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be removed prior to welding. 150 FurseWELD Bar to earth rod

210 Bar to earth rod BR2 B C mm Ø inches Ø mm x mm /2" 20 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 25 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 25 x 4 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 30 x 2 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 30 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 31 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 38 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 40 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /2" 50 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK /8" 20 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 25 x 3 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 25 x 4 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 25 x 6 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 30 x 2 90P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 30 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 30 x 4 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 30 x 5 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 31 x 3 115P10 BR HCPK4 BR HCPK /8" 31 x 6 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 38 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 38 x 5 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 38 x 6 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 40 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 40 x 4 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 40 x 5 150P10 BR HCPK /8" 40 x 6 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 50 x 3 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 50 x 4 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 50 x 5 200P10 BR HCPK /8" 50 x 6 250P10 BR HCPK /4" 20 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 25 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 25 x 4 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 25 x 6 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 30 x 2 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 30 x 3 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 30 x 4 250P10 BR HCPK /4" 30 x 5 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 31 x 3 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 31 x 6 250P10 BR HCPK /4" 38 x 3 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 38 x 5 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 38 x 6 250P10 BR HCPK /4" 40 x 3 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 40 x 4 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 40 x 5 200P10 BR HCPK /4" 40 x 6 250P10 BR HCPK /4" 50 x 3 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 50 x 4 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 50 x 5 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK /4" 50 x 6 2 x 150P10 BR HCPK5 - - Suitable for connections to copperbond rods - for connections to solid copper and stainless steel rods please contact our sales office. Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be removed prior to welding. C /B B Bar to earth rod FurseWELD 151

211 BS1 Bar to steel surface mm x mm 20 x 3 65P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 3 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 4 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 6 150P10 BS HCPK x 2 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 30 x 3 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 30 x 4 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 30 x 5 150P10 BS HCPK x 3 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 31 x 6 200P10 BS HCPK x 3 150P10 BS HCPK x 5 200P10 BS HCPK x 6 250P10 BS HCPK x 3 150P10 BS HCPK x 4 200P10 BS HCPK x 5 200P10 BS HCPK x 6 250P10 BS HCPK x 3 200P10 BS HCPK x 4 250P10 BS HCPK x 5 250P10 BS HCPK x 6 2 x 150P10 BS HCPK5 - - BS2 mm x mm 20 x 3 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 3 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 4 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 6 150P10 BS HCPK x 2 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 30 x 3 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 30 x 4 150P10 BS HCPK x 5 200P10 BS HCPK x 3 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 31 x 6 200P10 BS HCPK x 3 150P10 BS HCPK x 5 200P10 BS HCPK x 6 200P10 BS HCPK x 3 115P10 BS HCPK x 4 200P10 BS HCPK x 5 200P10 BS HCPK x 6 250P10 BS HCPK x 3 200P10 BS HCPK x 4 2 x 150P10 BS HCPK x 5 2 x 150P10 BS HCPK x 6 2 x 150P10 BS HCPK FurseWELD Bar to steel surface

212 Bar to steel surface BS3 mm x mm 20 x 3 65P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 20 x 3 90P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 3 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 4 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 25 x 6 150P10 BS HCPK x 2 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 30 x 3 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 30 x 4 150P10 BS HCPK x 5 200P10 BS HCPK x 3 115P10 BS HCPK4 BS HCPK3 31 x 6 200P10 BS HCPK x 3 150P10 BS HCPK x 5 200P10 BS HCPK x 6 250P10 BS HCPK x 3 150P10 BS HCPK x 4 200P10 BS HCPK x 5 250P10 BS HCPK x 6 250P10 BS HCPK x 3 250P10 BS HCPK x 4 250P10 BS HCPK x 5 250P10 BS HCPK x 6 250P10 BS HCPK Bar to steel surface FurseWELD 153

213 CB1 to bar mm 2 B mm x mm B 16* 20 x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 16* 25 x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 32P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCKP x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 8mm Ø 20 x 3 45P10 CB1-4-8SC203 HCPK4 CB1-3-8SC203 HCPK3 8mm Ø 25 x 3 65P10 CB1-4-8SC253 HCPK4 CB1-3-8SC253 HCPK x 3 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 4 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 10mm Ø 25 x 3 65P10 CB1-4-10SC253 HCPK4 CB1-3-10SC253 HCPK3 10mm Ø 25 x 4 65P10 CB1-4-10SC254 HCPK4 CB1-3-10SC254 HCPK3 10mm Ø 25 x 6 65P10 CB1-4-10SC256 HCPK4 CB1-3-10SC256 HCPK x 4 90P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 90P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 90P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 5 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 5 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 5 150P10 CB HCPK x 6 150P10 CB HCPK x 5 150P10 CB HCPK x 5 200P10 CB HCPK x 5 200P10 CB HCPK x 6 2 x 150P10 CB HCPK x 6 2 x 150P10 CB HCPK5 - - Terminal lugs - see page 177 * 1 x S FurseWELD to bar

214 to bar CB4 mm 2 B mm x mm 16* 20 x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 16* 25 x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 32P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 32P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 8mm Ø 20 x 3 45P10 CB4-4-8SC203 HCPK4 CB4-3-8SC203 HCPK3 8mm Ø 25 x 3 45P10 CB4-4-8SC253 HCPK4 CB4-3-8SC253 HCPK x 3 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 4 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 90P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 10mm Ø 25 x 3 65P10 CB4-4-10SC253 HCPK4 CB4-3-10SC253 HCPK3 10mm Ø 25 x 4 65P10 CB4-4-10SC254 HCPK4 CB4-3-10SC254 HCPK3 10mm Ø 25 x 6 90P10 CB4-4-10SC256 HCPK4 CB4-3-10SC256 HCPK x 4 90P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 5 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 5 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 5 115P10 CB HCPK x 6 150P10 CB HCPK x 5 150P10 CB HCPK x 5 150P10 CB HCPK x 5 200P10 CB HCPK x 6 250P10 CB HCPK x 6 2 x 150P10 CB HCPK5 - - * 1 x S103 B to bar FurseWELD 155

215 CB5 to bar mm 2 B mm x mm B 16* 20 x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 16* 25 x 3 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 45P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 3 65P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 8mm Ø 20 x 3 65P10 CB5-4-8SC203 HCPK4 CB5-3-8SC203 HCPK3 8mm Ø 25 x 3 65P10 CB5-4-8SC253 HCPK4 CB5-3-8SC253 HCPK x 3 90P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 4 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK x 6 115P10 CB HCPK4 CB HCPK3 10mm Ø 25 x 3 115P10 CB5-4-10SC253 HCPK4 CB5-3-10SC253 HCPK3 10mm Ø 25 x 4 150P10 CB5-4-10SC254 HCPK mm Ø 25 x 6 150P10 CB5-4-10SC256 HCPK x 4 150P10 CB HCPK x 6 150P10 CB HCPK x 6 150P10 CB HCPK x 5 200P10 CB HCPK x 6 200P10 CB HCPK x 5 200P10 CB HCPK x 5 250P10 CB HCPK x 6 250P10 CB HCPK x 5 250P10 CB HCPK x 5 2 x 150P10 CB HCPK x 5 2 x 150P10 CB HCPK x 6 2 x 200P10 CB HCPK x 6 2 x 250P10 CB HCPK5 - - * 2 x S FurseWELD to bar

216 to cable CC1 mm 2 16* 32P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 8mm Ø 45P10 CC1-4-8SC HCPK4 CC1-3-8SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 10mm Ø 65P10 CC1-4-10SC HCPK4 CC1-3-10SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK5 - - * 2 x S103 to cable FurseWELD 157

217 CC2 to cable B B mm 2 mm 2 16* 16* 45P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 8mm Ø 8mm Ø 65P10 CC2-4-88SC HCPK4 CC2-3-88SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 10mm Ø 10mm Ø 90P10 CC SC HCPK4 CC SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 200P10 CC HCPK x 200P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 - - * 3 x S FurseWELD to cable

218 to cable CC4 B mm 2 mm 2 16* 16* 65P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 8mm Ø 8mm Ø 90P10 CC4-4-88SC HCPK4 CC4-3-88SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 10mm Ø 10mm Ø 115P10 CC SC HCPK4 CC SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 250P10 CC HCPK x 200P10 CC HCPK x 200P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK5 - - * 4 x S103 B to cable FurseWELD 159

219 CC6 to cable B B mm 2 mm 2 16* 16* 65P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 * 3 x S FurseWELD to cable

220 to cable CC7 B mm 2 mm 2 16* 16* 65P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 8mm Ø 8mm Ø 90P10 CC7-4-88SC HCPK4 CC7-3-88SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 10mm Ø 10mm Ø 115P10 CC SC HCPK4 CC SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 200P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 250P10 CC HCPK x 250P10 CC HCPK x 200P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK5 - - * 4 x S103 B to cable FurseWELD 161

221 CC11 to cable B B mm 2 mm P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK x 150P10 CC HCPK x 200P10 CC HCPK x 250P10 CC HCPK x 250P10 CC HCPK8 8mm Ø 8mm Ø 150P10 CC11-7-8SC8SC HCPK7 10mm Ø 10mm Ø 150P10 CC SC HCPK7 CC14 B B mm 2 mm 2 16* 16* 65P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 8mm Ø 8mm Ø 90P10 CC SC HCPK4 CC SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK3 10mm Ø 10mm Ø 115P10 CC SC HCPK4 CC SC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK P10 CC HCPK4 - - * 4 x S FurseWELD to cable

222 to earth rod CR1 B C mm Ø inches Ø mm /2" 16* 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 25 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 35 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 50 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 8mm Ø 65P10 CR SC HCPK4 CR SC HCPK /2" 70 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 95 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 16* 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 25 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 35 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 50 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 8mm Ø 90P10 CR SC HCPK4 CR SC HCPK /8" 70 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 95 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCKP /8" P10 CR HCPK /4" 16* 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" 25 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" 35 65P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" 50 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" 8mm Ø 90P10 CR SC HCPK4 CR SC HCPK /4" 70 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" 95 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK4 - - * 1 x S103 C /B B Suitable for connections to copperbond rods - for connections to solid copper and stainless steel rods please contact our sales office. Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be removed prior to welding. to earth rod FurseWELD 163

223 CR2 to earth rod B C C /B B mm Ø inches Ø mm /2" 16* 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 25 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 35 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 50 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" 8mm Ø 90P10 CR SC HCPK4 CR SC HCPK /2" 70 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /2" P10 CR HCPK /8" 16* 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 25 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 35 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 50 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" 8mm Ø 90P10 CR SC HCPK4 CR SC HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK /8" P10 CR HCPK /4" 16* 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" 25 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" 35 90P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" 8mm Ø 115P10 CR SC HCPK4 CR SC HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK4 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK /4" P10 CR HCPK /4" x 150P10 CR HCPK5 - - Suitable for connections to copperbond rods - for connections to solid copper and stainless steel rods please contact our sales office. * 2 x S103 Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be removed prior to welding. 164 FurseWELD to earth rod

224 to earth rod CR3 B C mm Ø inches Ø mm /2" 16* 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /2" 25 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /2" 35 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /2" P10 CR HCPK4+F /2" 8mm Ø 115P10 CR SC HCPK4+F /2" P10 CR HCPK4+F /2" P10 CR HCPK4+F /2" P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" 16* 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" 25 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" 35 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" 8mm Ø 115P10 CR SC HCPK4+F /8" P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" P10 CR HCPK4+F /8" x 200P10 CR HCPK5+F /4" 16* 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /4" 25 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /4" 35 90P10 CR HCPK4+F /4" P10 CR HCPK4+F /4" 8mm Ø 115P10 CR SC HCPK4+F /4" P10 CR HCPK4+F /4" P10 CR HCPK4+F /4" P10 CR HCPK4+F /4" P10 CR HCPK4+F /4" x 200P10 CR HCPK5+F /4" x 250P10 CR HCPK5+F /4" x 200P10 CR HCPK5+F2 * 2 x S103 /B B C Suitable for connections to copperbond rods - for connections to solid copper and stainless steel rods please contact our sales office. Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be removed prior to welding. to earth rod FurseWELD 165

225 CRE1 to reinforcing bar B B mm Ø mm * 45P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK mm Ø 90P10 CRE1-3-8SC HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK mm Ø 90P10 CRE1-3-10SC HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK- * 1 x S103 CRE2 B B mm Ø mm * 90P10 CRE2-4-16R16 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R25 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R35 HCPK4 16 8mm Ø 115 P10 CRE2-4-16R8SC HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R50 HCPK mm Ø 115P10 CRE2-4-16R10SC HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R70 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R95 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R120 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R150 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R185 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-16R240 HCPK x 150P10 CRE2-4-16R300 HCPK * 115P10 CRE2-4-18R16 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R25 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R35 HCPK4 18 8mm Ø 150P10 CRE2-4-18R8SC HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R50 HCPK mm Ø 150P10 CRE2-4-18R10SC HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R70 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R95 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R120 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R150 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R185 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-18R240 HCPK x 150P10 CRE2-4-18R300 HCPK4 * 1 x S * 115P10 CRE2-4-20R16 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-20R25 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-20R35 HCPK4 20 8mm Ø 150P10 CRE2-4-20R8SC HCPK P10 CRE2-4-20R50 HCPK mm Ø 150P10 CRE2-4-20R10SC HCPK P10 CRE2-4-20R70 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-20R95 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-20R120 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-20R150 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-20R185 HCPK4 166 FurseWELD to reinforcing bar

226 to reinforcing bar CRE2 B mm Ø mm x 150P10 CRE2-4-20R240 HCPK x 200P10 CRE2-5-20R300 HCPK * 200P10 CRE2-4-25R16 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-25R25 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-25R35 HCPK4 25 8mm Ø 200P10 CRE2-4-25R8SC HCPK P10 CRE2-4-25R50 HCPK mm Ø 250P10 CRE2-4-25R10SC HCPK P10 CRE2-4-25R70 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-25R95 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-25R120 HCPK x 150P10 CRE2-4-25R150 HCPK x 150P10 CRE2-5-25R185 HCPK x 200P10 CRE2-5-25R240 HCPK x 200P10 CRE2-5-25R300 HCPK * 250P10 CRE2-4-30R16 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-30R25 HCPK P10 CRE2-4-30R35 HCPK4 30 8mm Ø 2 x 150P10 CRE2-4-30R8SC HCPK x 150P10 CRE2-4-30R50 HCPK mm Ø 2 x 150P10 CRE2-4-30R10SC HCPK x 150P10 CRE2-4-30R70 HCPK x 150P10 CRE2-5-30R95 HCPK x 200P10 CRE2-5-30R120 HCPK x 200P10 CRE2-5-30R150 HCPK x 250P10 CRE2-5-30R185 HCPK x 200P10 CRE2-5-30R240 HCPK x 200P10 CRE2-5-30R300 HCPK5 * 1 x S103 B CRE3 B mm Ø mm * 45P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK mm Ø 90P10 CRE3-3-8SC HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK mm Ø 90P10 CRE3-3-10SC HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK- * 2 x S103 B to reinforcing bar FurseWELD 167

227 CRE6 to reinforcing bar B B mm Ø mm * 45P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK mm Ø 65P10 CRE6-3-8SC HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK mm Ø 90P10 CRE6-3-10SC HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK P10 CRE HCPK3- PCK- * 1 x S103 CRE17 B B mm Ø mm * 45P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK mm Ø 90P10 CRE17-3-8SC HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK mm Ø 90P10 CRE SC HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK P10 CRE HCPK3-B PCK- * 2 x S FurseWELD to reinforcing bar

228 to steel surface and pipe CS1 mm USE CS8 PGE 170 8mm Ø 90P10 CS1-4-8SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 10mm Ø 90P10 CS1-4-10SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS2 mm USE CS9 PGE 171 8mm Ø 90P10 CS2-4-8SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 10mm Ø 115P10 CS2-4-10SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK x 150P10 CS HCPK x 200P10 CS HCPK5 to steel surface and pipe FurseWELD 169

229 CS3 to steel surface and pipe mm 2 16* 45P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK3 8mm Ø 65P10 CS3-4-8SC HCPK4 CS3-3-8SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK3 10mm Ø 90P10 CS3-4-10SC HCPK4 CS3-3-10SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 - - * 1 x S103 CS7 mm 2 16* 65P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK3 8mm Ø 90P10 CS7-4-8SC HCPK4 CS7-3-8SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK3 10mm Ø 150P10 CS7-4-10SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK x 150P10 CS HCPK x 150P10 CS HCPK x 200P10 CS HCPK5 - - * 1 x S103 CS8 * 1 x S103 mm 2 16* 45P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK2 8mm Ø 45P10 CS8-2-8SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK2 10mm Ø 65P10 CS8-2-10SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 170 FurseWELD to steel surface and pipe

230 to steel surface and pipe CS9 mm 2 16* 45P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK2 8mm Ø 90P10 CS9-4-8SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 10mm Ø 115P10 CS9-4-10SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK x 150P10 CS HCPK5 * 2 x S103 CS25 mm 2 16* 45P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK3 8mm Ø 65P10 CS25-4-8SC HCPK4 CS25-3-8SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK3 10mm Ø 90P10 CS SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 - - * 1 x S103 CS27 mm 2 16* 45P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK3 8mm Ø 65P10 CS27-4-8SC HCPK4 CS27-3-8SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK4 CS HCPK3 10mm Ø 115P10 CS SC HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK P10 CS HCPK x 150P10 CS HCPK x 200P10 CS HCPK5 - - * 2 x S103 to steel surface and pipe FurseWELD 171

231 CS32 to steel surface and pipe mm 2 B mm Ø B 2.5 <125 15P10 CS HCPK1 1 x S >125 15P10 CS B HCPK1 1 x S105 4 <125 15P10 CS HCPK1 1 x S105 4 >125 15P10 CS B HCPK1 1 x S105 6 <125 15P10 CS HCPK1 1 x S105 6 >125 15P10 CS B HCPK1 1 x S <125 25P10 CS HCPK1 1 x S >125 25P10 CS B HCPK1 1 x S <125 45P10 CS HCPK2 1 x S >125 45P10 CS B HCPK2 1 x S <70 25P10 CS C HCPK P10 CS D HCPK1-25 >165 25P10 CS E HCPK1-35 <70 45P10 CS C HCPK P10 CS D HCPK P10 CS F HCPK2-35 >250 45P10 CS G HCPK2-50 <70 45P10 CS C HCPK P10 CS D HCPK P10 CS F HCPK2-50 >250 45P10 CS G HCPK2-70 <70 65P10 CS C HCPK P10 CS D HCPK P10 CS F HCPK2-70 >250 65P10 CS G HCPK2 - CS34 mm 2 B mm Ø B 2.5 <125 15P10 CS HCPK2 2 x S >125 15P10 CS B HCPK2 2 x S105 4 <125 15P10 CS HCPK2 2 x S105 4 >125 15P10 CS B HCPK2 2 x S105 6 <125 15P10 CS HCPK2 2 x S105 6 >125 15P10 CS B HCPK2 2 x S <125 32P10 CS HCPK2 2 x S >125 32P10 CS B HCPK2 2 x S <125 45P10 CS HCPK2 2 x S >125 45P10 CS B HCPK2 2 x S <70 32P10 CS C HCPK P10 CS D HCPK2-25 >165 32P10 CS E HCPK2-35 <70 45P10 CS C HCPK P10 CS D HCPK P10 CS F HCPK2-35 >250 45P10 CS G HCPK2-50 <70 65P10 CS C HCPK P10 CS D HCPK P10 CS F HCPK2-50 >250 65P10 CS G HCPK2-172 FurseWELD to steel surface and pipe

232 to rail R4 mm P10 R4L-4-16 HCR1 S P10 R4R-4-16 HCR1 S P10 R4L-4-25 HCR P10 R4R-4-25 HCR P10 R4L-4-35 HCR1 S106 HD P10 R4R-4-35 HCR1 S106 HD P10 R4L-4-50 HCR1 S107 HD P10 R4R-4-50 HCR1 S107 HD P10 R4L-4-70 HCR1 S108 HD P10 R4R-4-70 HCR1 S108 HD P10 R4L-9-95 HCR1 S109 HD P10 R4R-9-95 HCR1 S109 HD P10 R4L HCR1 S110 HD P10 R4R HCR1 S110 HD P10 R4L HCR1 S111 HD P10 R4R HCR1 S111 HD150 R4L R4R R5 mm P10 R HCPK2 S P10 R HCPK P10 R HCPK2 S106 HD P10 R HCPK2 S107 HD P10 R HCPK2 S108 HD P10 R HCPK2 S109 HD P10 R HCPK2 S110 HD P10 R HCPK2 S111 HD150 R10 mm P10 R10L-3-16 HCPK2 S P10 R10R-3-16 HCPK2 S P10 R10L-3-25 HCPK P10 R10R-3-25 HCPK P10 R10L-3-35 HCPK2 S106 HD P10 R10R-3-35 HCPK2 S106 HD P10 R10L-3-50 HCPK2 S107 HD P10 R10R-3-50 HCPK2 S107 HD P10 R10L-3-70 HCPK2 S108 HD P10 R10R-3-70 HCPK2 S108 HD P10 R10L-3-95 HCPK2 S109 HD P10 R10R-3-95 HCPK2 S109 HD P10 R10L HCPK2 S110 HD P10 R10R HCPK2 S110 HD P10 R10L HCPK2 S111 HD P10 R10R HCPK2 S111 HD150 R10L R10R to rail FurseWELD 173

233 R12 to rail mm P10 R HCR2 RB P10 R HCR2 RB P10 R HCR2 RB P10 R HCR2 RB P10 R HCR2 RB P10 R HCR2 RB120 R6 Bar to rail mm x mm 25 x 3 65P10 R HCPK2 R8 Stud to rail mm 2 M6 45P10 R8-4-M6 HCPK4 RSSM6 M8 45P10 R8-4-M8 HCPK4 RSSM8 M10 65P10 R8-4-M10 HCPK4 RSSM10 M12 90P10 R8-4-M12 HCPK4 RSSM12 M16 115P10 R8-4-M16 HCPK4 RSSM16 RS1 Stud to steel surface mm 2 M6 25P10 RS1-4-M6 HCPK4 RSSM6 M8 32P10 RS1-4-M8 HCPK4 RSSM8 M10 45P10 RS1-4-M10 HCPK4 RSSM10 M12 65P10 RS1-4-M12 HCPK4 RSSM12 M16 115P10 RS1-4-M16 HCPK4 RSSM16 RS2 mm 2 M6 25P10 RS2-4-M6 HCPK4 RSSM6 M8 32P10 RS2-4-M8 HCPK4 RSSM8 M10 45P10 RS2-4-M10 HCPK4 RSSM10 M12 65P10 RS2-4-M12 HCPK4 RSSM12 M16 115P10 RS2-5-M16 HCPK5 RSSM FurseWELD, bar and stud to rail and stud to steel surface

234 SureSHOT The FurseWELD SureSHOT system is a cost effective solution for applications requiring only a small number of high quality electrical connections. Like all FurseWELD products, SureSHOT uses the high temperature reaction between powdered copper oxide and aluminium to create fault tolerant electrical connections without any external power or heat source. SureSHOT connections have the same benefits as FurseWELD connections: tolerant to repeated fault currents highly conductive do not loosen excellent corrosion resistance. Unlike the graphite FurseWELD moulds, the SureSHOT moulds are ceramic and specifically designed to be used only once.they are disposed of or buried in place with the joint once it has been completed. SureSHOT moulds are supplied complete with powders and retaining disc. 1 Insert the rod and conductor into the mould, locate the retaining disc and pour in the weld powder. 2 Place the lid on top of the mould, add starting powder and ignite with spark gun. 3 The resulting exothermic reaction reduces the weld powder to molten copper alloy which melts the retaining disc and flows into the weld cavity where it partially melts the conductors.the molten copper alloy cools to leave a fusion weld of great mechanical and electrical integrity. 4 Once the joint is completed, the ceramic mould can either be disposed of or buried in place. SureSHOT FurseWELD 175

235 SS1 SureSHOT B C mm Ø inches Ø mm /8" 16 4 SS /8" 25 4 SS /B C B /8" 35 4 SS /8" 50 4 SS /8" 70 4 SS /8" 95 4 SS /4" 16 4 SS /4" 25 4 SS /4" 35 4 SS /4" 50 4 SS /4" 70 4 SS /4" 95 4 SS SS2 B C mm Ø inches Ø mm /8" 16 4 SS /8" 25 4 SS /B C B /8" 35 4 SS /8" 50 4 SS /8" 70 4 SS /8" 95 4 SS /4" 16 4 SS /4" 25 4 SS /4" 35 4 SS /4" 50 4 SS /4" 70 4 SS /4" 95 4 SS Suitable for connections to copperbond rods - for connections to solid copper and stainless steel rods please contact our sales office. Threaded portion of copperbond rods must be removed prior to welding. 176 FurseWELD SureSHOT

236 Terminal lugs Straight type lug D B C D E Part no. mm mm mm mm mm E LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS110 C B Cranked type lug D B C D E F G Part no. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm E LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC LC110 F 45 G C B Offset type lug D B C D E F Part no. mm mm mm mm mm mm E LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO LO110 F 45 C B Terminal lugs FurseWELD 177

237 Handle clamps Handle clamps Handle clamps Part no. Description HCPK2 HCPK1 Single part moulds (Price Key 1) HCPK2 Single part moulds (Price Key 2) HCPK3 Two part moulds (Price Key 3) HCPK3 With chain grip, two part moulds (Price Key 3) HCPK3B Sprung, single part moulds (Price Key 3) HCPK4 Two-part moulds (Price Key 4) HCPK4 With chain grip, multi-part moulds (Price Key 4) HCPK5 Multi-part moulds (Price Key 5) HCPK7 Multi-part moulds (Price Key 7) HCPK8 Multi-part moulds (Price Key 8) HCR1 Single block rail moulds HCR2 Double block rail moulds Frames Part no. Description F1 F2 Used with HCPK4 (Price Key 9 moulds) Used with HCPK5 (Price Key 10 moulds) HCPK3 HCPK3 HCPK4 178 FurseWELD Handle clamps

238 E RLY S TREMER E MISSION L IGHTNING C ONDUCTORS Protection areas French Standard NFC requires that every ESE Lightning Conductor first undergo a series of high-voltage laboratory tests to determine the gain in triggering time in comparison to a simple rod. The value obtained - referred to as t - equals the average trigger time over a run of 100 electrical discharges in the laboratory, minus a 35% safety margin. This figure is then used to calculate each conductor s protection area according to the standardized formula. From the outset, INDELEC subjected the PREVECTRON 2 to independent testing in laboratories across France (EDF facility at Renardières & Cediver Laboratory at Bazet) and internationally (Louvain University in Belgium, IREQ in Canada & KERI in South Korea). The tests highlighted the advantages of the PREVECTRON 2 s early triggering system compared to a passive rod and allowed each model s average t value to be measured. The results of the tests have all been approved by the CNRS and are available on request. Installation Installation procedure for the PREVECTRON 2 is governed by French standard NFC and follows a series of simple rules catering for all types of structure: the tip should be positioned at least 2m above the structure to be protected; with heights less than 28m, a single down conductor is sufficient (as long as the conductor s horizontal projection is less than its vertical projection); the resistance of the grounding system should be less than 10Ω; PREVECTRON 2 activity can be recorded by installing a lightning strike counter; the PREVECTRON 2 has been designed for the most extreme climatic conditions (see the results of our real-life lightning tests). INDELEC also markets a tester allowing clients to regularly check the air terminal on-site. TS 2.25 TS 3.40 TS SERIES Prevectron 2 MILLENIUM S 3.40 Ø 100 mm / H = 330 mm

239 Key benefits The skills of INDELEC s engineers, the variety of tests carried out in both high-voltage laboratories and real-life lightning conditions, and the experience gained from the thousands of PREVECTRON 2 installations around the world, have allowed us to develop a complete range of lightning conductors offering a host of key benefits: 5-MODEL RNGE OFFERING CUSTOMIZED SOLUTIONS FOR ECH PROJECT (ESTHETIC CONSTRINTS, REQUIRED PROTECTION RE, ETC.); FULLY UTONOMOUS OPERTION; TOTL RELIBILITY, EVEN IN EXTREME CLIMTIC CONDITIONS; PROVEN, ROBUST DESIGN BLE TO WITHSTND MULTIPLE LIGHTNING STRIKES; LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR ONLY BECOMES CTIVE WHEN ELECTRICL FIELD INTENSITY RISES (LIGHTNING DISCHRGE LIKELY), THE PREVECTRON 2 PRESENTS NO DNGER TO THE SITE; STRIGHTFORWRD INSTLLTION & MINTENNCE USING TOOLS SPECILLY DEVELOPED BY INDELEC, INCLUDING PROTECTION CLCULTION SOFTWRE, STRIKE COUNTER ND PREVECTRON TESTER; HIGH-VOLTGE LBORTORY TEST RESULTS VILBLE ON REQUEST; REL-LIFE TEST RESULTS & SCIENTIFIC REPORTS VILBLE ON REQUEST; ULTR-SFE CPTURE TIP THNKS TO FULL ELECTRICL CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE TIP ND THE ERTH POINT; ISO MNUFCTURING PROCESS (CERTIFICTE #116884). S 4.50 S 6.60 S SERIES Prevectron 2 MILLENIUM Ø 185 mm / H = 385 mm

240 E RLY S TREMER E MISSION L IGHTNING C ONDUCTORS Protection area The protection area Rp of a PREVECTRON 2 lightning conductor is calculated according to French Standard NF C , thus: R p = h (2D-h) + L (2D + L) The protection area depends on a number of factors: Gain in triggering time T of the chosen PREVECTRON 2 (see Technical Guide: high-voltage laboratory PREVECTRON test results), which allows the L value to be determined according to the formula L (m) = V(m/_s). T(_s); D = 20, 45, or 60, depending on the protection level required (I, II, or III) on a given site, according to the lightning risk assessment guide (NFC appendix B); the actual height of the lightning air terminal above the surface to be protected: h (where h < 5m, see table below). Calculating the protection area using Indelec's Protec 2001 software PROTECTION RDII Level I : D = 20m high protection h (m) S S S TS TS Level II : D = 45m medium protection h (m) S S S TS TS Level III : D = 60m standard protection h (m) S S S TS TS

241 S T R E M E R E M I S S I O N L I G H T N I N G C O N D U C TO R S Real lightning condition test campaigns The decision to go ahead with real lightning tests was based on a simple premise: laboratory testing cannot reproduce the complete parameters and constraints of a real lightning discharge. In addition to the extensive tests carried out in the laboratory in pursuance of French Standard NFC , INDELEC is one of the only lightning rod manufacturers to actively pursue real-life testing. The test campaigns were originally developed in close cooperation with a team of engineers from the tomic Energy Commission (C.E..) in Grenoble. s work progressed, other companies, universities and scientists joined in the test campaigns, providing a wealth of experience in the field of lightning phenomena. In order to gather as many data as possible, the tests were performed in merica, Europe and sia, with each site offering very different lightning conditions. The first tests were carried out in 1993 at Camp Blanding in Florida, since when experimentation has moved on to Cachoeira Paulista in Brazil and Nadachi in Japan. Each test campaign has provided invaluable results, including: highlighting the performance of the PREVECTRON 2 through measuring and comparing electrical activity at the tips of various lightning rods; operation of the PREVECTRON 2 s triggering system; confirmation of the PREVECTRON 2 s robust design by exposing it to repeated strikes; total reliability provided by the PREVECTRON 2 in a wide range of situations representative of all types of lightning conditions, including upward & downward lightning strikes and tropical & winter storms. number of scientific reports have been produced in relation to this research, which has also allowed the PREVECTRON to be continuously developed from the initial design through to the latest Millenium model. France s leading lightning protection network 61, chemin des Postes Douai - France Tel Fax [email protected] Ivoi rt - Lille R LY Copyright Indelec / INPE E

242 SECTION 4 PUSH BUTTON STTIONS ND MOTOR CONTROL STTION PULSNTERI E POSTI DI COMNDO E COLONNINE COMNDO MOTORI EEx-de GRP PUSH BUTTON STTION EFE SERIES PUSHBUTTON STTIONS CP SERIES SERIES EEx-d ENCLOSURE FOR PUSH BUTTON STTIONS CP../ EFDCN SERIES OPERTORS FOR PUSH BUTTON STTIONS SELECTOR SWITCHES PILOT LMPS PLD SERIES INCNDESCENT LMP FOR PILOT LMP PLD LED LMPS FOR PILOT LMP PLD POWER DISTRIBUTION IMOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS BREKERS COMPCT TYPE PULSNTIERE EEx-de IN RESIN SERIE EFE POSTI DI COMNDO E SEGNLZIONE TIPO CP CONTENITORI PER POSTI DI COMNDO E SEGNLZIONE EEx-d SERIE CP../EFDCN OPERTORI PER POSTI DI COMNDO E SEGNLZIONE SELETTORI ROTTIVI LMPDINE DI SEGNLZIONE TIPO PLD LMPDINE D INCNDESCENZ PER LMPDE DI SEGNLZIONE PLD LED LMPDE PER LMPDE DI SEGNLZIONE PLD UNITÀ DI POTENZ INTERRUTTORI UTOMTICI SLVMOTORI DI TIPO MONOBLOCCO

243 106 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori Outer view Visione esterna EEx-de PUSH BUTTON STTION EFE/EFXE SERIES INERIS 04TEX0035 EEx-de II 2 GD Push button station EFE/EFXE series Combination between Start Push Button Stop Push Button With Padlocking Device (Stainless Steel) Local-Remote Change Over Switch mmeter Terminal Strip Junction Box Wired and: E series GRP enclosures Q/R series Stainless Steel aisi 316L enclosures PULSNTIERE EEx-de SERIE EFE/EFXE INERIS 04TEX0035 EEx-de II 2 GD Pulsantiera serie EFE/EFXE Composizione tra Pulsanti marcia/arresto Pulsante arresto luchettabile Selettore locale-remoto manuale automatico mperometro Precablaggio a morsettiera e: cassette serie E in GRP cassette serie Q/R in cciaio inossidabile aisi 316L EFE EFXE

244 Section 4 Push button stations and motor control station Italsmea 107 EEx-d CP../EFDCN... COMBINTION PUSH BUTTON STTIONS POSTI DI COMNDO CONTROLLO E SEGNLZIONE EEx-d CP../EFDCN...

245 108 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori PUSH BUTTON STTIONS Instruction on how to realize a push button stations The push button stations listed here following are NOT SSEMBLED therefore to realize a complete unit it must take care following: to identify the base serie CPC-26 / CPSC-26 from code to code enclosure with round shape, cylindrical cover, with number of places for assemblies barrels (operators) between 1 or 2 or 3 or 4. Reading the type number of enclosure it will be identified the number of places available, the diameter of enclosure. The assemblies barrels (operators) are listed between the code and code For the assemblies barrels it must take care of following notes: the push button operators are codified without block-contact that must be listed separately using the code and The pilot lamp operators are codified without lamp, that, if required must be listed separately specifying the voltage and type: incandescent or multiled. Example of composition : Requested number of operators 4 = Enclosure CPSC-26 / EFDCN Enclosure round shape = CPSC-26/EFDCN Place for operators = 4 Diameter of enclosure = 120 = Code Start push button operator = black colour PL 10 = Code Block contact for start = normally open = ELC-NO = Code Stop push button operator = red colour = PL 20 = Code Block contact for stop = normally closed = ELC-NC = Code Start pilot lamp (*) = red colour = PLD 20 = Code Stop pilot lamp (*) = green colour = PLD 30 = Code POSTI DI COMNDO E SEGNLZIONE Istruzioni per composizione posti di comando e segnalazione Le pulsantiere sono di seguito descritte in versione non assiemata, pertanto la composizione prevede nell ordine: l identificazione dei contenitori base della serie CPC-26 / CPSC-26 di cui dal cod al cod riferiti alle scatole base rotonde ad accoppiamento cilindrico, con il numero di operatori ammissibili compreso tra 1 o 2 o 3 o 4. Nella sigla della scatola potranno essere definiti il numero egli operatori ammessi, identificabile nel numero che segue il numero degli operatori, attraverso la lettera che segue il diametro della scatola. L identificazione degli operatori necessari alla composizione del posto di comando desiderato, sono riportati di seguito dal cod al cod Per i pulsanti precisiamo che non comprendono i contatti elettrici che vanno quantificati a parte tramite i cod e Le lampade di segnalazione sono previste senza lampadina, in caso di richiesta specifica vanno valorizzate a parte a seconda della tensione e la tipologia della lampadina/e: incandescenza o multiled. Esempio di composizione : Operatori richiesti 4 = contenitore CPSC-26 / EFDCN Contenitore rotondo = CPSC-26EFDCN Posto per operatori = 4 Diametro scatola = 120 = Codice Operatore pulsante marcia = colore nero = PL 10 = Codice Contatto per pulsante marcia = normalmente aperto = ELC-NO = Codice Operatore pulsante arresto = colore rosso = PL 20 = Codice Contatto per pulsante arresto = normalmente chiuso = ELC-NC = Codice Lampada di segnalazione marcia (*)= colore rosso = PLD 20 = Codice Lampada di segnalazione arresto (*)= colore verde = PLD 30 = Codice

246 Section 4 Push button stations and motor control station Italsmea 109 Enquiry Rotary switch EEx-d T6 2 poles 16. For Group IIC o IIB to be foreseen always round shape enclosure with 1 place or a single operator. Therefore: 1 operator = enclosure CPC-26/EFDCN round shape enclosure 1 place for operator diameter of enclosure Code Rotary switch assemblies: barrel (operator) 2 poles 20. P S R C Switch Rotary Step number of poles full load current Cod (*) Lamp excluded Richesta cliente Interruttore EEx-d T6 2x 16 Per Gruppo IIC = scegliere sempre i contenitori rotondi con coperchio predisposti con 1 solo posto operatore N. operatore 1 = scatola CPC-26/EFDCN scatola rotonda 1 posto operatore diametro scatola Codice Operatore interruttore bipolare 2x20 P S R C Pacco Semirotativo camme numero poli portata in cod

247 110 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori CPC26/EFSRC- SWITCHES/SELECTOR SWITCHES PUSHBUTONS STTIONS CP../EFSRC.. SERIES INERIS 03TEX0009 II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Pushbuttons stations Material: Copper free luminium Standard type IP 65 No.2 entries diam. M25 Paitend RL 6003 Lamps excluded INTERRUTTORI/ SELETTORI POSTI DI COMNDO E SEGNLZIONE SERIE CP../EFSRC.. INERIS 03TEX0009 II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Posti di comando e segnalazione Materiale: Lega di lluminio Composizione standard IP 65 No.2 imbocchi diam. M25 Verniciati RL 6003 Lampadine escluse CODE TYPE RTING C1-600V DIGRM DIMENSION WEIGHT =KG CPC26/EFSRC , CPC 26/EFSRC , CPC 26/EFSRC , CPC 26/EFSRC-D , CPC 26/EFSRC-D , CPC 26/EFSRC-C , CPC 26/EFSRC-C , CPC 26/EFSRM-R , CPC 26/EFSRM-X ,100 Padlockable on STOP position Lucchettabile in posizione di RRESTO Padlockable on O position Lucchettabile in posizione di O

248 Section 4 Push button stations and motor control station Italsmea 111 Code Type Diagram Weight =kg. Dimensions Note CPSG/EFDCN-G CPC 26/EFDCN P 1, CPC 26/EFDCN -PP 1,220 1 CPC 26/EFDCN-PPL 1,730 2 T5 CPC 26/EFDCN-L 1, CPC 26/EFDCN-EM (Emergency push button complete with breakable glass and hammer) (Pulsante di emergenza completo di vetro a rompere con martelletto) 1,200 3 CPC 26/EFDCN-EM CPC 26/EFDCN-PE (Footswitch wih safety guard) (Pulsante per comando a pedale con gabbia di protezione) 3,200 4 Dimension 1 Dimension 3 Dimension 2 Dimension 4 CPC26/EFDCN-P

249 112 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori EEx-d ENCLOSURE FOR PUSH BUTTON STTIONS INERIS 03TEX0009 II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Enclosure for pushbuttons stations EEx-d Material: Copper free luminium Customer oriented combination EEx-d II/B/C T6 IP 65 Unpainted No.2/3 entries M25/M32 CONTENITORI PER POSTI DI COMNDO E SEGNLZIONE EEx-d INERIS 03TEX0009 II 2 GD 35 C +40 C / EEx-d IIC T6 35 C +50 C / EEx-d IIC T5 35 C +60 C / EEx-d IIC T4 Contenitori per posti di comando e segnalazione EEx-d Materiale: Lega di lluminio Composizione a richiesta in scatola di montaggio EEx-d II/B/C T6 IP 65 Non Verniciati No.2/3 imbocchi M25/M32 Code Type Weight KG Dimension CPC-26/ EFDCN 1 90 (2xM25) 0,930 Code Type Weight KG Dimension CPSC-26/ EFDCN (2xM25) 1,330

250 Section 4 Push button stations and motor control station Italsmea 113 Code Type Weight KG Dimension CPSC-26/ EFDCN (2xM25) 1,280 Code Type Weight KG Dimension CPSC-36/ EFDCN (2xM32) 1,300 Code Type Weight Kg Dimension CPSC-36/ EFDCN (2xM32) 1,320

251 114 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori Code Type Weight Kg Dimension CPSG-26/ EFDCN G (3xM25) 1,500 Code Type Weight Kg Dimension CPSG-36/ EFDCN G (3xM25) 1,450 Code Type Weight KG Dimension CPSG-36/ EFDCN G (3xM32) 1,470

252 Section 4 Push button stations and motor control station Italsmea 115 Code Type Weight KG Dimension CPSG-36/ EFDCN G (3xM32) 1,490 Plug In / Plug off Push Button Stations

253 116 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori OPERTORS FOR PUSH BUTTONS STTIONS OPERTORI PER POSTI DI COMNDO E SEGNLZIONE PL 10 Push Buttons / Pulsanti Code Series Weight Kg PL 10 NERO/BLCK 0, PL 20 ROSSO/RED 0, PL 30 VERDE/GREEN 0,150 Contacts Blocks / Blocchi di Contatti Code Series Weight Kg. Notes Maximum 4 contact ELC NO 0,006 blocks for each operators ELC NC 0,006 Massimo 4 blocchi contatto per ogni operatore PLC-S Padlockable Push Buttons / Pulsanti Luchettabili Code Series Weight Kg. Notes PLB 10 NERO/BLCK 0, PLB 20 Red 0,180 PLB PLB 30 Green 0, PLC-I F Mushroom Head Momentary PLC-S Mushroom Head Maintained (Twist to Release) PLC-S Lockable Safety Guard For PLC-S Mushroom Head Maintained 0,150 0,150 0,210 Maximum 4 contact blocks for each operators Massimo 4 blocchi contatto per ogni operatore PLF 10 Key Operator Selector Switches / Selettori Chiave Code Series Weight Kg PLF 10-01/12 0,200

254 Section 4 Push button stations and motor control station Italsmea 117 ROTRY SELECTOR SWITCHES NOMINL CURRENT C1-600V SELETTORI ROTTIVI CORRENTE NOMINLE C1-600V Selector Switches / Interruttori Selettori Code Series Poles Rating Weight Kg PSRC , PSRC , PSRC , PSRC , PSRC , PSRC , PSRC , PSRC ,250 PSRC.. Change Over Switches / Deviatori Code Series Poles Rating Weight Kg PSRC , PSRC , PSRC ,250 Step Switches / Commutatori Code Series Poles Rating Weight Kg PSRC , PSRC , PSRC ,250 Operators suitable for enclosures type EFDCN only Operatori installabili su sacatola 1 90 e EFDCN Padlockable handle for PSRC / Manovra luchettabile per PSRC

255 118 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori PLD 20 PILOT LMPS ND RELTIVE TUBOLR LMPS Push Buttons / Pulsanti LMPDE DI SEGNLZIONE E RELTIVE LMPDINE TUBOLRI Code Series Weight Kg PLD 10 White 0, PLD 20 Red 0, PLD 30 Green 0, PLD 40 Yellow 0,130

256 Section 4 Push button stations and motor control station Italsmea 119 TUBOLR LMPS FOR PILOT LMP PLD-.. LMPDINE TUBOLRI PER OPERTORI TIPO PLD-.. Tubolar lamps for pilot lamp PLD-.. type with lamp holder Ba9s10x28 Lampadine tubolari per operatori tipo PLD attacco Ba9s: 10x28 Code Type Description H L B 110/130V Incandescent Lamp with H L B 220/260V sockets Ba9s - 3W* H L B 24/30V H L B 48V Lampada incandescente con portalampada Ba9s - 3W* Led Lamp With Socket Ba9s 10x28 110V Lampadina Led Con Portalampada Ba9s 10x28 110V Code Type Description H LED B9S 110V-B White H LED B9S 110V-G Yellow H LED B9S 110V-R Red H LED B9S 110V-V Green LED Lamp with Socket Ba9s 10x28 12V Lampadina LED con Portalampada Ba9s 10x28 12V Code Type Description H LED B9S 12V-B- White H LED B9S 12V-G Yellow H LED B9S 12V-R Red H LED B9S 12V-V Green LED Lamp with Socket Ba9s 10x28 220V Lampadina LED con Portalampada Ba9s 10x28 220V Code Type Description H LED B9S 220-B White H LED B9S 220-G Yellow H LED B9S 220-R Red H LED B9S 220-V Green LED Lamp with Socket Ba9s 10x28 24V Lampadina LED con Portalampada Ba9s 10x28 24V Code Type Description H LED B9S 24V-B White H LED B9S 24V-G Yellow H LED B9S 24V-R Red H LED B9S 24V-V Green The enclosures equipped with pilot light+incandescent lamps will have Temperature Class T4 I contenitori equipaggiati con lampadine e lampade incandescenti avranno la Classe di Temperatura T4 The enclosures equipped with pilot light+led lamps will have Temperature Class T5/T6 I contenitori equipaggiati con lampadine e lampade LED avranno la Classe di Temperatura T5/T6

257 120 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori POWER DISTRIBUTION INERIS01TEX0027X II 2 GD 30 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6 Miniature automatic circuit breakers EFQL series EEx-d II/B T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 66 Enclosures foreseen for automatic circuit breakers MULTI 9 series Nuova Magrini Galileo/Merlin Gerin size from 1 to 63 2/3/4 poles 220/415V External operating handle No.2 entries diam. 1 or M32 CCESSORIES: Residual current device VIGI uxiliary switch OF larm switch SD Shunt trip release MX+OF Undervoltage release MN TYPE EFQL 3 compatible until No. 8 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9) TYPE EFQL - 4 compatible until No.10 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9) TIPO EFQL 3 = Kg. 3,250 TIPO EFQL 4 = Kg. 4,600 UNITÀ DI POTENZ INERIS01TEX0027X II 2 GD 30 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6 Interruttori automatici miniaturizzati serie EFQL-.. EEx-d II/B T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP 66 Predisposti per interruttori automatici della serie MULTI 9 Nuova Magrini Galileo/Merlin Gerin da 1 a 63 2/3/4 poli 220/415V Comando rinviato a coperchio No.2 imbocchi diam. 1 o M32 CCESSORI COMPTBILI: unità differenziate VIGI contatto ausiliario OF contatto segnalazione guasto SD sganciatore a lancio di corrente MX+OF sganciatore di minima tensione MN TIPO EFQL 3 compatibile fino a No. 8 passi da 9 mm. (MULTI-9) TIPO EFQL 4 compatibile fino a No.10 passi da 9 mm. (MULTI-9) TIPO EFQL 3 = Kg. 3,250 TIPO EFQL 4 = Kg. 4,600 EFQL-3 EFQL-4

258 Section 4 Push button stations and motor control station Italsmea 121 MOTOR-PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS BREKERS EPKZM SERIES INERIS01TEX0027X II 2 GD 30 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6 Motor-protective circuit breakers EPKZM series EEx-d II/B T6 Material: Copper free luminium Painted RL 6003 IP 66 Foreseen with electrical unit up to 63 3 poles 220/660V Setting range of overload and short-circuit releases External operating handle No.2 entries diam. 1 or M32 TYPE EFQL 3 compatible until No. 8 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9) TYPE EFQL - 4 compatible until No.10 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9) TIPO EFQL 3 = Kg. 3,250 TIPO EFQL 4 = Kg. 4,600 INTERRUTTORI UTOMTICI SLVMOTORI SERIE EPKZM INERIS01TEX0027X II 2 GD 30 C +55 C / EEx-d IIB T6 Interruttori automatici salvamotori autolimitatori serie EPKZM-.. EEx-d II/B T6 Materiale: Lega di lluminio Verniciati RL 6003 IP 66 Predisposti per interruttori automatici salvamotori fino a 63 3 poli 220/660V Sganciatori termici e magnetici regolabili Comando rinviato a coperchio No.2 imbocchi diam. 1 o M32 TIPO EFQL 3 compatibile fino a No. 8 passi da 9 mm. (MULTI-9) TIPO EFQL 4 compatibile fino a No.10 passi da 9 mm. (MULTI-9) TIPO EFQL 3 = Kg. 3,250 TIPO EFQL 4 = Kg. 4,600 EFQL-3 EFQL-4

259 122 Italsmea Sezione 4 Pulsanteria e posti di comando e colonnine comando motori NOTE